WO2016016316A1 - Compounds active towards bromodomains - Google Patents

Compounds active towards bromodomains Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016016316A1
WO2016016316A1 PCT/EP2015/067400 EP2015067400W WO2016016316A1 WO 2016016316 A1 WO2016016316 A1 WO 2016016316A1 EP 2015067400 W EP2015067400 W EP 2015067400W WO 2016016316 A1 WO2016016316 A1 WO 2016016316A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
methyl
hydroxy
unsubstituted
substituted
benzamide
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2015/067400
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jimmi GERNER SEITZBERG
Tine TITILOLA AKINLEMINU KRONBORG
Visnja Poljak
Gitte FRIBERG
Lene Teuber
Original Assignee
Nuevolution A/S
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to US15/501,058 priority Critical patent/US10752640B2/en
Priority to RU2017104510A priority patent/RU2743074C2/en
Application filed by Nuevolution A/S filed Critical Nuevolution A/S
Priority to KR1020177005648A priority patent/KR20170038877A/en
Priority to BR112017002053-0A priority patent/BR112017002053A2/en
Priority to JP2017505176A priority patent/JP6759514B2/en
Priority to MYPI2017000169A priority patent/MY187540A/en
Priority to AU2015295405A priority patent/AU2015295405B2/en
Priority to MX2017001512A priority patent/MX2017001512A/en
Priority to NZ729136A priority patent/NZ729136B2/en
Priority to SG11201700776XA priority patent/SG11201700776XA/en
Priority to KR1020237030114A priority patent/KR102633122B1/en
Priority to DK15744908.3T priority patent/DK3174868T3/en
Priority to CN201580041641.4A priority patent/CN106573915B/en
Priority to ES15744908T priority patent/ES2896400T3/en
Priority to CA2956871A priority patent/CA2956871C/en
Priority to EP15744908.3A priority patent/EP3174868B1/en
Publication of WO2016016316A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016016316A1/en
Priority to IL250320A priority patent/IL250320B/en
Priority to ZA2017/00670A priority patent/ZA201700670B/en
Priority to CONC2017/0001994A priority patent/CO2017001994A2/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D498/08—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4704—2-Quinolinones, e.g. carbostyril
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4709—Non-condensed quinolines and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/496—Non-condensed piperazines containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. rifampin, thiothixene
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/517—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. quinazoline, perimidine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/14—Drugs for dermatological disorders for baldness or alopecia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/06—Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/10—Antimycotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/16—Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/20—Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • A61P31/22—Antivirals for DNA viruses for herpes viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02—Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A61P33/06—Antimalarials
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/06—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the anterior pituitary hormones, e.g. TSH, ACTH, FSH, LH, PRL, GH
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
    • C07D213/82—Amides; Imides in position 3
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/20—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D215/22—Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/20—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D215/22—Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4
    • C07D215/227—Oxygen atoms attached in position 2 or 4 only one oxygen atom which is attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C07D491/044—Ortho-condensed systems with only one oxygen atom as ring hetero atom in the oxygen-containing ring
    • C07D491/052—Ortho-condensed systems with only one oxygen atom as ring hetero atom in the oxygen-containing ring the oxygen-containing ring being six-membered
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/10—Spiro-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/10—Spiro-condensed systems
    • C07D491/107—Spiro-condensed systems with only one oxygen atom as ring hetero atom in the oxygen-containing ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D498/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D498/14—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present application relates to compounds active towards bromodomains, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, and methods of treating diseases or disorders using the compounds.
  • Bromodomains are protein domains of biological and pharmaceutical interest, for example as components of transcription factor complexes and determinants of epigenetic memory.
  • the human genome codes for 61 bromodomains that are present in 46 human proteins, and which may be categorized into 8 distinct bromodomain families based on primary sequence conservation (Nat Rev Drug Discov. 2014 May;13(5):337- 56).
  • One such family, the BET family, or bromodomain and extraterminal domain family includes BRD2, BRD3, BRD4 and BRDT all of which are found in humans.
  • Bromodomains are capable of recognizing acetylated histones.
  • the BET family has a common domain architecture featuring two amino -terminal bromodomains that exhibit high levels of sequence conservation, and a more divergent carboxy-terminal recruitment domain (Filippakopoulos, P. et al, Nature 2010,468, 1067-1073).
  • BRD2 and BRD3 are reported to associate with histones along actively transcribed genes and may be involved in facilitating transcriptional elongation (Leroy et al, Mol. Cell. 2008, 30, 51-60). It has also been reported that BRD4 or BRD3 may fuse with NUT (nuclear protein in testis) forming novel fusion oncogenes in a highly malignant form of epithelial neoplasia called NUT-midline carcinoma. It has been suggested that BRD- NUT fusion proteins contribute to carcinogenesis (Oncogene 2008, 27, 2237-2242). BRDT is uniquely expressed in the testes and ovary.
  • BET family members have been reported to have some involvment in aspects of the cell cycle.
  • some viruses make use of these proteins to tether their genomes to the host cell chromatin, as part of the process of viral replication (You et al. Cell 2004 117, 349-60).
  • BRD4 appears to be involved in the recruitment of the pTEF-P complex to inducible genes resulting in phosphorylation of RNA polymerase and increased transcriptional output (Hargreaves et al, Cell 2009 138, 129-145).
  • An aspect disclosed herein relates to a compound of
  • Yi, Y 2 , Y 3i and Y 4 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N or C; ⁇ 5 is selected from C or O;
  • Xi, X 2 , X3, X 4 , and X 5 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N, O, S or C; n is an integer selected from 0 or 1 ; R is absent or selected from the group of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted
  • Ri is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 4 alkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2b , R3a, and R3 ⁇ 4 are independently of each other either absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 3 _s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -OR 3 i, or R 2a and R 3 ⁇ 4 taken together with Y 4 , and/or R 3a and R 3 ⁇ 4 taken together with Y 5 form a ring selected from the group consisting
  • R 5 , Re, Rsa, Rsb Rg a , R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub are taken together with an adjacent R 5 , Re, R 8a , Rsb, Rg a , R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub group to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; or Rsa, R-8b and Xi ; Rg a , Rs>b and X 4 ; Rioa, Riob and X 3 ; Rn a , Rub and X 2 are taken together to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C 3 _s cycl
  • R12, Ri 3 , Ri6, Ri7, Ri8, R22, R 23 , R 2 6, and R 27 are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C 3 _s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 3 _s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, or
  • Ri 2 and Ri 3 , Ri 6 and Ri 7 , Ri 7 and Ris, R 22 and R 23 , R 26 and R 27 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
  • Ri 4 , Ris, Ri9, R 2 o, R 2 i , R 2 4, R 2 5, R 2 8, R 2 9, R 3 o, and R 3 i are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C 3 _s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 3 _s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
  • A is selected from CR 32 or N; R x and R y are independently of each other selected from hydrogen,
  • R x and R y are both taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; or one of R x or R y is taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; and whenever R x and R y independently of each other are selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substitute
  • An aspect relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compound according to formula (I).
  • An aspect relates to the compounds according to formula (I) or pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compound according to formula (I) for modulating, such as inhibiting at least one bromodomain.
  • An aspect relates to the bromodomain being a member of the BET family.
  • An aspect relates to the compounds according to formula (I) or pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compound according to formula (I) for for treating diseases or conditions related to systemic or tissue inflammation, inflammatory responses to infection or hypoxia, cellular activation and proliferation, lipid metabolism, fibrosis and in the prevention and treatment of viral infections; or chronic autoimmune and inflammatory diseases or conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, acute gout, psoriasis, psoriatric arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease , inflammatory bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, colitis, asthma, chronic obstructive airways disease, pneumonitis, myocarditis, pericarditis, myositis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, allergy, ankylosing spondylitis, lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's disease
  • Kawasaki disease Takayasu's Arteritis, vasculitis with organ involvement and acute rejection of transplanted organs; or treating inflammatory responses to infections caused by bacteria, viruses, fungi, parasites or their toxins, such as sepsis, sepsis syndrome, septic shock, endotoxaemia, systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS), multi- organ dysfunction syndrome, toxic shock syndrome, acute lung injury, ARDS (adult respiratory distress syndrome), acute renal failure, fulminant hepatitis, burns, acute pancreatitis, post-surgical syndromes, sarcoidosis, Herxheimer reactions, encephalitis, myelitis, meningitis, malaria and SIRS associated with viral infections such as influenza, herpes zoster, herpes simplex and coronavirus; or treating ischaemia- reperfusion injury such as myocardial infarction, cerebrovascular ischaemia (stroke), acute coronary syndromes, renal reperfusion injury, organ transplantation, coronary artery
  • leukemia/lymphoma bladder cancer, blastoma, bone cancer, breast cancer, brain cancer, burkitts lymphoma, carcinoma, myeloid sarcoma, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, colorectal cancer, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, follicular lymphoma, gastrointestinal cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, glioma, gallbladder cancer, gastric cancer, head and neck cancer, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, intestinal cancer, kidney cancer, laryngeal cancer, leukemia, lung cancer, lymphoma, liver cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, melanoma,
  • mesothelioma multiple myeloma, ocular cancer, optic nerve tumor, oral cancer, ovarian cancer, pituitary tumor, primary central nervous system lymphoma, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, pharyngeal cancer, renal cell carcinoma, rectal cancer, sarcoma, skin cancer, spinal tumor, small intestine cancer, stomach cancer, T-cell lymphoma, testicular cancer, thyroid cancer, throat cancer, urogenital cancer, urothelial carcinoma, uterine cancer, vaginal cancer, or Wilms' tumor; or treating obesity, such as obesity associated with cancer treatment or obesity associated with diabetes and cardiac hypertrophy.
  • any "R" group(s) such as, without limitation, R l s R 2 , R 3 , R4, R5, R8, R9, and Rio, represent substituents that can be attached to the indicated atom.
  • R groups include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heteroalicyclyl.
  • Ra and Rt, of an NRaRb group are indicated to be “taken together” or “combined to”, it means that they are covalently bonded to one another at their terminal atoms to form a ring that includes the nitrogen:
  • the substituent(s) (which may be present one or more times, such as 1, 2, 3 or 4 times) are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbon
  • substitutent itself is substituted with one ore more of the indicated substitutents.
  • substituted it is meant that one or more hydrogen atoms on the referenced group may be replaced with a group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido,
  • the protecting groups that may form the protective derivatives of the above substituents are known to those of skill in the art and may be found in references Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1999, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • C m to C n refers to the number of carbon atoms in the relevant group. That is, the group can contain from “m” to "n", inclusive, carbon atoms.
  • a “Ci to C 4 alkyl” group refers to all alkyl groups having from 1 to 4 carbons, that is, CH 3 -, CH 3 CH 2 -, CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 -, (CH 3 ) 2 CH-, CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, CH 3 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )-,
  • alkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group that is fully saturated (no double or triple bonds).
  • the alkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 20” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 20 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkyl” where no numerical range is designated).
  • the alkyl group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as "Ci_ 6 ".
  • the alkyl group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group of the compounds may be designated as "Ci-C 4 alkyl,” “Ci_ 4 alkyl” or similar designations.
  • “Ci-C 4 alkyl” or “Ci_ 4 alkyl” indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
  • Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, and the like.
  • the substituent group(s) is(are) one or more group(s) individually and independently selected from alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
  • heteroalicyclyl aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl,
  • trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof.
  • alkenyl refers to an alkyl group that contains in the straight or branched hydrocarbon chain one or more double bonds. If more than one double bond is present, the double bonds may be conjugated or not conjugated.
  • the alkenyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “2 to 20" refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "2 to 20 carbon atoms” means that the alkenyl group may consist of 2 carbon atom, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkenyl" where no numerical range is designated).
  • the substituent group(s) is(are) one or more group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl,
  • (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S- sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfmyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof.
  • alkynyl refers to an alkyl group that contains in the straight or branched hydrocarbon chain one or more triple bonds
  • the alkynyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “2 to 20” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "2 to 20 carbon atoms” means that the alkynyl group may consist of 2 carbon atom, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkynyl” where no numerical range is designated).
  • An alkynyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. When substituted, the substituent(s) may be selected from the same groups disclosed above with regard to alkenyl group substitution.
  • hetero may be attached to a group and refers to one or more carbon atom(s) and the associated hydrogen atom(s) in the attached group have been independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus and sulfur.
  • heteroalkyl refers to a straight or branched alkyl group consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms, where one or more carbon atom(s), such as 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atom(s), and the associated hydrogen atom(s) have been independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • the carbon atom(s) being replaced may be in the middle or at the end of the alkyl group.
  • heteroalkyl include, but are not limited to, -S-alkyl, -O-alkyl, -NH-alkyl, alkyl-O-alkyl, etc.
  • aryl refers to a carbocyclic (all carbon) ring or two or more fused rings (rings that share two adjacent carbon atoms) that have a fully delocalized pi- electron system.
  • aryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzene, naphthalene and azulene. An aryl group may be substituted.
  • substituent group(s) that is(are) one or more group(s) independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl,
  • (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S- sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfmyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof.
  • substituents on an aryl group may form a non-aromatic ring fused to the aryl group, including a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, and heterocyclyl.
  • heteroaryl refers to a monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic ring system (a ring system with fully delocalized pi-electron system), in which at least one of the atoms in the ring system is a heteroatom, that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl examples include, but are not limited to, furan, thiophene, phthalazine, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, triazole, thiadiazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, tetrazole, and triazine.
  • a heteroaryl may be substituted.
  • substituent group(s) that is(are) one or more group(s) independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S- sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfmyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihal
  • substituents on a heteroaryl group may form a non-aromatic ring fused to the aryl group, including a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, and heterocyclyl.
  • aralkyl or “arylalkyl” is an aryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene and aryl group of an aralkyl may be substituted.
  • alkylene group examples include but are not limited to benzyl, substituted benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3- phenylpropyl, and naphthylalkyl.
  • the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
  • heteroarylkyl or “heteroarylalkyl” is heteroaryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene and heteroaryl group of heteroaralkyl may be substituted. Examples include but are not limited to 2-thienylmethyl, 3- thienylmethyl, furylmethyl, thienylethyl, pyrrolylalkyl, pyridylalkyl, isoxazolylalkyl, pyrazolylalkyl and imidazolylalkyl, and their substituted as well as benzo-fused analogs.
  • the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
  • alkylene is a straight-chained tethering group, forming bonds to connect molecular fragments via their terminal carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene may also be a medium size alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as "Ci_6".
  • the alkylene could also be a lower alkylene having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene may be designated as "C 1 -C4 alkylene", "Ci_ 4 alkylene” or similar designations.
  • Non-limiting examples include, methylene (-CH 2 -), ethylene (-CH 2 CH 2 -), propylene (-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), and butylene (-(CH 2 ) 4 -) groups.
  • methylene ethylene
  • ethylene -CH 2 CH 2 -
  • propylene -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -
  • butylene -(CH 2 ) 4 -
  • heteroalkylene by itself or in combination with another term refers to an alkylene group consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms in which one or more of the carbon atoms, such as 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atom(s), are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen.
  • heteroalkylene examples include, but not limited to -CH 2 -0-, -CH 2 -CH 2 - 0-, -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-, -CH 2 -NH-, -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH-, -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH-, -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH-, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-, -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -, and the like.
  • arylalkylidene refers to an alkylidene group in which either R' or R" is an aryl group. An alkylidene group may be substituted.
  • alkoxy refers to the group -OR wherein R is an alkyl, e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, 1-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), cyclopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, amoxy, tert-amoxy and the like. An alkoxy may be substituted.
  • alkylthio refers to the formula -SR wherein R is an alkyl is defined as above, e.g. methylmercapto, ethylmercapto, n-propylmercapto, 1- methylethylmercapto (isopropylmercapto), n-butylmercapto, iso-butylmercapto, sec- butylmercapto, tert-butylmercapto, and the like.
  • An alkylthio may be substituted.
  • aryloxy and arylthio refers to RO- and RS-, in which R is an aryl as defined above, e.g., phenoxy, naphthalenyloxy, azulenyloxy, anthracenyloxy, naphthalenylthio, phenylthio and the like. Both an aryloxy and arylthio may be substituted.
  • alkenyloxy refers to the formula -OR wherein R is an alkenyl as defined above, e.g., vinyloxy, propenyloxy, n-butenyloxy, iso-butenyloxy, sec- pentenyloxy, tert-pentenyloxy, and the like.
  • the alkenyloxy may be substituted.
  • acyl refers to a hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or aryl connected, as substituents, via a carbonyl group. Examples include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, benzoyl, and acryl. An acyl may be substituted.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a completely saturated (no double bonds) mono- or multi- cyclic hydrocarbon ring system. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion.
  • Cycloalkyl groups may range from C 3 to C 10 , in other embodiments it may range from C 3 to C 6 .
  • a cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. Typical cycloalkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like. If substituted, the substituent(s) may be an alkyl or selected from those indicated above with regard to substitution of an alkyl group unless otherwise indicated. When substituted, substituents on a cycloalkyl group may form an aromatic ring fused to the cycloalkyl group, including an aryl and a heteroaryl.
  • cycloalkenyl refers to a cycloalkyl group that contains one or more double bonds in the ring although, if there is more than one, they cannot form a fully delocalized pi-electron system in the ring (otherwise the group would be "aryl,” as defined herein). When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be connetected together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion.
  • a cycloalkenyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. When substituted, the substituent(s) may be an alkyl or selected from the groups disclosed above with regard to alkyl group substitution unless otherwise indicated. When substituted, substituents on a cycloalkenyl group may form an aromatic ring fused to the cycloalkenyl group, including an aryl and a heteroaryl.
  • cycloalkynyl refers to a cycloalkyl group that contains one or more triple bonds in the ring. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Cycloalkynyl groups may range from Cs to C 12 . A cycloalkynyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. When substituted, the substituent(s) may be an alkyl or selected from the groups disclosed above with regard to alkyl group substitution unless otherwise indicated. When substituted, substituents on a cycloalkynyl group may form an aromatic ring fused to the cycloalkynyl group, including an aryl and a heteroaryl.
  • heteroalicyclic or “heteroalicyclyl” refers to a 3- to 18 membered ring which consists of carbon atoms and from one to five heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • the heteroalicyclic or heteroalicyclyl groups may range from C 2 to C 10 , in other embodiments it may range from C 2 to C9 and in other embodiments it may range from C 2 to Cs.
  • heteroalicyclic or “heteroalicyclyl” may be monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro- connected fashion; and the nitrogen, carbon and sulfur atoms in the "heteroalicyclic” or “heteroalicyclyl” may be oxidized; the nitrogen may be quaternized; and the rings may also contain one or more double bonds provided that they do not form a fully delocalized pi-electron system throughout all the rings.
  • Heteroalicyclyl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • the substituent(s) may be one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O- carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, C-amido, N-amido, S- sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, nitro, silyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido
  • heteroalicyclic or “heteroalicyclyl” include but are not limited to, azepinyl, azetidinyl, dioxolanyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolinolyl morpholinyl, oxetanyl, oxiranyl, piperidinyl N-Oxide, piperidinyl (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3- piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl) , pyrrolidinyl, (e.g.
  • substituents on a heteroalicyclyl group may form an aromatic ring fused to the heteroalicyclyl group, including an aryl and a heteroaryl.
  • a "(cycloalkyl)alkyl” is a cycloalkyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene and cycloalkyl of a (cycloalkyl)alkyl may be substituted. Examples include but are not limited cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl,
  • the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
  • a "(cycloalkenyl)alkyl” is a cycloalkenyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene and cycloalkenyl of a (cycloalkenyl)alkyl may be substituted.
  • the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
  • a "(cycloalkynyl)alkyl” is a cycloalkynyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene and cycloalkynyl of a (cycloalkynyl)alkyl may be substituted.
  • the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
  • halo or “halogen” refers to F (fluoro), CI (chloro), Br (bromo) or I (iodo).
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen. Such groups include but are not limited to, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl and l-chloro-2- fluoromethyl, 2-fluoroisobutyl. A haloalkyl may be substituted.
  • haloalkoxy refers to a RO-group in which R is a haloalkyl group.
  • groups include but are not limited to, chloromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy and l-chloro-2-fluoromethoxy, 2-fluoroisobutoxy.
  • a haloalkoxy may be substituted.
  • R can be hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, or (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, as defined herein.
  • An O- carboxy may be substituted.
  • a C-carboxy may be substituted.
  • a “trihalomethanesulfonyl” group refers to an "X 3 CSO 2 -" group" wherein X is a halogen.
  • a “nitro” group refers to a "-NO 2 " group
  • a “cyano” group refers to a "-CN” group.
  • a “cyanato” group refers to an "-OCN” group.
  • An “isocyanato” group refers to a "-NCO” group.
  • a “thiocyanato” group refers to a "-SCN” group.
  • An “isothiocyanato” group refers to an " -NCS” group.
  • a “sulfonyl” group refers to an "S0 2 R” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. A sulfonyl may be substituted.
  • S-sulfonamido refers to a "-S0 2 NR A R B " group in which R A and R B independently of each other can be the same as defined with respect to the R group as defined for O-carboxy, or combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C 3 - 8 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3 - 8 cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3 - 8 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3 - 8 cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
  • a S-sulfonamido may be substituted.
  • N-sulfonamido refers to a "RS0 2 N(R A )-" group in which R and R A independently of each other can be the same as defined with respect to the R group as defined for O-carboxy. An N-sulfonamido may be substituted.
  • a "trihalomethanesulfonamido” group refers to an "X 3 CS0 2 N(R)-" group with X as halogen and R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy.
  • trihalomethanesulfonamido may be substituted.
  • a C-amido may be substituted.
  • a lower alkoxyalkyl refers to an alkoxy group connected via a lower alkylene group.
  • a lower alkoxyalkyl may be substituted.
  • An “amino” refers to "RNH 2 " (primary amines), “R 2 NH” (secondary amines), and “R 3 N” (tertiary amines). An amino group may be substituted.
  • aminoalkyl refers to an amino group connected via a alkylene group.
  • a aminoalkyl may be substituted.
  • Any unsubstituted or monosubstituted amine group on a compound herein can be converted to an amide, any hydroxyl group can be converted to an ester and any carboxyl group can be converted to either an amide or ester using techniques well- known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1999).
  • each center may independently be of R-configuration or S-configuration or a mixture thereof.
  • the compounds provided herein may be enatiomerically pure or be stereoisomeric mixtures.
  • compounds provided herein may be scalemic mixtures.
  • each double bond may independently be E or Z or a mixture thereof.
  • all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
  • Tautomers refer to compounds that are interchangeable forms of a particular compound structure which vary in the displacement of hydrogen atoms and electrons, a typical example is the “enol” - “keto” forms:
  • isotopes may be present in the compounds described herein.
  • Each chemical element as represented in a compound structure may include any isotope of said element.
  • a hydrogen atom can be any isotope of hydrogen, including but not limited to hydrogen- 1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium).
  • reference herein to a compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • salts refers to a salt of a compound that does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound.
  • Pharmaceutical salts can be obtained by reaction of a compound disclosed herein with an acid or base.
  • Base-formed salts include, without limitation, ammonium salt (NH 4 ); alkali metal, such as, without limitation, sodium or potassium, salts;
  • alkaline earth such as, without limitation, calcium or magnesium, salts; salts of organic bases such as, without limitation, dicyclohexylamine, piperidine, piperazine, methylpiperazine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine,
  • acid-based salts include, without limitation, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, acetates, adipates, aspartates, ascorbates, benzoates, butyrates, caparate, caproate, caprylate, camsylates, citrates, decanoates, formates, fumarates, gluconates, glutarate, glycolates, hexanoates, laurates, lactates, maleates, nitrates, oleates, oxalates, octanoates, propanoates, palmitates, phosphates, sebacates, succinates, stearates, sulfates, sulfonates, such as methanesulfonates, ethanesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates, salicylate
  • solvates and hydrates are complexes of a compound with one or more solvent of water molecules, or 1 to about 100, or 1 to about 10, or one to about 2, 3 or 4, solvent or water molecules.
  • a “prodrug” refers to a compound that may not be
  • the prodrug may be designed to alter the metabolic stability or the transport characteristics of a drug, to mask side effects or toxicity, to improve the flavor of a drug or to alter other characteristics or properties of a drug.
  • Prodrugs are often useful because they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for example, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent drug is not.
  • the prodrug may also have better solubility than the active parent drug in pharmaceutical compositions.
  • prodrug a compound disclosed herein, which is administered as an ester (the "prodrug") to facilitate absorption through a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to a carboxylic acid (the active entity) once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial.
  • prodrug might be a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized in vivo to release the active parent compound.
  • Anti-drug refers to a compound or composition acting against or opposing illicit drugs or their use. Compounds of the present application may act as anti-drugs.
  • to "modulate" the function of a bromodomain or a bromodomain containing protein means either to increase its cellular function over the base level measured in the particular environment in which it is found, or decrease its cellular function to less than the measured base level in the environment in which it is found and/or render it unable to perform its cellular function at all.
  • An "agonist” is defined as a compound that increases the basal activity of a receptor (i.e. signal transduction mediated by the receptor).
  • partial agonist refers to a compound that has an affinity for a receptor but, unlike an agonist, when bound to the receptor it elicits only a fractional degree of the pharmacological response normally associated with the receptor even if a large number of receptors are occupied by the compound.
  • an "inverse agonist” is defined as a compound, which reduces, or suppresses the basal activity of a receptor, such that the compound is not technically an antagonist but, rather, is an agonist with negative intrinsic activity.
  • antagonist refers to a compound that binds to a receptor to form a complex that does not give rise to any response, as if the receptor was unoccupied.
  • An antagonist attenuates the action of an agonist on a receptor.
  • An antagonist may bind reversibly or irreversibly, effectively eliminating the activity of the receptor permanently or at least until the antagonist is metabolized or dissociates or is otherwise removed by a physical or biological process.
  • a "subject” refers to an animal that is the object of treatment, observation or experiment.
  • “Animal” includes cold- and warm-blooded vertebrates and invertebrates such as birds, fish, shellfish, reptiles and, in particular, mammals.
  • mice includes, without limitation, mice; rats; rabbits; guinea pigs; dogs; cats; sheep; goats; cows; horses; primates, such as monkeys, chimpanzees, and apes, and, in particular, humans.
  • a "patient” refers to a subject that is being treated by a medical professional such as an M.D. or a D.V.M. to attempt to cure, or at least ameliorate the effects of, a particular disease or disorder or to prevent the disease or disorder from occurring in the first place.
  • a “carrier” refers to a compound that facilitates the incorporation of a compound into cells or tissues.
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • a "diluent” refers to an ingredient in a pharmaceutical composition that lacks pharmacological activity but may be pharmaceutically necessary or desirable.
  • a diluent may be used to increase the bulk of a potent drug whose mass is too small for manufacture or administration. It may also be a liquid for the dissolution of a drug to be administered by injection, ingestion or inhalation.
  • a common form of diluent in the art is a buffered aqueous solution such as, without limitation, phosphate buffered saline that mimics the composition of human blood.
  • an “excipient” refers to an inert substance that is added to a pharmaceutical composition to provide, without limitation, bulk, consistency, stability, binding ability, lubrication, disintegrating ability etc., to the composition.
  • a “diluent” is a type of excipient.
  • a "receptor” is intended to include any molecule present inside or on the surface of a cell that may affect cellular physiology when it is inhibited or stimulated by a ligand.
  • a receptor comprises an extracellular domain with ligand-binding properties, a transmembrane domain that anchors the receptor in the cell membrane, and a cytoplasmic domain that generates a cellular signal in response to ligand binding ("signal transduction").
  • a receptor also includes any intracellular molecule that in response to ligation generates a signal.
  • a receptor also includes any molecule having the characteristic structure of a receptor, but with no identifiable ligand.
  • a receptor includes a truncated, modified, mutated receptor, or any molecule comprising partial or all of the sequences of a receptor.”
  • Ligand is intended to include any substance that binds to or interacts with a bromodomain or a bromodomain containing protein.
  • Selective or “selectivity” is defined as a compound's ability to bind or inhibit preferentially a particular protein or specific domain of a protein over other proteins or other domains.
  • Selective or “selectivity” of a bromodomain binding compound or inhibitor may refer to a compound being able to bind preferentially a bromodomain of the BET family over non-BET family bromodomain containing proteins.
  • coadministration refers to the delivery of two or more separate chemical entities, whether in vitro or in vivo. Coadministration means the simultaneous delivery of separate agents; the simultaneous delivery of a mixture of agents; as well as the delivery of one agent followed by delivery of a second agent or additional agents. Agents that are
  • coadministered are typically intended to work in conjunction with each other.
  • an effective amount means an amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue, system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation or palliation of the symptoms of the disease being treated.
  • prevent/preventing should not be construed to mean that a condition and/or a disease never might occur again after use of a compound or pharmaceutical composition according to embodiments disclosed herein to achieve prevention. Further, the term should neither be construed to mean that a condition not might occur, at least to some extent, after such use to prevent said condition. Rather, “prevent/preventing” is intended to mean that the condition to be prevented, if occurring despite such use, will be less severe than without such use.
  • Yi, Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N or C;
  • Y 5 is selected from C or O;
  • Xi, X 2 , X3, X 4 , and X 5 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N, O, S or C; n is an integer selected from 0 or 1 ;
  • R is absent or selected from the group of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 4 alkyl
  • Ri is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 4 alkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2 b, R3a, and R3 ⁇ 4 are independently of each other either absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 3 _s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -OR 31 , or R 2a and R 3 ⁇ 4 taken together with Y 4 , and/or R 3a and R 3b taken together with Y 5 form a ring selected from the group consisting of un
  • R 5 , Re, Rsa, Rsb Rg a , R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub are taken together with an adjacent R 5 , Re, R 8a , Rsb, Rg a , R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub group to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C 3 _s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 3 _s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; or Rsa, Rsb and Xi; Rg a , Rs>b and X 4 ; Rioa, Riob and X 3 ; Rn a , Rub and X 2 are taken together to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C 3
  • Ri 2 , Ri 3 , Ri6, Ri7, Ri8, R 22 , R 23 , R 2 6, and R 27 are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, or R12 and R13, Ri6 and R17, R 17 and Ris, R22 and R23, R26 and R27 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted
  • Ri4, Ris, Ri9, R20, R21 , R24, R25, R28, R29, R30, and R31 are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; A is selected from CR32 or N;
  • R x and R y are independently of each other selected from hydrogen
  • R x and R y are both taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; or one of R x or R y is taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; and whenever R x and R y independently of each other are selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6
  • Yi, Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N or C;
  • Y 5 is selected from C or O;
  • Xi, X 2 , X3, X 4 , and X 5 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N, O, S or C;
  • n is an integer selected from 0 or 1 ;
  • R is absent or selected from the group of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 4 alkyl
  • Ri is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 4 alkyl;
  • R 2a , R 2 b, R3a, and R3 ⁇ 4 are independently of each other either absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 3 _s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -OR 3 i, or R 2a and R 3 ⁇ 4 taken together with Y 4 , and/or R 3a and R 3b taken together with Y 5 form a ring selected from the group consisting of
  • R 5 , Re, Rsa, Rsb Rg a , R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub are taken together with an adjacent R 5 , Re, R 8a , Rsb, Rg a , R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub group to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; or
  • R 8a , Rsb and Xi; R 9a , R% and X 4 ; R 10a , Riob and X 3 ; R l la , Rub and X 2 are taken together to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl;
  • Ri 2 , Ri3, Ri6, Ri7, Ri8, R 22 , R 2 3, R 2 6, and R 27 are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, or Ri2 and R13, Ri6 and R17, R 17 and Ris, R22 and R23, R26 and R27 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C
  • Ri4, Ris, Ri9, R20, R21 , R24, R25, R28, R29, R30, and R31 are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cyclo alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
  • A is selected from CR32 or N;
  • R x and R y are independently of each other selected from hydrogen
  • R x and R y are both taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; or
  • R x or R y is taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; and
  • Some embodiments relate to a compound according to any of the Formulae presented herein and wherein R 2a and R 3 ⁇ 4 independently of each other are absent or R 2a and R 3 ⁇ 4 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl and unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy.
  • Some embodiments relate to a compound according to any of the Formulae presented herein and wherein R 3a and R 3b independently of each other are absent or R 3a and R 3b independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl and unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy.
  • R 2a , R 2b , R 3a and/or R3 ⁇ 4 may mean the formation of a double bond (as exemplified by Formula (III) where R3 ⁇ 4 and R3 ⁇ 4 are absent and a double bond is present).
  • Some embodiment relate to a compound being selected from a compound according to any of the Formulae (II), (lib), (III), (nib), (IV) or (IVb).
  • the ring comprising X l s X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 is a 5 membered ring.
  • Some embodiments relate to a compound as described herein wherein X l s X 2 , X 3 and X 4 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of N or C, and X 5 is C.
  • Some embodiments relate to the integer "n" being 1, the ring comprising X l s X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 thus being a 6 membered ring that may or may not comprise nitrogen atom(s).
  • An example thereof is when X l s X 2 , X 3 and X 4 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of N or C, and X 5 is C.
  • examples include one nitrogen atom being present in the ring comprising X l s X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 i.e. in such embodiments one of Xi, X 2 , X 3 and X 4 may be N (nitrogen) the others being C (carbon).
  • ring comprising X l s X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 wherein all are C, i.e. a phenyl ring.
  • Some embodiments relates to Rsb, Rub, i and X 2 ; Riob, Rub, X 2 and X 3 ; and/or R b, Riob, X 3 and X 4 are taken together to form a fused ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkenyl.
  • Such embodiments relates to the ring comprising X l s X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 having substituents that taken together form a fused ring system, i.e. the ring comprising X l s X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 is part of the fused ring system.
  • the compound of Formulae lib, Illb, IVb, Vb, and VIb are selected from a compound wherein X5 is C (carbon atom).
  • both R l la and Rub cannot be hydrogen.
  • R 8 3 a and Rs3b are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, Ci_ 6 alkyl, or R 8 3 a and Rs3b taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C 3 _8 cycloalkyl; Rso and Rsi
  • the asterisk denotes the radical forming a bond to the general formula, e.g. in this particular example the ring system comprising X l s X 2 , X3, X 4 and X 5 .
  • the following example structurally discloses the replacement of R by the -CR4 4a R44b-morpholinyl:
  • Some embodiments relate to AR x R y forming a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C 2 -9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl.
  • R x or R y together with A form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C 2 -9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl. Consequently according to these embodiments, the ring comprising X l s X 2 , X3, X 4 and X 5 is substituted in position 2 by a ring system comprising A and at least one of R x and R y .
  • Some embodiments relate to the ring system comprising A and at least one of R x and R y is a ring system selected from unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C 2 -9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
  • Some embodiments relate to A being a nitrogen atom and accordingly the ring system formed selected from unsubstituted or substituted C 2 -9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
  • the ring system is described as being substituted, the substituent is not intended to be particularly limited and may when present be present 1 , 2, 3, or 4 times, and there may be different substitutents on the ring system, all within the capacity of those skilled in the art to synthesize.
  • substituents on the ring system are unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, halogen, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8
  • Ci_ 6 alkyl examples include unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl are selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, tert-butyl, Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, Ci_ 6 aminoalkyl,-CH 2 NR 7 oR 7 i , Ci_ 6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_ 6 alkyl, aryl- Ci_ 6 alkyl, wherein R 70 and R 7 i independently of each other are selected from hydrogen or Ci_ 4 alkyl.
  • Examples of unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted pyrrolidinyl, and unsubstituted or substituted pyrrolidinyl-2- one.
  • Examples of unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl are unsubstituted or substituted imidazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted pyrrolyl, unsubstituted or substituted pyrazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted tetrazolyl, and unsubstituted or substituted pyridyl.
  • unsubstituted or substituted aryl examples include unsubstituted or substituted phenyl.
  • Some embodiments relate to AR x R y forming a ring system as disclosed above,
  • Ri ia being absent and Rub selected as disclosed above from a non hydrogen
  • Some embodiments relate to AR x R y forming a ring system as disclosed above, Rub selected as disclosed above from a non hydrogen substitutent, and and Rs a , R a, Rioa and Rn a are absent and Rsb, R9b, and Riob are hydrogen.
  • Some embodiments relate to AR x R y forming a ring system as disclosed above and Rsa, R9a, Rioa and Rn a are absent and Rsb, R9b, Riob, and Rub are hydrogen.
  • AR x R y forming a ring system Some examples of AR x R y forming a ring system are shown in Formulae (VII, VIII, IX, and X):
  • the compound of Formulae VII, VIII, IX, and X are selected from a compound wherein X5 is C (carbon atom).
  • a ring system for example a cycloalkyl, heteroalicyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl
  • halogen is selected from fluoro or chloro.
  • R 2a is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 3a is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 7 is hydrogen
  • R4, R5, 5 and Rsb independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci_ 4 alkyl, Ci_ 4 alkoxy, C3-5 cycloalkyl, -CN, -OH, - CF 3 , and -OCF 3 ;
  • X 3 and X 4 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of N and C;
  • Rgb when X 4 is N, Rgb is absent, when X 4 is C, Rgb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci_ 4 alkyl, Ci_ 4 alkoxy, C 3 _ 5 cycloalkyl, -CN, -OH, - CF 3 , and -OCF 3 ;
  • Rub is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -N0 2 , unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8
  • A is selected from CR 32 or N;
  • R x and R y are independently of each other selected from hydrogen
  • R x and R y are both taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; or one of R x or R y is taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C 2 _9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; and whenever R x and R y independently of each other are selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted
  • the compound of formula (XI) is selected from compounds wherein R x and R y are both taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C 3 -8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 3 -8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 2 -9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; or Ru b is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C 2 -9 heteroalicyclyl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, or selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 8 3 a and Rs 3b are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, and Ci_ 6 alkyl, or R 8 3 a and Rs 3b taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3_8 cycloalkyl;
  • r and s are integers selected from 0, 1 or 2;
  • Rs2 is selected from the group consisting of Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkoxy, -NRssR; 86, and -OH;
  • R55 and R56 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C 2 -9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; and
  • Rs5 and Rs 6 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_ 6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl or R 8 5 and Rs 6 taken together with the nitrogen atom form a ring system selected from
  • the compound of formula (XI) is selected from compounds wherein R x and R y taken together with A form a ring system selected from the roup consisting of:
  • ring system is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 , 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl,
  • Ci_ 6 alkoxy unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 haloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 hydroxyalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 aminoalkyl, halogen, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl-Ci_6 alkyl,
  • R01, R02, R03, R04, Res, R ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4, R07, Res and Reg are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl; or the ring system is part of a bicyclic ring system; and t is selected from an integer selected from 0, 1 , 2 and 3.
  • R 2a is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 3a is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 7 is hydrogen
  • R 4 , R 5 , 5 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, and methoxy
  • X 3 and X 4 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of N and C, wherein R 8 b, Rs>b, and Riob are hydrogen or in case of X3 or X 4 being N, Rgb, and Riob are absent.
  • the compound of formula (XI) is selected from compounds wherein R x and R y taken to ether with A form a ring system selected from
  • Ri i b is selected from the group consisting of
  • s is sleected from 0, 1 or 2 and R53 when present is methyl; R 54 isselected from hydrogen and methyl.
  • the compounds as disclosed herein are selectively binding any one of the bromodomains in the BET family of proteins compared to bromodomains not in the BET family. In some embodiments the compounds as disclosed herein selectively bind to the N-terminal bromodomain (BDl) over the C- terminal bromodomain (BD2) in any of the BET family of proteins.
  • the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising physiologically acceptable surface active agents, carriers, diluents, excipients, smoothing agents, suspension agents, film forming substances, and coating assistants, or a combination thereof; and a compound of any one of Formulae (I)-(XI) or (Ib)-(VIIIb) as disclosed herein.
  • the compound of Formula (I) included in the pharmaceutical composition may also be any compound of the preferred embodiments described above.
  • the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising physiologically acceptable surface active agents, carriers, diluents, excipients, smoothing agents, suspension agents, film forming substances, and coating assistants, or a combination thereof; and a compound of any one of Formulae I- XI or Ib-VIb as disclosed herein.
  • Acceptable carriers or diluents for therapeutic use are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA (1990), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Preservatives, stabilizers, dyes, sweeteners, fragrances, flavoring agents, and the like may be provided in the
  • sodium benzoate, ascorbic acid and esters of p-hydroxybenzoic acid may be added as preservatives.
  • antioxidants and suspending agents may be used.
  • alcohols, esters, sulfated aliphatic alcohols, and the like may be used as surface active agents; sucrose, glucose, lactose, starch, crystallized cellulose, mannitol, light anhydrous silicate, magnesium aluminate, magnesium methasilicate aluminate, synthetic aluminum silicate, calcium carbonate, sodium acid carbonate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, and the like may be used as excipients; magnesium stearate, talc, hardened oil and the like may be used as smoothing agents; coconut oil, olive oil, sesame oil, peanut oil, soya may be used as suspension agents or lubricants; cellulose acetate phthalate as a derivative of a carbohydrate such as cellulose or sugar, or methylacetate
  • pharmaceutical composition refers to a mixture of a compound disclosed herein with other chemical components, such as diluents or carriers.
  • the pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. Multiple techniques of administering a compound exist in the art including, but not limited to, oral, injection, aerosol, parenteral, and topical administration.
  • compositions can also be obtained by reacting compounds with inorganic or organic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like.
  • inorganic or organic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like.
  • carrier defines a chemical compound that facilitates the
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • diot defines chemical compounds diluted in water that will dissolve the compound of interest as well as stabilize the biologically active form of the compound. Salts dissolved in buffered solutions are utilized as diluents in the art.
  • One commonly used buffered solution is phosphate buffered saline because it mimics the salt conditions of human blood. Since buffer salts can control the pH of a solution at low concentrations, a buffered diluent rarely modifies the biological activity of a compound.
  • physiologically acceptable defines a carrier or diluent that does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound.
  • compositions described herein can be administered to a human patient per se, or in pharmaceutical compositions where they are mixed with other active ingredients, as in combination therapy, or suitable carriers or excipient(s).
  • suitable carriers or excipient(s) suitable carriers or excipient(s).
  • Suitable routes of administration may, for example, include oral, rectal, transmucosal, topical, or intestinal administration; parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections.
  • parenteral delivery including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections.
  • the compounds can also be administered in sustained or controlled release dosage forms, including depot injections, osmotic pumps, pills, transdermal (including electrotransport) patches, and the like, for prolonged and/or timed, pulsed
  • compositions may be manufactured in a manner that is itself known, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or tabletting processes.
  • compositions for use as described herein may be formulated in conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any of the well-known techniques, carriers, and excipients may be used as suitable and as understood in the art; e.g., in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, above.
  • Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions.
  • Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, mannitol, lactose, lecithin, albumin, sodium glutamate, cysteine hydrochloride, and the like.
  • the injectable pharmaceutical compositions may contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting agents, pH buffering agents, and the like.
  • Physiologically compatible buffers include, but are not limited to, Hanks's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. If desired, absorption enhancing preparations (for example, liposomes), may be utilized.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated may be used in the formulation.
  • compositions for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or other organic oils such as soybean, grapefruit or almond oils, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents that increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen- free water, before use.
  • the compounds can be formulated readily by combining the active compounds with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art.
  • Such carriers enable the compounds disclosed herein to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated.
  • Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by combining the active compounds with solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol;
  • cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl- cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP).
  • disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.
  • Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings.
  • concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
  • concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
  • Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include push- fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • the push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added. All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such
  • compositions may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
  • the compounds for use as described herein are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. , dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafiuoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g. , dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafiuoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • Capsules and cartridges of, e.g., gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • Topical ophthalmic compositions may be formulated as a solution in water buffered at a pH of 5.0 to 8.0.
  • Other ingredients that may be desirable to use in the ophthalmic preparations include preservatives (such as benzalkonium chloride, stabilized oxychloro complex, which is sold as PuriteTM, or stabilized chlorine dioxide), cosolvents (such as
  • compositions for intraocular delivery include aqueous ophthalmic solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form, such as eyedrops, or in gellan gum (Shedden et al, Clin.
  • compositions for intranasal delviery may also include drops and sprays often prepared to simulate in many respects nasal secretions to ensure maintenance of normal ciliary action.
  • suitable formulations are most often and preferably isotonic, slightly buffered to maintain a pH of 5.5 to 6.5, and most often and preferably include antimicrobial preservatives and appropriate drug stabilizers.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations for intraauricular delivery include suspensions and ointments for topical application in the ear. Common solvents for such aural formulations include glycerin and water.
  • the compounds disclosed herein may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
  • the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be a cosolvent system comprising benzyl alcohol, a nonpolar surfactant, a water-miscible organic polymer, and an aqueous phase.
  • VPD co-solvent system is a solution of 3% w/v benzyl alcohol, 8% w/v of the nonpolar surfactant Polysorbate 80TM, and 65% w/v polyethylene glycol 300, made up to volume in absolute ethanol.
  • VPD co-solvent system is a solution of 3% w/v benzyl alcohol, 8% w/v of the nonpolar surfactant Polysorbate 80TM, and 65% w/v polyethylene glycol 300, made up to volume in absolute ethanol.
  • proportions of a co-solvent system may be varied considerably without destroying its solubility and toxicity characteristics.
  • co-solvent components may be varied: for example, other low-to xicity nonpolar surfactants may be used instead of POLYSORBATE 80TM; the fraction size of polyethylene glycol may be varied; other biocompatible polymers may replace polyethylene glycol, e.g., polyvinyl pyrrolidone; and other sugars or polysaccharides may substitute for dextrose.
  • hydrophobic pharmaceutical compounds may be employed.
  • Liposomes and emulsions are well known examples of delivery vehicles or carriers for hydrophobic drugs.
  • Certain organic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide also may be employed, although usually at the cost of greater toxicity.
  • the compounds may be delivered using a sustained-release system, such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the therapeutic agent.
  • sustained-release materials have been established and are well known by those skilled in the art. Sustained-release capsules may, depending on their chemical nature, release the compounds for a few weeks up to over 100 days.
  • additional strategies for protein stabilization may be employed.
  • Agents intended to be administered intracellularly may be administered using techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • such agents may be encapsulated into liposomes. All molecules present in an aqueous solution at the time of liposome formation are incorporated into the aqueous interior.
  • the liposomal contents are both protected from the external micro-environment and, because liposomes fuse with cell membranes, are efficiently delivered into the cell cytoplasm.
  • the liposome may be coated with a tissue-specific antibody. The liposomes will be targeted to and taken up selectively by the desired organ.
  • small hydrophobic organic molecules may be directly administered intracellularly.
  • compositions may be incorporated into the pharmaceutical compositions.
  • pharmaceutical compositions may be incorporated into the pharmaceutical compositions.
  • pharmaceutical compositions may be incorporated into the pharmaceutical compositions.
  • pharmaceutical compositions may be incorporated into the pharmaceutical compositions.
  • pharmaceutical compositions may be incorporated into the pharmaceutical compositions.
  • pharmaceutical compositions may be incorporated into the pharmaceutical compositions.
  • pharmaceutical compositions may be incorporated into the pharmaceutical compositions.
  • pharmaceutical compositions may be incorporated into the pharmaceutical compositions.
  • pharmaceutical compositions may be incorporated into the pharmaceutical compositions.
  • compositions may be combined with other compositions that contain other therapeutic or diagnostic agents.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may be used to modulate, such as inhibiting, the function of at least one bromodomain.
  • the at least one bromodomain may be selected from the group consisting of BAZ2A, BAZ2B, CECR2, BAZIA, TRIM66, TRIM24, TRIM33-1, TRIM33-2, TRIM28, SPlOO, SP140, SP140L, SPl lO-1, SP110-6, BAZ1B, BRD8(2), BRD8(1), BRWD1(2), BRWD3(2), PHIP(2), MLL, EP300, CREBBP, ATAD2, ATAD2B, BRD7, BRD9, BRPF3, BRD1, BRPFl-1, BRPF1-2, SMARCA2-2, SMARCA2-1, SMARCA4, PBRM1(6),
  • the bromodomain may be a member of the BET (bromodomain and extraterminal domain) family.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may be used to inhibit the function of BRD4.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may modulate, such as inhibit, more than one bromodomain simultaneously.
  • the bromodomain may be contained in a human protein.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may be used to treat, prevent or ameliorate disease or conditions related to at least one bromodomain.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may be used to treat, prevent or ameliorate disease or conditions related to at least one bromodomain contained in a human protein.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein and above may also be used in therapy or may be used to treat, prevent or ameliorate a variety of diseases or conditions, e.g. related to systemic or tissue inflammation, inflammatory responses to infection or hypoxia, cellular activation and proliferation, lipid metabolism, fibrosis and in the prevention, e.g. prophylactic treatment, and treatment of viral infections.
  • diseases, disorders or conditions which may be treated, prevented or ameliorated by compounds disclosed herein include chronic autoimmune and/or inflammatory diseases, or diseases or conditions associated with chronic autoimmune and/or inflammatory diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, acute gout, psoriasis, psoriatric arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, inflammatory bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, colitis, asthma, chronic obstructive airways disease, pneumonitis, myocarditis, pericarditis, myositis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, allergy, ankylosing spondylitis, lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's disease, pancreatitis, autoimmune ocular disease, Sjogren's disease, optic neuritis, neuromyelitis optica, Myasthenia
  • diseases, disorders or conditions include acute inflammatory diseases or conditions such as acute gout, giant cell arteritis, nephritis including lupus nephritis, vasculitis with organ involvement such as glomerulonephritis, vasculitis including giant cell arteritis, Polyarteritis nodosa, Behcet's disease, Wegener's granulomatosis, Kawasaki disease, Takayasu's Arteritis, vasculitis with organ involvement and acute rejection of transplanted organs.
  • acute inflammatory diseases or conditions such as acute gout, giant cell arteritis, nephritis including lupus nephritis, vasculitis with organ involvement such as glomerulonephritis, vasculitis including giant cell arteritis, Polyarteritis nodosa, Behcet's disease, Wegener's granulomatosis, Kawasaki disease, Takayasu's Arte
  • diseases, disorders or conditions include inflammatory responses to infections caused by bacteria, viruses, fungi, parasites or their toxins, such as sepsis, sepsis syndrome, septic shock, endotoxaemia, systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS), multi-organ dysfunction syndrome, toxic shock syndrome, acute lung injury, ARDS (adult respiratory distress syndrome), acute renal failure, fulminant hepatitis, burns, acute pancreatitis, post-surgical syndromes, sarcoidosis, Herxheimer reactions, encephalitis, myelitis, meningitis, malaria and SIRS associated with viral infections such as influenza, herpes zoster, herpes simplex and coronavirus.
  • SIRS systemic inflammatory response syndrome
  • multi-organ dysfunction syndrome toxic shock syndrome
  • acute lung injury ARDS (adult respiratory distress syndrome)
  • ARDS adult respiratory distress syndrome
  • fulminant hepatitis burns
  • acute pancreatitis post-surgical syndromes
  • sarcoidosis
  • diseases, disorders or conditions include ischaemia- reperfusion injury such as myocardial infarction, cerebrovascular ischaemia (stroke), acute coronary syndromes, renal reperfusion injury, organ transplantation, coronary artery bypass grafting, cardio-pulmonary bypass procedures, heart failure, cardiac hypertrophy, pulmonary, renal, hepatic, gastro -intestinal or peripheral limb embolism.
  • ischaemia- reperfusion injury such as myocardial infarction, cerebrovascular ischaemia (stroke), acute coronary syndromes, renal reperfusion injury, organ transplantation, coronary artery bypass grafting, cardio-pulmonary bypass procedures, heart failure, cardiac hypertrophy, pulmonary, renal, hepatic, gastro -intestinal or peripheral limb embolism.
  • diseases, disorders or conditions include treating disorders or conditions of lipid metabolism such as hypercholesterolemia,
  • diseases, disorders or conditions include fibrotic disorders or conditions such as idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, renal fibrosis, postoperative stricture, keloid formation, scleroderma and cardiac fibrosis.
  • diseases, disorders or conditions include viral infections such as herpes virus, human papilloma virus, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), adenovirus and poxvirus.
  • viral infections such as herpes virus, human papilloma virus, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), adenovirus and poxvirus.
  • diseases, disorders or conditions include cancer, including hematological, epithelial including lung, breast and colon carcinomas, midline carcinomas, sarcomas, mesenchymal, hepatic, renal and neurological tumours; such as adenocarcinoma, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia, adult T- cell leukemia/lymphoma, bladder cancer, blastoma, bone cancer, breast cancer, brain cancer, burkitts lymphoma, carcinoma, myeloid sarcoma, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, colorectal cancer, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, follicular lymphoma, gastrointestinal cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, glioma, gallbladder cancer, gastric cancer, head and neck cancer, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin'
  • mesothelioma multiple myeloma, ocular cancer, optic nerve tumor, oral cancer, ovarian cancer, pituitary tumor, primary central nervous system lymphoma, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, pharyngeal cancer, renal cell carcinoma, rectal cancer, sarcoma, skin cancer, spinal tumor, small intestine cancer, stomach cancer, T-cell lymphoma, testicular cancer, thyroid cancer, throat cancer, urogenital cancer, urothelial carcinoma, uterine cancer, vaginal cancer, or Wilms' tumor.
  • diseases, disorders or conditions include obesity, such as obesity associated with cancer treatment or obesity associated with diabetes and cardiac hypertrophy.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions may be administered to the patient by any suitable means.
  • methods of administration include, among others, (a) administration though oral pathways, which administration includes administration in capsule, tablet, granule, spray, syrup, or other such forms; (b) administration through non-oral pathways such as rectal, vaginal, intraurethral, intraocular, intranasal, or intraauricular, which administration includes administration as an aqueous suspension, an oily preparation or the like or as a drip, spray, suppository, salve, ointment or the like; (c) administration via injection, subcutaneously,
  • intraperitoneally intravenously, intramuscularly, intradermally, intraorbitally, intracapsularly, intraspinally, intrasternally, or the like, including infusion pump delivery; (d) administration locally such as by injection directly in the renal or cardiac area, e.g., by depot implantation by intratumoral injection, or by intra-lymph node injection; as well as (e) administration topically; as deemed appropriate by those of skill in the art for bringing the compound disclosed herein into contact with living tissue.
  • compositions suitable for administration include compositions where the active ingredients are contained in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of the compounds disclosed herein required as a dose will depend on the route of administration, the type of animal, including human, being treated, and the physical characteristics of the specific animal under consideration. The dose can be tailored to achieve a desired effect, but will depend on such factors as weight, diet, concurrent medication and other factors which those skilled in the medical arts will recognize. More specifically, a therapeutically effective amount means an amount of compound effective to prevent, alleviate or ameliorate symptoms of disease or prolong the survival of the subject being treated. Determination of a therapeutically effective amount is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein.
  • the useful in vivo dosage to be administered and the particular mode of administration will vary depending upon the age, weight and mammalian species treated, the particular compounds employed, and the specific use for which these compounds are employed.
  • the determination of effective dosage levels that is the dosage levels necessary to achieve the desired result, can be accomplished by one skilled in the art using routine pharmacological methods. Typically, human clinical applications of products are commenced at lower dosage levels, with dosage level being increased until the desired effect is achieved.
  • compositions identified by the present methods can be used to establish useful doses and routes of administration of the compositions identified by the present methods using established pharmacological methods.
  • dosage administered to a human or non-human subject may range broadly, depending upon the desired effects and the therapeutic indication. Typically, dosages may be between about 10 microgram/kg and 1000 mg/kg body weight, preferably between about 100 microgram/kg and 10 mg/kg body weight. Alternatively dosages may be based and calculated upon the surface area of the patient, as understood by those of skill in the art.
  • compositions disclosed herein can be chosen by the individual physician in view of the patient's condition. (See e.g., Fingl et al. 1975, in "The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, with particular reference to Ch. 1, p. 1).
  • the dose range of the composition administered to the patient can be from about 0.5 to 1000 mg/kg of the patient's body weight.
  • the dosage may be a single one or a series of two or more given in the course of one or more days, as is needed by the patient.
  • human dosages for compounds have been established for at least some condition, those same dosages may be used, or dosages that are between about 0.1% and 500%, more preferably between about 25% and 250% of the established human dosage.
  • a suitable human dosage can be inferred from ED 50 or ID 50 values, or other appropriate values derived from in vitro or in vivo studies, as qualified by toxicity studies and efficacy studies in animals.
  • the attending physician would know how to and when to terminate, interrupt, or adjust administration due to toxicity or organ dysfunctions. Conversely, the attending physician would also know to adjust treatment to higher levels if the clinical response were not adequate (precluding toxicity).
  • the magnitude of an administrated dose in the management of the disorder of interest will vary with the severity of the condition to be treated and to the route of administration. The severity of the condition may, for example, be evaluated, in part, by standard prognostic evaluation methods. Further, the dose and perhaps dose frequency, will also vary according to the age, body weight, and response of the individual patient. A program comparable to that discussed above may be used in veterinary medicine.
  • the daily dosage regimen for an adult human patient may be, for example, an oral dose of between 0.1 mg and 2000 mg of each active ingredient, preferably between 1 mg and 500 mg, e.g. 5 to 200 mg.
  • An ocular eye drop may range in concentration between 0.005 and 5 percent. In one embodiment, an eye drop may range between 0.01 and 1 percent, or between 0.01 and 0.3 percent in another embodiment.
  • an intravenous, subcutaneous, or intramuscular dose of each active ingredient of between 0.01 mg and 100 mg, preferably between 0.1 mg and 60 mg, e.g. 1 to 40 mg is used.
  • dosages may be calculated as the free base.
  • the composition is administered 1 to 4 times per day.
  • the compositions disclosed herein may be administered by continuous intravenous infusion, preferably at a dose of each active ingredient up to 1000 mg per day.
  • the compounds disclosed herein in certain situations it may be necessary to administer the compounds disclosed herein in amounts that exceed, or even far exceed, the above-stated, preferred dosage range or frequency in order to effectively and aggressively treat particularly aggressive diseases or infections.
  • the compounds will be administered for a period of continuous therapy, for example for a week or more, or for months or years.
  • Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted individually to provide plasma or tissue levels of the active moiety which are sufficient to maintain the modulating effects, or minimal effective concentration (MEC).
  • MEC minimal effective concentration
  • the MEC will vary for each compound but can be estimated from in vitro data. Dosages necessary to achieve the MEC will depend on individual characteristics and route of administration. However, HPLC assays or bioassays can be used to determine plasma concentrations.
  • Dosage intervals can also be determined using MEC value.
  • Compositions should be administered using a regimen which maintains plasma levels above the MEC for 10-90% of the time, preferably between 30-90% and most preferably between 50- 90%.
  • the effective local concentration of the drug may not be related to plasma concentration.
  • the amount of composition administered may be dependent on the subject being treated, on the subject's weight, the severity of the affliction, the manner of
  • determining in vitro toxicity towards a cell line such as a mammalian, and preferably human, cell line.
  • the results of such studies are often predictive of toxicity in animals, such as mammals, or more specifically, humans.
  • the toxicity of particular compounds in an animal model such as mice, rats, rabbits, or monkeys, may be determined using known methods.
  • the efficacy of a particular compound may be established using several recognized methods, such as in vitro methods, animal models, or human clinical trials. Recognized in vitro models exist for nearly every class of condition, including but not limited to cancer, cardiovascular disease, and various immune dysfunction.
  • acceptable animal models may be used to establish efficacy of chemicals to treat such conditions.
  • the skilled artisan can be guided by the state of the art to choose an appropriate model, dose, and route of administration, and regime.
  • human clinical trials can also be used to determine the efficacy of a compound in humans.
  • compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient.
  • the pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • the pack or dispenser may also be accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, may be the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert.
  • Compositions comprising a compound disclosed herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
  • phrases "at least one" and “one or more” refer to 1 or a number greater than 1, such as to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
  • 5-nitro-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (0.861 g, 3.63 mmol, 1 eq) is weighed out in a 100 mL flask.
  • EDC ((3-Dimethylamino-propyl)-ethyl-carbodiimide) (0.767 g, 4.0 mmol, 1.1 eq) and HO At ([l,2,3]Triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-ol) is dissolved in 10 mL DMF with 1900 ⁇ . DIPEA. The solution is added to the flask.
  • 6-amino-4- methyl-quinolin-2-ol (0.697 g, 4.0 mmol, 1.1 eq) is added. Total volume of DMF is 25 mL.
  • the reaction is stirred over night at room temperature. Precipitation is filtered off and solvent is removed by rotavap. Working up with H 2 0: EtOAc. The organic phase is dried with MgS0 4 and solvent is removed by rotavap. Crude is purified by CombiFlash DCM:MeOH gradient 0% ⁇ 10% MeOH. Isolated product is dried overnight.
  • N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -nitro-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 - carboxamide (0.203 g, 0.515 mmol, 1.0 eq) is dissolved/suspended in 5 mL dry MeOH. Pd/C (ca. 5 mg) is added. The flask is evacuated and filled with argon 3 times. H 2 gas is added with a balloon. The reaction is stirred overnight at room temperature. Crude is filtered by 22 ⁇ filter.
  • the resin (SpheriTide amide, 0.060 mmol/g, 0.1 mmol 1.0 eq) is dried on oil pump overnight. The resin is washed 2 times with dry DMF. The resin swells in dry DMF for 15 minutes and drained. Approx. 2 mL of a 20 % piperidine solution in dry DMF is added to the resin, and the resin is shaken for 20 minutes. The solvent is drained and the resin is washed with DMF (3x), MeOH (3x), DMF (3x), DCM (3x).
  • the resin is washed with 2 times dry DMF and swells in dry DMF for 15 minutes.
  • 2-chloroacetic acid (0.0382 g, 0.4 mmol, 4.0 eq) and DIPEA (N,N- Diisopropylethylamine) (140 ⁇ , 0.8 mmol, 8.0 eq) are dissolved in approx. 1 mL dry DMF and the solution is added to the resin.
  • DMTMM 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin- 2-yl)-4-methyl-morpholin-4-ium tetrafluoroborate
  • 0.1304 g, 0.4 mmol, 4.0 eq is dissolved in aprox.
  • the crude was acidified with IN HCl and the water layer was evaporated.
  • the crude product was dissolved in MeOH and filtered the inorganic salts and evaporated the filtrate to afford 5-(l-methoxyethyl)-2- (pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid and 5-(l-methoxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid (350 mg) as a brown solid.
  • reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with 10 % MeOH: DCM (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 X 30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 , filtered and evaporated.
  • reaction mixture was poured into water (15 mL) acidified with IN HCl and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 x 15 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 , filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by combiflash to get title compound of 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(trifluoromethoxy) benzoic acid (320 mg) as pale yellow liquid.

Abstract

Disclosed are compounds towards bromodomains, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and use of the compounds in therapy.

Description

COMPOUNDS ACTIVE TOWARDS BROMODOMAINS
Field
The present application relates to compounds active towards bromodomains, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, and methods of treating diseases or disorders using the compounds.
Background
Bromodomains are protein domains of biological and pharmaceutical interest, for example as components of transcription factor complexes and determinants of epigenetic memory. The human genome codes for 61 bromodomains that are present in 46 human proteins, and which may be categorized into 8 distinct bromodomain families based on primary sequence conservation (Nat Rev Drug Discov. 2014 May;13(5):337- 56). One such family, the BET family, or bromodomain and extraterminal domain family, includes BRD2, BRD3, BRD4 and BRDT all of which are found in humans. Bromodomains are capable of recognizing acetylated histones. The BET family has a common domain architecture featuring two amino -terminal bromodomains that exhibit high levels of sequence conservation, and a more divergent carboxy-terminal recruitment domain (Filippakopoulos, P. et al, Nature 2010,468, 1067-1073). BRD2 and BRD3 are reported to associate with histones along actively transcribed genes and may be involved in facilitating transcriptional elongation (Leroy et al, Mol. Cell. 2008, 30, 51-60). It has also been reported that BRD4 or BRD3 may fuse with NUT (nuclear protein in testis) forming novel fusion oncogenes in a highly malignant form of epithelial neoplasia called NUT-midline carcinoma. It has been suggested that BRD- NUT fusion proteins contribute to carcinogenesis (Oncogene 2008, 27, 2237-2242). BRDT is uniquely expressed in the testes and ovary.
All BET family members have been reported to have some involvment in aspects of the cell cycle. In addition, some viruses make use of these proteins to tether their genomes to the host cell chromatin, as part of the process of viral replication (You et al. Cell 2004 117, 349-60). BRD4 appears to be involved in the recruitment of the pTEF-P complex to inducible genes resulting in phosphorylation of RNA polymerase and increased transcriptional output (Hargreaves et al, Cell 2009 138, 129-145).
In recent years, proteins containing bromodomains have attracted much interest and bromodomain binding agents have been reported in WO2009084693,
WO2012075383, WO2011054553, WO2011054841, WO2011054844,
WO2011054845, WO2011054846, WO2011054848, WO2011143669,
WO2011161031, WO2013027168, WO2014095774, and WO2014095775.
Thus proteins containing bromodomains have been reported to be involved in transcription, DNA repair, replication, and chromosome condensation. Filippakopoulos, P. et al. recently published a review summarizing many findings related to proteins containing bromodomains (Filippakopoulos, P. et al, Nature Reviews Drug Discovery, 2014, doi:10.1038/nrd4286).
Despite the progress in the field of molecules that modulate the function of bromodomains there is a need for further bromodomain inhibitors.
Summary
An aspect disclosed herein relates to a compound of
Formula (I)
Figure imgf000003_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, polymorphs, stereoisomers, and tautomers thereof, wherein
Yi, Y2, Y3i and Y4 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N or C; Υ5 is selected from C or O;
Xi, X2, X3, X4, and X5 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N, O, S or C; n is an integer selected from 0 or 1 ; R is absent or selected from the group of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted
Ci_4 alkyl;
Ri is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_4 alkyl;
R2a, R2b, R3a, and R¾ are independently of each other either absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -OR3i, or R2a and R¾ taken together with Y4, and/or R3a and R¾ taken together with Y5 form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl;
R4, R5, Re, Rsa, Rsb Rga, R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub and R32 are independently of each other absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -N02, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -NRi2Ri3, -NRi4C(=0)Ri5, -
Figure imgf000004_0001
-C(=O)R20, -C(=0)OR2i, -OC(=0)R2i, - C(=0)NR22R23, -S(=0)R24, -S02R25, -S02NR26R27, and -OR3i; or
R5, Re, Rsa, Rsb Rga, R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub are taken together with an adjacent R5, Re, R8a, Rsb, Rga, R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub group to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; or Rsa, R-8b and Xi ; Rga, Rs>b and X4; Rioa, Riob and X3; Rna, Rub and X2 are taken together to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl;
R12, Ri3, Ri6, Ri7, Ri8, R22, R23, R26, and R27 are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, or
Ri2 and Ri3, Ri6 and Ri7, Ri7 and Ris, R22 and R23, R26 and R27 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Ri4, Ris, Ri9, R2o, R2i , R24, R25, R28, R29, R3o, and R3i are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
A is selected from CR32 or N; Rx and Ry are independently of each other selected from hydrogen,
unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=O)R20 and -S02R25; or
Rx and Ry are both taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; or one of Rx or Ry is taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; and whenever Rx and Ry independently of each other are selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and , unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=0)R2o and -S02R25, then both Ri la and Ri ib cannot be hydrogen; whenever one or more heteroatom(s) is/are present it is/they are selected from O, N and S; and with the proviso that the compound of Formula (I) is not
Figure imgf000007_0001
Figure imgf000008_0001
An aspect relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compound according to formula (I).
An aspect relates to the compounds according to formula (I) or pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compound according to formula (I) for modulating, such as inhibiting at least one bromodomain. An aspect relates to the bromodomain being a member of the BET family.
An aspect relates to the compounds according to formula (I) or pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compound according to formula (I) for for treating diseases or conditions related to systemic or tissue inflammation, inflammatory responses to infection or hypoxia, cellular activation and proliferation, lipid metabolism, fibrosis and in the prevention and treatment of viral infections; or chronic autoimmune and inflammatory diseases or conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, acute gout, psoriasis, psoriatric arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease , inflammatory bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, colitis, asthma, chronic obstructive airways disease, pneumonitis, myocarditis, pericarditis, myositis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, allergy, ankylosing spondylitis, lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's disease, pancreatitis, autoimmune ocular disease, Sjogren's disease, optic neuritis, neuromyelitis optica, Myasthenia Gravis, Guillain Barre syndrome, Graves' disease, alopecia, vitiligo, bullous skin diseases, nephritis, vasculitis, atherosclerosis, Alzheimer's disease, depression, retinitis, uveitis, scleritis, hepatitis, pancreatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, sclerosing cholangitis, hypophysitis, thyroiditis, Addison's disease, type I diabetes and acute rejection of transplanted organs; or treating an acute inflammatory diseases or conditions such as acute gout, giant cell arteritis, nephritis including lupus nephritis, vasculitis with organ involvement such as glomerulonephritis, vasculitis including giant cell arteritis, Polyarteritis nodosa, Behcet's disease, Wegener's granulomatosis,
Kawasaki disease, Takayasu's Arteritis, vasculitis with organ involvement and acute rejection of transplanted organs; or treating inflammatory responses to infections caused by bacteria, viruses, fungi, parasites or their toxins, such as sepsis, sepsis syndrome, septic shock, endotoxaemia, systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS), multi- organ dysfunction syndrome, toxic shock syndrome, acute lung injury, ARDS (adult respiratory distress syndrome), acute renal failure, fulminant hepatitis, burns, acute pancreatitis, post-surgical syndromes, sarcoidosis, Herxheimer reactions, encephalitis, myelitis, meningitis, malaria and SIRS associated with viral infections such as influenza, herpes zoster, herpes simplex and coronavirus; or treating ischaemia- reperfusion injury such as myocardial infarction, cerebrovascular ischaemia (stroke), acute coronary syndromes, renal reperfusion injury, organ transplantation, coronary artery bypass grafting, cardio-pulmonary bypass procedures, pulmonary, renal, hepatic, gastro -intestinal or peripheral limb embolism; or treating disorders or conditions of lipid metabolism such as hypercholesterolemia, atherosclerosis and Alzheimer's disease; or treating fibrotic disorders or conditions such as idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, renal fibrosis, post-operative stricture, keloid formation, scleroderma and cardiac fibrosis; or viral infections such as herpes virus, human papilloma virus, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), adenovirus and poxvirus; or treating cancer, including hematological, epithelial including lung, breast and colon carcinomas, midline carcinomas, sarcomas, mesenchymal, hepatic, renal and neurological tumours; such as adenocarcinoma, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia, adult T-cell
leukemia/lymphoma, bladder cancer, blastoma, bone cancer, breast cancer, brain cancer, burkitts lymphoma, carcinoma, myeloid sarcoma, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, colorectal cancer, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, follicular lymphoma, gastrointestinal cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, glioma, gallbladder cancer, gastric cancer, head and neck cancer, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, intestinal cancer, kidney cancer, laryngeal cancer, leukemia, lung cancer, lymphoma, liver cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, melanoma,
mesothelioma, multiple myeloma, ocular cancer, optic nerve tumor, oral cancer, ovarian cancer, pituitary tumor, primary central nervous system lymphoma, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, pharyngeal cancer, renal cell carcinoma, rectal cancer, sarcoma, skin cancer, spinal tumor, small intestine cancer, stomach cancer, T-cell lymphoma, testicular cancer, thyroid cancer, throat cancer, urogenital cancer, urothelial carcinoma, uterine cancer, vaginal cancer, or Wilms' tumor; or treating obesity, such as obesity associated with cancer treatment or obesity associated with diabetes and cardiac hypertrophy.
Further, advantageous features of various aspects and embodiments are defined in the dependent claims and within the detailed description below.
Detailed description of embodiments
Definitions
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. All patents, applications, published applications and other publications referenced herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In the event that there is a plurality of definitions for a term herein, those in this section prevail unless stated otherwise.
As used herein, any "R" group(s) such as, without limitation, Rl s R2, R3, R4, R5, R8, R9, and Rio, represent substituents that can be attached to the indicated atom. A non- limiting list of R groups include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heteroalicyclyl. If two "R" groups are covalently bonded to the same atom or to adjacent atoms, then they may be "taken together" or "combined to" as defined herein to form a cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heteroalicyclyl group. For example, without limitation, if Ra and Rt, of an NRaRb group are indicated to be "taken together" or "combined to", it means that they are covalently bonded to one another at their terminal atoms to form a ring that includes the nitrogen:
Figure imgf000011_0001
Whenever a group is described as being "unsubstituted or substituted," if substituted, the substituent(s) (which may be present one or more times, such as 1, 2, 3 or 4 times) are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S- sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfmyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof.
When a substituent is deemed to be "substituted," the substitutent itself is substituted with one ore more of the indicated substitutents. When the referenced substituent is substituted, it is meant that one or more hydrogen atoms on the referenced group may be replaced with a group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfmyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl,
trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof. The protecting groups that may form the protective derivatives of the above substituents are known to those of skill in the art and may be found in references Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1999, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
As used herein, "Cm to Cn," "Cm-Cn" or "Cm_n" in which "m" and "n" are integers refers to the number of carbon atoms in the relevant group. That is, the group can contain from "m" to "n", inclusive, carbon atoms. Thus, for example, a "Ci to C4 alkyl" group refers to all alkyl groups having from 1 to 4 carbons, that is, CH3-, CH3CH2-, CH3CH2CH2-, (CH3)2CH-, CH3CH2CH2CH2-, CH3CH2CH(CH3)-,
CH3CH(CH3)CH2- and (CH3)3C-. If no "m" and "n" are designated with regard to a group, the broadest range described in these definitions is to be assumed.
As used herein, "alkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group that is fully saturated (no double or triple bonds). The alkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as "1 to 20" refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 20 carbon atoms" means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkyl" where no numerical range is designated). The alkyl group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as "Ci_6". The alkyl group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group of the compounds may be designated as "Ci-C4 alkyl," "Ci_4 alkyl" or similar designations. By way of example only, "Ci-C4 alkyl" or "Ci_4 alkyl" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl. Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, and the like. When substituted, the substituent group(s) is(are) one or more group(s) individually and independently selected from alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,
heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl,
trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof.
As used herein, "alkenyl" refers to an alkyl group that contains in the straight or branched hydrocarbon chain one or more double bonds. If more than one double bond is present, the double bonds may be conjugated or not conjugated. The alkenyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as "2 to 20" refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "2 to 20 carbon atoms" means that the alkenyl group may consist of 2 carbon atom, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkenyl" where no numerical range is designated). When substituted, the substituent group(s) is(are) one or more group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl,
(heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S- sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfmyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof.
As used herein, "alkynyl" refers to an alkyl group that contains in the straight or branched hydrocarbon chain one or more triple bonds The alkynyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as "2 to 20" refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "2 to 20 carbon atoms" means that the alkynyl group may consist of 2 carbon atom, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkynyl" where no numerical range is designated). An alkynyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. When substituted, the substituent(s) may be selected from the same groups disclosed above with regard to alkenyl group substitution.
As used herein, "hetero" may be attached to a group and refers to one or more carbon atom(s) and the associated hydrogen atom(s) in the attached group have been independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus and sulfur.
As used herein, "heteroalkyl," by itself or in combination with another term, refers to a straight or branched alkyl group consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms, where one or more carbon atom(s), such as 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atom(s), and the associated hydrogen atom(s) have been independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The carbon atom(s) being replaced may be in the middle or at the end of the alkyl group. Examples of heteroalkyl include, but are not limited to, -S-alkyl, -O-alkyl, -NH-alkyl, alkyl-O-alkyl, etc.
As used herein, "aryl" refers to a carbocyclic (all carbon) ring or two or more fused rings (rings that share two adjacent carbon atoms) that have a fully delocalized pi- electron system. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzene, naphthalene and azulene. An aryl group may be substituted. When substituted, hydrogen atoms are replaced by substituent group(s) that is(are) one or more group(s) independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl,
(heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S- sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfmyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof. When substituted, substituents on an aryl group may form a non-aromatic ring fused to the aryl group, including a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, and heterocyclyl.
As used herein, "heteroaryl" refers to a monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic ring system (a ring system with fully delocalized pi-electron system), in which at least one of the atoms in the ring system is a heteroatom, that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Examples of "heteroaryl" include, but are not limited to, furan, thiophene, phthalazine, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, triazole, thiadiazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, tetrazole, and triazine. A heteroaryl may be substituted. When substituted, hydrogen atoms are replaced by substituent group(s) that is(are) one or more group(s) independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S- sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfmyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof. When substituted, substituents on a heteroaryl group may form a non-aromatic ring fused to the aryl group, including a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, and heterocyclyl.
An "aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" is an aryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. The alkylene and aryl group of an aralkyl may be substituted.
Examples include but are not limited to benzyl, substituted benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3- phenylpropyl, and naphthylalkyl. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
A "heteroaralkyl" or "heteroarylalkyl" is heteroaryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. The alkylene and heteroaryl group of heteroaralkyl may be substituted. Examples include but are not limited to 2-thienylmethyl, 3- thienylmethyl, furylmethyl, thienylethyl, pyrrolylalkyl, pyridylalkyl, isoxazolylalkyl, pyrazolylalkyl and imidazolylalkyl, and their substituted as well as benzo-fused analogs. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
An "alkylene" is a straight-chained tethering group, forming bonds to connect molecular fragments via their terminal carbon atoms. The alkylene may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkylene may also be a medium size alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as "Ci_6". The alkylene could also be a lower alkylene having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkylene may be designated as "C1-C4 alkylene", "Ci_4 alkylene" or similar designations. Non-limiting examples include, methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), propylene (-CH2CH2CH2-), and butylene (-(CH2)4-) groups. In the case of methylene, the two connected fragments are connected to the same carbon atom. A lower alkylene group may be substituted.
As used herein, "heteroalkylene" by itself or in combination with another term refers to an alkylene group consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms in which one or more of the carbon atoms, such as 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atom(s), are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen. Examples of heteroalkylene include, but not limited to -CH2-0-, -CH2-CH2- 0-, -CH2-CH2-CH2-O-, -CH2-NH-, -CH2-CH2-NH-, -CH2-CH2-CH2-NH-, -CH2-CH2- NH-CH2-, -O-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-O-, -O-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-, and the like. As used herein, "alkylidene" refers to a divalent group, such as =CR'R", which is attached to one carbon of another group, forming a double bond. Alkylidene groups include, but are not limited to, methylidene (=CH2) and ethylidene (=CHCH3). As used herein, "arylalkylidene" refers to an alkylidene group in which either R' or R" is an aryl group. An alkylidene group may be substituted.
As used herein, "alkoxy" refers to the group -OR wherein R is an alkyl, e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, 1-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), cyclopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, amoxy, tert-amoxy and the like. An alkoxy may be substituted.
As used herein, "alkylthio" refers to the formula -SR wherein R is an alkyl is defined as above, e.g. methylmercapto, ethylmercapto, n-propylmercapto, 1- methylethylmercapto (isopropylmercapto), n-butylmercapto, iso-butylmercapto, sec- butylmercapto, tert-butylmercapto, and the like. An alkylthio may be substituted.
As used herein, "aryloxy" and "arylthio" refers to RO- and RS-, in which R is an aryl as defined above, e.g., phenoxy, naphthalenyloxy, azulenyloxy, anthracenyloxy, naphthalenylthio, phenylthio and the like. Both an aryloxy and arylthio may be substituted.
As used herein, "alkenyloxy" refers to the formula -OR wherein R is an alkenyl as defined above, e.g., vinyloxy, propenyloxy, n-butenyloxy, iso-butenyloxy, sec- pentenyloxy, tert-pentenyloxy, and the like. The alkenyloxy may be substituted.
As used herein, "acyl" refers to a hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or aryl connected, as substituents, via a carbonyl group. Examples include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, benzoyl, and acryl. An acyl may be substituted.
As used herein, "cycloalkyl" refers to a completely saturated (no double bonds) mono- or multi- cyclic hydrocarbon ring system. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion.
Cycloalkyl groups may range from C3 to C10, in other embodiments it may range from C3 to C6. A cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. Typical cycloalkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like. If substituted, the substituent(s) may be an alkyl or selected from those indicated above with regard to substitution of an alkyl group unless otherwise indicated. When substituted, substituents on a cycloalkyl group may form an aromatic ring fused to the cycloalkyl group, including an aryl and a heteroaryl.
As used herein, "cycloalkenyl" refers to a cycloalkyl group that contains one or more double bonds in the ring although, if there is more than one, they cannot form a fully delocalized pi-electron system in the ring (otherwise the group would be "aryl," as defined herein). When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be connetected together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. A cycloalkenyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. When substituted, the substituent(s) may be an alkyl or selected from the groups disclosed above with regard to alkyl group substitution unless otherwise indicated. When substituted, substituents on a cycloalkenyl group may form an aromatic ring fused to the cycloalkenyl group, including an aryl and a heteroaryl.
As used herein, "cycloalkynyl" refers to a cycloalkyl group that contains one or more triple bonds in the ring. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Cycloalkynyl groups may range from Cs to C12. A cycloalkynyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. When substituted, the substituent(s) may be an alkyl or selected from the groups disclosed above with regard to alkyl group substitution unless otherwise indicated. When substituted, substituents on a cycloalkynyl group may form an aromatic ring fused to the cycloalkynyl group, including an aryl and a heteroaryl.
As used herein, "heteroalicyclic" or "heteroalicyclyl" refers to a 3- to 18 membered ring which consists of carbon atoms and from one to five heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The heteroalicyclic or heteroalicyclyl groups may range from C2 to C10, in other embodiments it may range from C2 to C9 and in other embodiments it may range from C2 to Cs. The
"heteroalicyclic" or "heteroalicyclyl" may be monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro- connected fashion; and the nitrogen, carbon and sulfur atoms in the "heteroalicyclic" or "heteroalicyclyl" may be oxidized; the nitrogen may be quaternized; and the rings may also contain one or more double bonds provided that they do not form a fully delocalized pi-electron system throughout all the rings. Heteroalicyclyl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted. When substituted, the substituent(s) may be one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O- carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, C-amido, N-amido, S- sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, nitro, silyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof. Examples of such "heteroalicyclic" or "heteroalicyclyl" include but are not limited to, azepinyl, azetidinyl, dioxolanyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolinolyl morpholinyl, oxetanyl, oxiranyl, piperidinyl N-Oxide, piperidinyl (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3- piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl) , pyrrolidinyl, (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3- pyrrolidinyl), piperazinyl, pyranyl, 4-piperidonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl sulfoxide, and thiamorpholinyl sulfone. When substituted, substituents on a heteroalicyclyl group may form an aromatic ring fused to the heteroalicyclyl group, including an aryl and a heteroaryl.
A "(cycloalkyl)alkyl" is a cycloalkyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. The alkylene and cycloalkyl of a (cycloalkyl)alkyl may be substituted. Examples include but are not limited cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl,
cyclopropylethyl, cyclopropylbutyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopropylisopropyl,
cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl,
cycloheptylmethyl, and the like. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
A "(cycloalkenyl)alkyl" is a cycloalkenyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. The alkylene and cycloalkenyl of a (cycloalkenyl)alkyl may be substituted. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
A "(cycloalkynyl)alkyl" is a cycloalkynyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. The alkylene and cycloalkynyl of a (cycloalkynyl)alkyl may be substituted. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
As used herein, "halo" or "halogen" refers to F (fluoro), CI (chloro), Br (bromo) or I (iodo). As used herein, "haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen. Such groups include but are not limited to, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl and l-chloro-2- fluoromethyl, 2-fluoroisobutyl. A haloalkyl may be substituted.
As used herein, "haloalkoxy" refers to a RO-group in which R is a haloalkyl group. Such groups include but are not limited to, chloromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy and l-chloro-2-fluoromethoxy, 2-fluoroisobutoxy.
A haloalkoxy may be substituted.
An "O-carboxy" group refers to a "RC(=0)0-" group in which R can be hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, or (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, as defined herein. An O- carboxy may be substituted.
A "C-carboxy" group refers to a "-C(=0)OR" group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. A C-carboxy may be substituted.
A "trihalomethanesulfonyl" group refers to an "X3CSO2-" group" wherein X is a halogen.
A dashed bond, , represents an optional unsaturation between the atoms forming the bond. This bond may be unsaturated (e.g. C=C, C=N, C=0) or saturated (e.g. C-C, C-N, C-O). When a dashed bond is present in a ring system it may form part of an aromatic ring system.
A "nitro" group refers to a "-NO2" group
A "cyano" group refers to a "-CN" group.
A "cyanato" group refers to an "-OCN" group.
An "isocyanato" group refers to a "-NCO" group.
A "thiocyanato" group refers to a "-SCN" group.
A "carbonyl" group refers to a "-C(=0)-" group.
A "thiocarbonyl" group refers to a "-C(=S)-" group.
An "oxo" group refers to a " =0 " group.
An "isothiocyanato" group refers to an " -NCS" group.
A "sulfinyl" group refers to an "-S(=0)-R" group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. A sulfinyl may be substituted. A "sulfonyl" group refers to an "S02R" group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. A sulfonyl may be substituted.
An "S-sulfonamido" group refers to a "-S02NRARB" group in which RA and RB independently of each other can be the same as defined with respect to the R group as defined for O-carboxy, or combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. A S-sulfonamido may be substituted.
An "N-sulfonamido" group refers to a "RS02N(RA)-" group in which R and RA independently of each other can be the same as defined with respect to the R group as defined for O-carboxy. An N-sulfonamido may be substituted.
A "trihalomethanesulfonamido" group refers to an "X3CS02N(R)-" group with X as halogen and R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. A
trihalomethanesulfonamido may be substituted.
A "C-amido" group refers to a "-C(=0)NRARB" group in which RA and RB independently of each other can be the same as defined with respect to the R group as defined for O-carboxy, or combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. A C-amido may be substituted.
An "N-amido" group refers to a "RC(=0)NRA-" group in which R and RA independently of each other can be the same as defined with respect to the R group as defined for O-carboxy. An N-amido may be substituted.
An "ester" refers to a "-C(=0)OR" group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. An ester may be substituted.
A lower alkoxyalkyl refers to an alkoxy group connected via a lower alkylene group. A lower alkoxyalkyl may be substituted. An "amino" refers to "RNH2" (primary amines), "R2NH" (secondary amines), and "R3N" (tertiary amines). An amino group may be substituted.
An aminoalkyl refers to an amino group connected via a alkylene group. A aminoalkyl may be substituted.
Any unsubstituted or monosubstituted amine group on a compound herein can be converted to an amide, any hydroxyl group can be converted to an ester and any carboxyl group can be converted to either an amide or ester using techniques well- known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1999).
As used herein, the abbreviations for any protective groups, amino acids and other compounds, are, unless indicated otherwise, in accord with their common usage, recognized abbreviations, or the IUPAC-IUB Commission on Biochemical
Nomenclature (See, Biochem. 11 :942-944 (1972)).
As employed herein, the following terms have their accepted meaning in the chemical literature.
AcOH Acetic acid
BrettPhos dicyclohexyl-[3,6-dimethoxy-2-(2,4,6- triisopropylphenyl)phenyl]phosphane
CHAPS 3 - [(3 -Cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio] - 1 -propanesulfonate hydrate
Cs2C03 Cesium carbonate, 99%
DCM Methylene chloride, dichloromethane
DIC (3-Dimethylamino-propyl)-ethyl-carbodiimide
DIPEA N,N-Diisopropylethylamine
DIEA N,N-Diisopropylethylamine
DMAP 4-Dimethylaminopyridine
DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
DMSO Dimethy lsulfo xide
Dppf Diphenylphosphino ferrocene
EDC (3-Dimethylamino-propyl)-ethyl-carbodiimide
EtOAc Ethyl acetate
EtOH Ethanol
Fe Iron
H2 Hydrogen
H2S04 Sulfuric acid
HC1 Hydrochloric acid HEPES 4-(2-Hydroxyethyl)piperazine-l-ethanesulfonic acid, N-(2- Hydroxyethyl)piperazine-N'-(2-ethanesulfonic acid)
HOAt [l,2,3]Triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-ol
HOBt 1 -Hydro xy-benzotriazo le
K2C03 Potassium carbonate
LCMS Liquid Chromatography - Mass spectrometry
La Lithium Iodide
LiOH Lithium hydroxide
mAb Monoclonal antibody
MeCN Acetonitrile
MeOH Methanol
MgS04 Magnesium sulfate
Na2C03 Sodium Carbonate
Na2S04 Sodium Sulfate, anhydrous
NaBH(OAc)3 Sodium triacetoxyborohydride
NaH Sodium hydride
NaHC03 sodium hydrogen carbonate
NaOH Sodium hydroxide
NaOtBu Sodium-tert-butylat
NH3-aq ammonium hydroxide
NH4C1 Ammonium chloride
NMP 1 -methylpyrro lidin-2-one
NT Not Tested
Pd(OAc)2 Palladium acetate
Pd(PPh3)4 Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium
Pd(dppf)Cl2 -Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)
Pd/C Palladium on activated charcoal
Pt02 Platinum(IV) oxide
Rt room temperature
RuPhos Dicyclohexyl-[2-(2,6-diisopropoxyphenyl)phenyl]phosphane t-BuOH Tert-Butanol
t-But-phos-pd(o) Palladium(O) and tri-tert-butylphospine.
TEA Triethylamine
TFA Trifluoroacetic acid
THF Tetrahydrofuran
TMS Trimethylsilyl
TPP Triphenylphosphine
TrixiePhos Di-tert-butyl- [ 1 -( 1 -naphthyl)-2-naphthyl]phosphane
Zn(CN)2 zinc dicyanide It is understood that, in any compound disclosed herein having one or more chiral centers, if an absolute stereochemistry is not expressly indicated, then each center may independently be of R-configuration or S-configuration or a mixture thereof. Thus, the compounds provided herein may be enatiomerically pure or be stereoisomeric mixtures. Further, compounds provided herein may be scalemic mixtures. In addition, it is understood that in any compound having one or more double bond(s) generating geometrical isomers that can be defined as E or Z each double bond may independently be E or Z or a mixture thereof. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
"Tautomers" refer to compounds that are interchangeable forms of a particular compound structure which vary in the displacement of hydrogen atoms and electrons, a typical example is the "enol" - "keto" forms:
Figure imgf000023_0001
"Enol" - "keto" tautomerism may be exemplified by compound 1 of the present application:
Figure imgf000024_0001
Additional non-limiting examples of tautomers include imine-enamine tautomers (-CH2-CH=NH and -CH=CH-NH2), or the tautomeric forms of heteroaryl groups containing a ring atom attached to both a ring -NH- moiety and a ring =N- moiety such as pyrazoles, imidazoles, benzimidazoles, triazoles, and tetrazoles.
It is understood that isotopes may be present in the compounds described herein. Each chemical element as represented in a compound structure may include any isotope of said element. For example, in a compound described herein a hydrogen atom can be any isotope of hydrogen, including but not limited to hydrogen- 1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium). Thus, reference herein to a compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to a salt of a compound that does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound. Pharmaceutical salts can be obtained by reaction of a compound disclosed herein with an acid or base. Base-formed salts include, without limitation, ammonium salt (NH4 ); alkali metal, such as, without limitation, sodium or potassium, salts;
alkaline earth, such as, without limitation, calcium or magnesium, salts; salts of organic bases such as, without limitation, dicyclohexylamine, piperidine, piperazine, methylpiperazine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine,
tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine; and salts with the amino group of amino acids such as, without limitation, arginine and lysine. Useful acid-based salts include, without limitation, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, acetates, adipates, aspartates, ascorbates, benzoates, butyrates, caparate, caproate, caprylate, camsylates, citrates, decanoates, formates, fumarates, gluconates, glutarate, glycolates, hexanoates, laurates, lactates, maleates, nitrates, oleates, oxalates, octanoates, propanoates, palmitates, phosphates, sebacates, succinates, stearates, sulfates, sulfonates, such as methanesulfonates, ethanesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates, salicylates, tartrates, tosylates.
Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and hydrates are complexes of a compound with one or more solvent of water molecules, or 1 to about 100, or 1 to about 10, or one to about 2, 3 or 4, solvent or water molecules.
As used herein, a "prodrug" refers to a compound that may not be
pharmaceutically active but that is converted into an active drug upon in vivo administration. The prodrug may be designed to alter the metabolic stability or the transport characteristics of a drug, to mask side effects or toxicity, to improve the flavor of a drug or to alter other characteristics or properties of a drug. Prodrugs are often useful because they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for example, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent drug is not. The prodrug may also have better solubility than the active parent drug in pharmaceutical compositions. An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound disclosed herein, which is administered as an ester (the "prodrug") to facilitate absorption through a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to a carboxylic acid (the active entity) once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial. A further example of a prodrug might be a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized in vivo to release the active parent compound. By virtue of knowledge of pharmacodynamic processes and drug metabolism in vivo, those skilled in the art, once a pharmaceutically active compound is known, can design prodrugs of the compound (see, e.g. Nogrady (1985) Medicinal Chemistry A Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York, pages 388-392).
"Anti-drug" refers to a compound or composition acting against or opposing illicit drugs or their use. Compounds of the present application may act as anti-drugs.
As used herein, to "modulate" the function of a bromodomain or a bromodomain containing protein means either to increase its cellular function over the base level measured in the particular environment in which it is found, or decrease its cellular function to less than the measured base level in the environment in which it is found and/or render it unable to perform its cellular function at all.
An "agonist" is defined as a compound that increases the basal activity of a receptor (i.e. signal transduction mediated by the receptor).
As used herein, "partial agonist" refers to a compound that has an affinity for a receptor but, unlike an agonist, when bound to the receptor it elicits only a fractional degree of the pharmacological response normally associated with the receptor even if a large number of receptors are occupied by the compound.
An "inverse agonist" is defined as a compound, which reduces, or suppresses the basal activity of a receptor, such that the compound is not technically an antagonist but, rather, is an agonist with negative intrinsic activity.
As used herein, "antagonist" refers to a compound that binds to a receptor to form a complex that does not give rise to any response, as if the receptor was unoccupied. An antagonist attenuates the action of an agonist on a receptor. An antagonist may bind reversibly or irreversibly, effectively eliminating the activity of the receptor permanently or at least until the antagonist is metabolized or dissociates or is otherwise removed by a physical or biological process.
As used herein, a "subject" refers to an animal that is the object of treatment, observation or experiment. "Animal" includes cold- and warm-blooded vertebrates and invertebrates such as birds, fish, shellfish, reptiles and, in particular, mammals.
"Mammal" includes, without limitation, mice; rats; rabbits; guinea pigs; dogs; cats; sheep; goats; cows; horses; primates, such as monkeys, chimpanzees, and apes, and, in particular, humans. As used herein, a "patient" refers to a subject that is being treated by a medical professional such as an M.D. or a D.V.M. to attempt to cure, or at least ameliorate the effects of, a particular disease or disorder or to prevent the disease or disorder from occurring in the first place.
As used herein, a "carrier" refers to a compound that facilitates the incorporation of a compound into cells or tissues. For example, without limitation, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) is a commonly utilized carrier that facilitates the uptake of many organic compounds into cells or tissues of a subject.
As used herein, a "diluent" refers to an ingredient in a pharmaceutical composition that lacks pharmacological activity but may be pharmaceutically necessary or desirable. For example, a diluent may be used to increase the bulk of a potent drug whose mass is too small for manufacture or administration. It may also be a liquid for the dissolution of a drug to be administered by injection, ingestion or inhalation. A common form of diluent in the art is a buffered aqueous solution such as, without limitation, phosphate buffered saline that mimics the composition of human blood.
As used herein, an "excipient" refers to an inert substance that is added to a pharmaceutical composition to provide, without limitation, bulk, consistency, stability, binding ability, lubrication, disintegrating ability etc., to the composition. A "diluent" is a type of excipient.
A "receptor" is intended to include any molecule present inside or on the surface of a cell that may affect cellular physiology when it is inhibited or stimulated by a ligand. Typically, a receptor comprises an extracellular domain with ligand-binding properties, a transmembrane domain that anchors the receptor in the cell membrane, and a cytoplasmic domain that generates a cellular signal in response to ligand binding ("signal transduction"). A receptor also includes any intracellular molecule that in response to ligation generates a signal. A receptor also includes any molecule having the characteristic structure of a receptor, but with no identifiable ligand. In addition, a receptor includes a truncated, modified, mutated receptor, or any molecule comprising partial or all of the sequences of a receptor."Ligand" is intended to include any substance that binds to or interacts with a bromodomain or a bromodomain containing protein. "Selective" or "selectivity" is defined as a compound's ability to bind or inhibit preferentially a particular protein or specific domain of a protein over other proteins or other domains. "Selective" or "selectivity" of a bromodomain binding compound or inhibitor may refer to a compound being able to bind preferentially a bromodomain of the BET family over non-BET family bromodomain containing proteins. It may also refer to a compound being able to bind preferentially to the N-terminal bromodomain of a BET family protein over the C-terminal bromodomain or the compound being able to preferentially bind the C-terminal bromodomain over the N-terminal domain
As used herein, "coadministration" of pharmacologically active compounds refers to the delivery of two or more separate chemical entities, whether in vitro or in vivo. Coadministration means the simultaneous delivery of separate agents; the simultaneous delivery of a mixture of agents; as well as the delivery of one agent followed by delivery of a second agent or additional agents. Agents that are
coadministered are typically intended to work in conjunction with each other.
The term "an effective amount" as used herein means an amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue, system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation or palliation of the symptoms of the disease being treated.
When used herein, "prevent/preventing" should not be construed to mean that a condition and/or a disease never might occur again after use of a compound or pharmaceutical composition according to embodiments disclosed herein to achieve prevention. Further, the term should neither be construed to mean that a condition not might occur, at least to some extent, after such use to prevent said condition. Rather, "prevent/preventing" is intended to mean that the condition to be prevented, if occurring despite such use, will be less severe than without such use.
Compounds
An aspect disclosed herein relates to compounds of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000029_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, polymorphs, stereoisomers, and tautomers thereof, wherein
Yi, Y2, Y3, and Y4 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N or C;
Y5 is selected from C or O;
Xi, X2, X3, X4, and X5 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N, O, S or C; n is an integer selected from 0 or 1 ;
R is absent or selected from the group of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_4 alkyl;
Ri is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_4 alkyl;
R2a, R2b, R3a, and R¾ are independently of each other either absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -OR31, or R2a and R¾ taken together with Y4, and/or R3a and R3b taken together with Y5 form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl; R4, R5, Re, Rsa, Rsb Rga, R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub and R32 are independently of each other absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -N02, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -NRi2Ri3,
Figure imgf000030_0001
-
Figure imgf000030_0002
-C(=O)R20, -C(=0)OR2i, -OC(=0)R2i, - C(=0)NR22R23, -S(=0)R24, -S02R25, -S02NR26R27, and -OR3i; or
R5, Re, Rsa, Rsb Rga, R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub are taken together with an adjacent R5, Re, R8a, Rsb, Rga, R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub group to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; or Rsa, Rsb and Xi; Rga, Rs>b and X4; Rioa, Riob and X3; Rna, Rub and X2 are taken together to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl;
Ri2, Ri3, Ri6, Ri7, Ri8, R22, R23, R26, and R27 are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, or R12 and R13, Ri6 and R17, R17 and Ris, R22 and R23, R26 and R27 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Ri4, Ris, Ri9, R20, R21 , R24, R25, R28, R29, R30, and R31 are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; A is selected from CR32 or N;
Rx and Ry are independently of each other selected from hydrogen,
unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=O)R20 and -S02R25; or
Rx and Ry are both taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; or one of Rx or Ry is taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; and whenever Rx and Ry independently of each other are selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cyclo alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and , unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=0)R2o and -S02R25, then both Rl la and Rub cannot be hydrogen; whenever one or more heteroatom(s) is/are present it is/they are selected from O, N and S; and with the proviso that the compound of Formula (I) is not
Figure imgf000032_0001
32
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, polymorphs, stereoisomers, and tautomers thereof, wherein
Yi, Y2, Y3, and Y4 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N or C;
Y5 is selected from C or O;
Xi, X2, X3, X4, and X5 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N, O, S or C;
n is an integer selected from 0 or 1 ;
R is absent or selected from the group of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_4 alkyl;
Ri is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_4 alkyl;
R2a, R2b, R3a, and R¾ are independently of each other either absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -OR3i, or R2a and R¾ taken together with Y4, and/or R3a and R3b taken together with Y5 form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl;
R4, R5, Re, Rsa, Rsb Rga, R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub and R32 are independently of each other absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -NO2, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -NR12R13,
Figure imgf000035_0001
-
Figure imgf000035_0002
-C(=O)R20, -C(=0)OR2i, -OC(=0)R2i, - C(=0)NR22R23, -S(=0)R24, -S02R25, -S02NR26R27, and -OR31 ; or
R5, Re, Rsa, Rsb Rga, R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub are taken together with an adjacent R5, Re, R8a, Rsb, Rga, R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub group to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; or
R8a, Rsb and Xi; R9a, R% and X4; R10a, Riob and X3; Rl la, Rub and X2 are taken together to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl;
Ri2, Ri3, Ri6, Ri7, Ri8, R22, R23, R26, and R27 are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, or Ri2 and R13, Ri6 and R17, R17 and Ris, R22 and R23, R26 and R27 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Ri4, Ris, Ri9, R20, R21 , R24, R25, R28, R29, R30, and R31 are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cyclo alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
A is selected from CR32 or N;
Rx and Ry are independently of each other selected from hydrogen,
unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cyclo alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=O)R20 and -S02R25; or
Rx and Ry are both taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; or
one of Rx or Ry is taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; and
whenever Rx and Ry independently of each other are selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and , unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=0)R2o and -SO2R25, then both Rl la and Rub cannot be hydrogen;
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Some embodiments relate to a compound according to any of the Formulae presented herein and wherein R2a and R¾ independently of each other are absent or R2a and R¾ independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl and unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy.
Some embodiments relate to a compound according to any of the Formulae presented herein and wherein R3a and R3b independently of each other are absent or R3a and R3b independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_6 cycloalkyl and unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy.
Whenever the designated substitutent, e.g. R2a, R2b, R3a and/or R¾, is deemed absent it may mean the formation of a double bond (as exemplified by Formula (III) where R¾ and R¾ are absent and a double bond is present).
Some aspects relates to a compound according to Formulae (II)-(VI):
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000040_0002
Some aspects relates to a compound according to Formulae (Ilb)-(VIb)
Figure imgf000041_0001
(nib),
Figure imgf000041_0002
(IVb),
Figure imgf000042_0001
(VIb).
Some embodiment relate to a compound being selected from a compound according to any of the Formulae (II), (lib), (III), (nib), (IV) or (IVb).
In embodiments wherein the integer "n" is 0, and the ring comprising Xl s X2, X3, X4 and X5 is a 5 membered ring.
Some embodiments relate to a compound as described herein wherein Xl s X2, X3 and X4 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of N or C, and X5 is C.
Some embodiments relate to the integer "n" being 1, the ring comprising Xl s X2, X3, X4 and X5 thus being a 6 membered ring that may or may not comprise nitrogen atom(s). An example thereof is when Xl s X2, X3 and X4 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of N or C, and X5 is C. Further, examples include one nitrogen atom being present in the ring comprising Xl s X2, X3, X4 and X5 i.e. in such embodiments one of Xi, X2, X3 and X4 may be N (nitrogen) the others being C (carbon). Other examples relate to the ring comprising Xl s X2, X3, X4 and X5 wherein all are C, i.e. a phenyl ring. Some embodiments relates to Rsb, Rub, i and X2; Riob, Rub, X2 and X3; and/or R b, Riob, X3 and X4 are taken together to form a fused ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkenyl. Such embodiments relates to the ring comprising Xl s X2, X3, X4 and X5 having substituents that taken together form a fused ring system, i.e. the ring comprising Xl s X2, X3, X4 and X5 is part of the fused ring system.
According to some embodiments the compound of Formulae lib, Illb, IVb, Vb, and VIb are selected from a compound wherein X5 is C (carbon atom).
Some embodiments relate to a compound as described herein and wherein A is selected from CR32 or N, and Rx and Ry are independently of each other selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted 0-6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=0)R2o and -S02R25. According to these embodiments both Rl la and Rub cannot be hydrogen. According to these embodiments Rl la is absent and Rub is selected from the group consisting of halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 aminoalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 cyanoalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_ 6 alkoxy-Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, -OH, -CN, -N02, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -NRi2Ri3 , -C(=0)NR22R23, -S02R25, -S02NR26R27, -NR33(CR34R35)mC(=0)NR36R37, - (CR38R39)mNR4oR4i, and -(CR42R43)mC(=0)NR44R45, wherein R12, R13, R22, R23, R25, R26, R27, R36, R37, R40, R41 , R44, R45 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; or Ri2, Rn; R22, R23; R26, R27; R36, R37; R40, R41 ; and R44, R45 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, R33, R34, R35, R38, R39, R42, and R43 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_6 alkyl, and m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4. Some embodiments relate to Rl la being absent and Rub selected from:
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
wherein R83a and Rs3b are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, Ci_6 alkyl, or R83a and Rs3b taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3_8 cycloalkyl; Rso and Rsi
independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OH, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 haloalkyl, Ci_4 hydroxyalkyl, Ci_4 aminoalkyl, -CF3, Ci_4 alkoxy, Ci_4 alkoxy-Ci_4 alkyl, -OCF3, -NR52R53, -C(=0)NR52R53, -C(=0)OR52; r and s are integers selected from 0, 1 or 2; R47, R48, R49, and R50 and Rs2 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy-Ci_6 alkyl, --NR52R53, Ci_6 aminoalkyl, -OH ,
Figure imgf000045_0002
Rs2 is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy, -NRssRse, and -OH; R52, R53, and R54 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci_6 aminoalkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy, Ci_4 alkoxy-Ci_4 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and -C(=0)R82; R55 and R56 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, and Rss and Rs6 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl or Rs5 and Rs6 taken together with the nitrogen atom form a ring system selected from unsubstituted or substituted heteroalicyclyl.
The asterisk denotes the radical forming a bond to the general formula, e.g. in this particular example the ring system comprising Xl s X2, X3, X4 and X5. In order to further illustrate the asterisk the following example structurally discloses the replacement of R by the -CR44aR44b-morpholinyl:
Figure imgf000046_0001
Some embodiments relate to ARxRy forming a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl. In some related embodiments Rx or Ry together with A form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl. Consequently according to these embodiments, the ring comprising Xl s X2, X3, X4 and X5 is substituted in position 2 by a ring system comprising A and at least one of Rx and Ry. Some embodiments relate to the ring system comprising A and at least one of Rx and Ry is a ring system selected from unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl. Some embodiments relate to A being a nitrogen atom and accordingly the ring system formed selected from unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments the ring system is described as being substituted, the substituent is not intended to be particularly limited and may when present be present 1 , 2, 3, or 4 times, and there may be different substitutents on the ring system, all within the capacity of those skilled in the art to synthesize. Examples of substituents on the ring system are unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, halogen, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8
cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl,
Figure imgf000047_0001
and - C(=0)OR69, wherein Rso, R01, R02, R03, R04, Res, Ree, R07, Res and Reg are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl. Examples of unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl are selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, tert-butyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 aminoalkyl,-CH2NR7oR7i , Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy-Ci_6 alkyl, aryl- Ci_6alkyl, wherein R70 and R7i independently of each other are selected from hydrogen or Ci_4 alkyl. Examples of unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted pyrrolidinyl, and unsubstituted or substituted pyrrolidinyl-2- one. Examples of unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl are unsubstituted or substituted imidazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted pyrrolyl, unsubstituted or substituted pyrazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted tetrazolyl, and unsubstituted or substituted pyridyl.
Examples of unsubstituted or substituted aryl are unsubstituted or substituted phenyl.
Some embodiments relate to ARxRy forming a ring system as disclosed above,
Ri ia being absent and Rub selected as disclosed above from a non hydrogen
substitutent.
Some embodiments relate to ARxRy forming a ring system as disclosed above, Rub selected as disclosed above from a non hydrogen substitutent, and and Rsa, R a, Rioa and Rna are absent and Rsb, R9b, and Riob are hydrogen.
Some embodiments relate to ARxRy forming a ring system as disclosed above and Rsa, R9a, Rioa and Rna are absent and Rsb, R9b, Riob, and Rub are hydrogen.
Some examples of ARxRy forming a ring system are shown in Formulae (VII, VIII, IX, and X):
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
, wherein the substituents are selected as described herein above.
According to some embodiments the compound of Formulae VII, VIII, IX, and X are selected from a compound wherein X5 is C (carbon atom).
Examples of ring systems E and F are:
Figure imgf000049_0002
Figure imgf000050_0001
which may be unsubstituted or substituted with 1 , 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, halogen, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -NR62R03,
Figure imgf000050_0002
Figure imgf000050_0003
and -C(=0)OR69, wherein Rso, R01, R02, R03, R04, Res, Ree, R07, Res and Reg are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl.
In some of the above described embodiments whenever a ring system, for example a cycloalkyl, heteroalicyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is deemed substituted examples of suitable substituents are halogen, -CN, -OH, oxo, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 haloalkyl, Ci_4 hydroxyalkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, Ci_4 haloalkoxy-Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy-Ci_4 alkyl, - NR52R53, -C(=0)NR52R53, -C(=0)OR52, -C(=0)R82, and Ci_4 aminoalkyl, wherein R82 is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy, -NRssRse, and -OH; R52, R53, and R54 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and -C(=0)Rs2; R55 and R56 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, and Rss and Rs6 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl or Rss and Rs6 taken together with the nitrogen atom form a ring system selected from unsubstituted or substituted heteroalicyclyl.
In some embodiments whenever a halogen is specified to be a substituent the halogen is selected from fluoro or chloro.
me embodiments relate to a compound of formula XI
Figure imgf000051_0001
wherein R2a is hydrogen or methyl; R3a is hydrogen or methyl; R7 is hydrogen; R4, R5, 5 and Rsb independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, C3-5 cycloalkyl, -CN, -OH, - CF3, and -OCF3;
X3 and X4 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of N and C;
when X4 is N, Rgb is absent, when X4 is C, Rgb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, C3_5 cycloalkyl, -CN, -OH, - CF3, and -OCF3 ;
when X3 is N, Riob is absent, when X3 is C, Riob is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, C3_5 cycloalkyl, -CN, -OH, - CF3, and -OCF3;
Rub is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -N02, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8
cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -NR12R13, -NR14C(=0)R15, -
Figure imgf000052_0001
-C(=O)R20, -C(=0)OR2i, -OC(=0)R2i, - C(=0)NR22R23, -S(=0)R24, -S02R25, -S02NR26R27, and -OR31 ;
A is selected from CR32 or N;
Rx and Ry are independently of each other selected from hydrogen,
unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=O)R20 and -S02R25; or
Rx and Ry are both taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; or one of Rx or Ry is taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; and whenever Rx and Ry independently of each other are selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and , unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=0)R2o and -S02R25, then Rub cannot be hydrogen; whenever one or more heteroatom(s) is/are present it is/they are selected from O, N and S. In some embodiments the compound of formula (XI) is selected from compounds wherein Rx and Ry are both taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; or Rub is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, or selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
wherein R83a and Rs3b are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, and Ci_6 alkyl, or R83a and Rs3b taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3_8 cycloalkyl;
Rso and Rsi independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OH, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 haloalkyl, Ci_4 hydroxyalkyl, Ci_4 aminoalkyl, -CF3, Ci_4 alkoxy, Ci_4 alkoxy-Ci_4 alkyl, -OCF3, -NR52R53, -C(=0)NR52R53, and -C(=0)OR52;
r and s are integers selected from 0, 1 or 2;
R47, R48, R4 , and R50 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy-Ci_6 alkyl, -NR52R53, Ci_6 aminoalkyl, - OH , and -C(=0)NR55R56;
Rs2 is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy, -NRssR; 86, and -OH;
R52, R53, and R54 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci_6 aminoalkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy, Ci_4 alkoxy-Ci_4 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and -C(=0)R82; R55 and R56 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; and Rs5 and Rs6 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl or R85 and Rs6 taken together with the nitrogen atom form a ring system selected from unsubstituted or substituted heteroalicyclyl.
In some embodiments the compound of formula (XI) is selected from compounds wherein Rx and Ry taken together with A form a ring system selected from the roup consisting of:
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
which ring system is unsubstituted or substituted with 1 , 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 aminoalkyl, halogen, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl-Ci_6 alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl-Ci_6 alkyl, -(CR64R65)tNR62R63,
Figure imgf000057_0002
wherein Rso, R01, R02, R03, R04, Res, R<¾, R07, Res and Reg are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl; or the ring system is part of a bicyclic ring system; and t is selected from an integer selected from 0, 1 , 2 and 3.
In some embodiment the compound of formula (XI) is selected from
compounds wherein R2a is hydrogen or methyl; R3a is hydrogen or methyl; R7 is hydrogen; R4, R5, 5 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, and methoxy; X3 and X4 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of N and C, wherein R8b, Rs>b, and Riob are hydrogen or in case of X3 or X4 being N, Rgb, and Riob are absent.
In some embodiments the compound of formula (XI) is selected from compounds wherein Rx and Ry taken to ether with A form a ring system selected from
the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000058_0001
; and Ri ib is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000058_0002
wherein s is sleected from 0, 1 or 2 and R53 when present is methyl; R54 isselected from hydrogen and methyl.
Additional aspects and embodiments are included in the accompanying claims.
In related aspects and embodiments disclosed herein, there are provided a prodrug of a compound of Formulae (I)-(XI) or (Ib)-(IVb) as described herein.
In some embodiments, the compounds as disclosed herein are selectively binding any one of the bromodomains in the BET family of proteins compared to bromodomains not in the BET family. In some embodiments the compounds as disclosed herein selectively bind to the N-terminal bromodomain (BDl) over the C- terminal bromodomain (BD2) in any of the BET family of proteins.
Pharmaceutical composition
In another aspect, the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising physiologically acceptable surface active agents, carriers, diluents, excipients, smoothing agents, suspension agents, film forming substances, and coating assistants, or a combination thereof; and a compound of any one of Formulae (I)-(XI) or (Ib)-(VIIIb) as disclosed herein. The compound of Formula (I) included in the pharmaceutical composition may also be any compound of the preferred embodiments described above. In another aspect, the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising physiologically acceptable surface active agents, carriers, diluents, excipients, smoothing agents, suspension agents, film forming substances, and coating assistants, or a combination thereof; and a compound of any one of Formulae I- XI or Ib-VIb as disclosed herein. Acceptable carriers or diluents for therapeutic use are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA (1990), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Preservatives, stabilizers, dyes, sweeteners, fragrances, flavoring agents, and the like may be provided in the
pharmaceutical composition. For example, sodium benzoate, ascorbic acid and esters of p-hydroxybenzoic acid may be added as preservatives. In addition, antioxidants and suspending agents may be used. In various embodiments, alcohols, esters, sulfated aliphatic alcohols, and the like may be used as surface active agents; sucrose, glucose, lactose, starch, crystallized cellulose, mannitol, light anhydrous silicate, magnesium aluminate, magnesium methasilicate aluminate, synthetic aluminum silicate, calcium carbonate, sodium acid carbonate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, and the like may be used as excipients; magnesium stearate, talc, hardened oil and the like may be used as smoothing agents; coconut oil, olive oil, sesame oil, peanut oil, soya may be used as suspension agents or lubricants; cellulose acetate phthalate as a derivative of a carbohydrate such as cellulose or sugar, or methylacetate-methacrylate copolymer as a derivative of polyvinyl may be used as suspension agents; and plasticizers such as ester phthalates and the like may be used as suspension agents.
The term "pharmaceutical composition" refers to a mixture of a compound disclosed herein with other chemical components, such as diluents or carriers. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. Multiple techniques of administering a compound exist in the art including, but not limited to, oral, injection, aerosol, parenteral, and topical administration.
Pharmaceutical compositions can also be obtained by reacting compounds with inorganic or organic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like.
The term "carrier" defines a chemical compound that facilitates the
incorporation of a compound into cells or tissues. For example dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) is a commonly utilized carrier as it facilitates the uptake of many organic compounds into the cells or tissues of an organism.
The term "diluent" defines chemical compounds diluted in water that will dissolve the compound of interest as well as stabilize the biologically active form of the compound. Salts dissolved in buffered solutions are utilized as diluents in the art. One commonly used buffered solution is phosphate buffered saline because it mimics the salt conditions of human blood. Since buffer salts can control the pH of a solution at low concentrations, a buffered diluent rarely modifies the biological activity of a compound.
The term "physiologically acceptable" defines a carrier or diluent that does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound.
The pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be administered to a human patient per se, or in pharmaceutical compositions where they are mixed with other active ingredients, as in combination therapy, or suitable carriers or excipient(s). Techniques for formulation and administration of the compounds of the instant application may be found in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences," Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 18th edition, 1990.
Suitable routes of administration may, for example, include oral, rectal, transmucosal, topical, or intestinal administration; parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections. The compounds can also be administered in sustained or controlled release dosage forms, including depot injections, osmotic pumps, pills, transdermal (including electrotransport) patches, and the like, for prolonged and/or timed, pulsed
administration at a predetermined rate. The pharmaceutical compositions may be manufactured in a manner that is itself known, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or tabletting processes.
Pharmaceutical compositions for use as described herein may be formulated in conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any of the well-known techniques, carriers, and excipients may be used as suitable and as understood in the art; e.g., in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, above.
Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, mannitol, lactose, lecithin, albumin, sodium glutamate, cysteine hydrochloride, and the like. In addition, if desired, the injectable pharmaceutical compositions may contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting agents, pH buffering agents, and the like. Physiologically compatible buffers include, but are not limited to, Hanks's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. If desired, absorption enhancing preparations (for example, liposomes), may be utilized.
For transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated may be used in the formulation.
Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion, include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or other organic oils such as soybean, grapefruit or almond oils, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents that increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen- free water, before use.
For oral administration, the compounds can be formulated readily by combining the active compounds with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art. Such carriers enable the compounds disclosed herein to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated. Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by combining the active compounds with solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol;
cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl- cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). If desired, disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate. Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses. Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include push- fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added. All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such
administration.
For buccal administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
For administration by inhalation, the compounds for use as described herein are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. , dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafiuoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of, e.g., gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
Further disclosed herein are various pharmaceutical compositions well known in the pharmaceutical art for uses that include intraocular, intranasal, and intraauricular delivery. Suitable penetrants for these uses are generally known in the art. Topical ophthalmic compositions may be formulated as a solution in water buffered at a pH of 5.0 to 8.0. Other ingredients that may be desirable to use in the ophthalmic preparations include preservatives (such as benzalkonium chloride, stabilized oxychloro complex, which is sold as Purite™, or stabilized chlorine dioxide), cosolvents (such as
polysorbate 20, 60 and 80, Pluronic® F-68, F-84 and P-103, cyclodextrin, or Solutol) and viscosity-building agents (such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, or hydroxypropyl cellulose). The compounds disclosed herein may also be used in an intraocular implant as described in U.S. Patent 7,931,909 which is hereby incorporated by reference. Pharmaceutical compositions for intraocular delivery include aqueous ophthalmic solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form, such as eyedrops, or in gellan gum (Shedden et al, Clin. Ther., 23(3):440-50 (2001)) or hydrogels (Mayer et al, Ophthalmologica, 210(2): 101-3 (1996)); ophthalmic ointments; ophthalmic suspensions, such as microparticulates, drug-containing small polymeric particles that are suspended in a liquid carrier medium (Joshi, A., J. Ocul. Pharmacol, 10(l):29-45 (1994)), lipid-soluble formulations (Aim et al, Prog. Clin. Biol. Res., 312:447-58 (1989)), and microspheres (Mordenti, Toxicol. Sci., 52(l): 101-6 (1999)); and ocular inserts. All of the above-mentioned references, are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Such suitable pharmaceutical formulations are most often and preferably formulated to be sterile, isotonic and buffered for stability and comfort. Pharmaceutical compositions for intranasal delviery may also include drops and sprays often prepared to simulate in many respects nasal secretions to ensure maintenance of normal ciliary action. As disclosed in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA (1990), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, and well-known to those skilled in the art, suitable formulations are most often and preferably isotonic, slightly buffered to maintain a pH of 5.5 to 6.5, and most often and preferably include antimicrobial preservatives and appropriate drug stabilizers. Pharmaceutical formulations for intraauricular delivery include suspensions and ointments for topical application in the ear. Common solvents for such aural formulations include glycerin and water.
The compounds disclosed herein may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
In addition to the formulations described previously, the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt. For hydrophobic compounds, a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be a cosolvent system comprising benzyl alcohol, a nonpolar surfactant, a water-miscible organic polymer, and an aqueous phase. A common cosolvent system used is the VPD co-solvent system, which is a solution of 3% w/v benzyl alcohol, 8% w/v of the nonpolar surfactant Polysorbate 80™, and 65% w/v polyethylene glycol 300, made up to volume in absolute ethanol. Naturally, the proportions of a co-solvent system may be varied considerably without destroying its solubility and toxicity characteristics.
Furthermore, the identity of the co-solvent components may be varied: for example, other low-to xicity nonpolar surfactants may be used instead of POLYSORBATE 80™; the fraction size of polyethylene glycol may be varied; other biocompatible polymers may replace polyethylene glycol, e.g., polyvinyl pyrrolidone; and other sugars or polysaccharides may substitute for dextrose.
Alternatively, other delivery systems for hydrophobic pharmaceutical compounds may be employed. Liposomes and emulsions are well known examples of delivery vehicles or carriers for hydrophobic drugs. Certain organic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide also may be employed, although usually at the cost of greater toxicity. Additionally, the compounds may be delivered using a sustained-release system, such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the therapeutic agent. Various sustained-release materials have been established and are well known by those skilled in the art. Sustained-release capsules may, depending on their chemical nature, release the compounds for a few weeks up to over 100 days. Depending on the chemical nature and the biological stability of the therapeutic reagent, additional strategies for protein stabilization may be employed.
Agents intended to be administered intracellularly may be administered using techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, such agents may be encapsulated into liposomes. All molecules present in an aqueous solution at the time of liposome formation are incorporated into the aqueous interior. The liposomal contents are both protected from the external micro-environment and, because liposomes fuse with cell membranes, are efficiently delivered into the cell cytoplasm. The liposome may be coated with a tissue-specific antibody. The liposomes will be targeted to and taken up selectively by the desired organ. Alternatively, small hydrophobic organic molecules may be directly administered intracellularly.
Additional therapeutic or diagnostic agents may be incorporated into the pharmaceutical compositions. Alternatively or additionally, pharmaceutical
compositions may be combined with other compositions that contain other therapeutic or diagnostic agents.
Uses
The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may be used to modulate, such as inhibiting, the function of at least one bromodomain. The at least one bromodomain may be selected from the group consisting of BAZ2A, BAZ2B, CECR2, BAZIA, TRIM66, TRIM24, TRIM33-1, TRIM33-2, TRIM28, SPlOO, SP140, SP140L, SPl lO-1, SP110-6, BAZ1B, BRD8(2), BRD8(1), BRWD1(2), BRWD3(2), PHIP(2), MLL, EP300, CREBBP, ATAD2, ATAD2B, BRD7, BRD9, BRPF3, BRD1, BRPFl-1, BRPF1-2, SMARCA2-2, SMARCA2-1, SMARCA4, PBRM1(6),
PBRM1(4), PBRM1(5), PBRM1(3), PBRMl(l), ASH1L, PBRM1(2), TAF1L(2), TAF1(2), TAFlL(l), TAF1(1), ZMYND11, ZMYND8, KAT2B, KAT2A, BPTF, BRD3(2), BRD2(2), BRD4(2), BRDT(2), BRWDl(l), BRWD3(1), PHIP(l), BRDT(l), BRD3(1), BRD2(1), BRD4(1). The bromodomain may be a member of the BET (bromodomain and extraterminal domain) family. The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may be used to inhibit the function of BRD4. The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may modulate, such as inhibit, more than one bromodomain simultaneously. The bromodomain may be contained in a human protein.
The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may be used to treat, prevent or ameliorate disease or conditions related to at least one bromodomain.
The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may be used to treat, prevent or ameliorate disease or conditions related to at least one bromodomain contained in a human protein. The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein and above may also be used in therapy or may be used to treat, prevent or ameliorate a variety of diseases or conditions, e.g. related to systemic or tissue inflammation, inflammatory responses to infection or hypoxia, cellular activation and proliferation, lipid metabolism, fibrosis and in the prevention, e.g. prophylactic treatment, and treatment of viral infections.
More specific examples of diseases, disorders or conditions which may be treated, prevented or ameliorated by compounds disclosed herein include chronic autoimmune and/or inflammatory diseases, or diseases or conditions associated with chronic autoimmune and/or inflammatory diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, acute gout, psoriasis, psoriatric arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, inflammatory bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, colitis, asthma, chronic obstructive airways disease, pneumonitis, myocarditis, pericarditis, myositis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, allergy, ankylosing spondylitis, lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's disease, pancreatitis, autoimmune ocular disease, Sjogren's disease, optic neuritis, neuromyelitis optica, Myasthenia Gravis, Guillain Barre syndrome, Graves' disease, alopecia, vitiligo, bullous skin diseases , asthma, chronic obstructive airways disease, pneumonitis, myocarditis, pericarditis, myositis, eczema, dermatitis, alopecia, vitiligo, bullous skin diseases, nephritis, vasculitis, atherosclerosis, Alzheimer's disease, depression, retinitis, uveitis, scleritis, hepatitis, pancreatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, sclerosing cholangitis, hypophysitis, thyroiditis, Addison's disease, type I diabetes and acute rejection of transplanted organs.
Additional examples of diseases, disorders or conditions include acute inflammatory diseases or conditions such as acute gout, giant cell arteritis, nephritis including lupus nephritis, vasculitis with organ involvement such as glomerulonephritis, vasculitis including giant cell arteritis, Polyarteritis nodosa, Behcet's disease, Wegener's granulomatosis, Kawasaki disease, Takayasu's Arteritis, vasculitis with organ involvement and acute rejection of transplanted organs.
Additional examples of diseases, disorders or conditions include inflammatory responses to infections caused by bacteria, viruses, fungi, parasites or their toxins, such as sepsis, sepsis syndrome, septic shock, endotoxaemia, systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS), multi-organ dysfunction syndrome, toxic shock syndrome, acute lung injury, ARDS (adult respiratory distress syndrome), acute renal failure, fulminant hepatitis, burns, acute pancreatitis, post-surgical syndromes, sarcoidosis, Herxheimer reactions, encephalitis, myelitis, meningitis, malaria and SIRS associated with viral infections such as influenza, herpes zoster, herpes simplex and coronavirus.
Additional examples of diseases, disorders or conditions include ischaemia- reperfusion injury such as myocardial infarction, cerebrovascular ischaemia (stroke), acute coronary syndromes, renal reperfusion injury, organ transplantation, coronary artery bypass grafting, cardio-pulmonary bypass procedures, heart failure, cardiac hypertrophy, pulmonary, renal, hepatic, gastro -intestinal or peripheral limb embolism.
Additional examples of diseases, disorders or conditions include treating disorders or conditions of lipid metabolism such as hypercholesterolemia,
atherosclerosis and Alzheimer's disease.
Additional examples of diseases, disorders or conditions include fibrotic disorders or conditions such as idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, renal fibrosis, postoperative stricture, keloid formation, scleroderma and cardiac fibrosis.
Additional examples of diseases, disorders or conditions include viral infections such as herpes virus, human papilloma virus, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), adenovirus and poxvirus.
Additional examples of diseases, disorders or conditions include cancer, including hematological, epithelial including lung, breast and colon carcinomas, midline carcinomas, sarcomas, mesenchymal, hepatic, renal and neurological tumours; such as adenocarcinoma, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia, adult T- cell leukemia/lymphoma, bladder cancer, blastoma, bone cancer, breast cancer, brain cancer, burkitts lymphoma, carcinoma, myeloid sarcoma, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, colorectal cancer, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, follicular lymphoma, gastrointestinal cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, glioma, gallbladder cancer, gastric cancer, head and neck cancer, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, intestinal cancer, kidney cancer, laryngeal cancer, leukemia, lung cancer, lymphoma, liver cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, melanoma,
mesothelioma, multiple myeloma, ocular cancer, optic nerve tumor, oral cancer, ovarian cancer, pituitary tumor, primary central nervous system lymphoma, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, pharyngeal cancer, renal cell carcinoma, rectal cancer, sarcoma, skin cancer, spinal tumor, small intestine cancer, stomach cancer, T-cell lymphoma, testicular cancer, thyroid cancer, throat cancer, urogenital cancer, urothelial carcinoma, uterine cancer, vaginal cancer, or Wilms' tumor.
Additional examples of diseases, disorders or conditions include obesity, such as obesity associated with cancer treatment or obesity associated with diabetes and cardiac hypertrophy.
Methods of Administration
The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions may be administered to the patient by any suitable means. Non-limiting examples of methods of administration include, among others, (a) administration though oral pathways, which administration includes administration in capsule, tablet, granule, spray, syrup, or other such forms; (b) administration through non-oral pathways such as rectal, vaginal, intraurethral, intraocular, intranasal, or intraauricular, which administration includes administration as an aqueous suspension, an oily preparation or the like or as a drip, spray, suppository, salve, ointment or the like; (c) administration via injection, subcutaneously,
intraperitoneally, intravenously, intramuscularly, intradermally, intraorbitally, intracapsularly, intraspinally, intrasternally, or the like, including infusion pump delivery; (d) administration locally such as by injection directly in the renal or cardiac area, e.g., by depot implantation by intratumoral injection, or by intra-lymph node injection; as well as (e) administration topically; as deemed appropriate by those of skill in the art for bringing the compound disclosed herein into contact with living tissue.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration include compositions where the active ingredients are contained in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose. The therapeutically effective amount of the compounds disclosed herein required as a dose will depend on the route of administration, the type of animal, including human, being treated, and the physical characteristics of the specific animal under consideration. The dose can be tailored to achieve a desired effect, but will depend on such factors as weight, diet, concurrent medication and other factors which those skilled in the medical arts will recognize. More specifically, a therapeutically effective amount means an amount of compound effective to prevent, alleviate or ameliorate symptoms of disease or prolong the survival of the subject being treated. Determination of a therapeutically effective amount is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein.
As will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art, the useful in vivo dosage to be administered and the particular mode of administration will vary depending upon the age, weight and mammalian species treated, the particular compounds employed, and the specific use for which these compounds are employed. The determination of effective dosage levels, that is the dosage levels necessary to achieve the desired result, can be accomplished by one skilled in the art using routine pharmacological methods. Typically, human clinical applications of products are commenced at lower dosage levels, with dosage level being increased until the desired effect is achieved.
Alternatively, acceptable in vitro studies can be used to establish useful doses and routes of administration of the compositions identified by the present methods using established pharmacological methods.
In non-human animal studies, applications of potential products are commenced at higher dosage levels, with dosage being decreased until the desired effect is no longer achieved or adverse side effects disappear. The dosage administered to a human or non- human subject may range broadly, depending upon the desired effects and the therapeutic indication. Typically, dosages may be between about 10 microgram/kg and 1000 mg/kg body weight, preferably between about 100 microgram/kg and 10 mg/kg body weight. Alternatively dosages may be based and calculated upon the surface area of the patient, as understood by those of skill in the art.
The exact formulation, route of administration and dosage for the
pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be chosen by the individual physician in view of the patient's condition. (See e.g., Fingl et al. 1975, in "The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics", which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, with particular reference to Ch. 1, p. 1). Typically, the dose range of the composition administered to the patient can be from about 0.5 to 1000 mg/kg of the patient's body weight. The dosage may be a single one or a series of two or more given in the course of one or more days, as is needed by the patient. In instances where human dosages for compounds have been established for at least some condition, those same dosages may be used, or dosages that are between about 0.1% and 500%, more preferably between about 25% and 250% of the established human dosage. Where no human dosage is established, as will be the case for newly-discovered pharmaceutical compounds, a suitable human dosage can be inferred from ED50 or ID50 values, or other appropriate values derived from in vitro or in vivo studies, as qualified by toxicity studies and efficacy studies in animals.
It should be noted that the attending physician would know how to and when to terminate, interrupt, or adjust administration due to toxicity or organ dysfunctions. Conversely, the attending physician would also know to adjust treatment to higher levels if the clinical response were not adequate (precluding toxicity). The magnitude of an administrated dose in the management of the disorder of interest will vary with the severity of the condition to be treated and to the route of administration. The severity of the condition may, for example, be evaluated, in part, by standard prognostic evaluation methods. Further, the dose and perhaps dose frequency, will also vary according to the age, body weight, and response of the individual patient. A program comparable to that discussed above may be used in veterinary medicine.
Although the exact dosage will be determined on a drug-by-drug basis, in most cases, some generalizations regarding the dosage can be made. The daily dosage regimen for an adult human patient may be, for example, an oral dose of between 0.1 mg and 2000 mg of each active ingredient, preferably between 1 mg and 500 mg, e.g. 5 to 200 mg. An ocular eye drop may range in concentration between 0.005 and 5 percent. In one embodiment, an eye drop may range between 0.01 and 1 percent, or between 0.01 and 0.3 percent in another embodiment. In other embodiments, an intravenous, subcutaneous, or intramuscular dose of each active ingredient of between 0.01 mg and 100 mg, preferably between 0.1 mg and 60 mg, e.g. 1 to 40 mg is used. In cases of administration of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, dosages may be calculated as the free base. In some embodiments, the composition is administered 1 to 4 times per day. Alternatively the compositions disclosed herein may be administered by continuous intravenous infusion, preferably at a dose of each active ingredient up to 1000 mg per day. As will be understood by those of skill in the art, in certain situations it may be necessary to administer the compounds disclosed herein in amounts that exceed, or even far exceed, the above-stated, preferred dosage range or frequency in order to effectively and aggressively treat particularly aggressive diseases or infections. In some embodiments, the compounds will be administered for a period of continuous therapy, for example for a week or more, or for months or years.
Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted individually to provide plasma or tissue levels of the active moiety which are sufficient to maintain the modulating effects, or minimal effective concentration (MEC). The MEC will vary for each compound but can be estimated from in vitro data. Dosages necessary to achieve the MEC will depend on individual characteristics and route of administration. However, HPLC assays or bioassays can be used to determine plasma concentrations.
Dosage intervals can also be determined using MEC value. Compositions should be administered using a regimen which maintains plasma levels above the MEC for 10-90% of the time, preferably between 30-90% and most preferably between 50- 90%.
In cases of local administration or selective uptake, the effective local concentration of the drug may not be related to plasma concentration.
The amount of composition administered may be dependent on the subject being treated, on the subject's weight, the severity of the affliction, the manner of
administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
Compounds disclosed herein can be evaluated for efficacy and toxicity using known methods. For example, the toxicology of a particular compound, or of a subset of the compounds, sharing certain chemical moieties, may be established by
determining in vitro toxicity towards a cell line, such as a mammalian, and preferably human, cell line. The results of such studies are often predictive of toxicity in animals, such as mammals, or more specifically, humans. Alternatively, the toxicity of particular compounds in an animal model, such as mice, rats, rabbits, or monkeys, may be determined using known methods. The efficacy of a particular compound may be established using several recognized methods, such as in vitro methods, animal models, or human clinical trials. Recognized in vitro models exist for nearly every class of condition, including but not limited to cancer, cardiovascular disease, and various immune dysfunction. Similarly, acceptable animal models may be used to establish efficacy of chemicals to treat such conditions. When selecting a model to determine efficacy, the skilled artisan can be guided by the state of the art to choose an appropriate model, dose, and route of administration, and regime. Of course, human clinical trials can also be used to determine the efficacy of a compound in humans.
The compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration. The pack or dispenser may also be accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, may be the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert. Compositions comprising a compound disclosed herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
Additional uses, formulations and methods of administration may be disclosed in Nat Rev Drug Discov. 2014 May;13(5):337-56, Nature 2010,468,1067-1073, Mol. Cell. 2008, 30, 51-60, Oncogene 2008, 27, 2237-2242, Cell 2004 117, 349-60, Cell 2009 138, 129- 145, Nature Review Drug Discovery, 2014, doi: 10.1038/nrd4286, WO2009084693, WO2012075383, WO2011054553, WO2011054841,
WO2011054844, WO2011054845, WO2011054846, WO2011054848,
WO2011143669, WO2011161031, WO2013027168, WO2014095774, and
WO2014095775, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
General remarks
As described above with reference to specific illustrative embodiments, it is not intended to be limited to the specific form set forth herein. Any combination of the above mentioned embodiments should be appreciated as being within the scope of the invention. Rather, the invention is limited only by the accompanying claims and other embodiments than the specific above are equally possible within the scope of these appended claims. In the claims, the term "comprises/comprising" does not exclude the presence of other species or steps. Additionally, although individual features may be included in different claims, these may possibly advantageously be combined, and the inclusion in different claims does not imply that a combination of features is not feasible and/or advantageous. In addition, singular references do not exclude a plurality. The terms "a", "an", "first", "second" etc. do not preclude a plurality.
The phrases "at least one" and "one or more" refer to 1 or a number greater than 1, such as to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
Experimental
The following examples are mere examples and should by no means be interpreted to limit the scope of the invention. Rather, the invention is limited only by the accompanying claims.
The compounds described below have, unless specifically stated, been prepared using commercially available starting materials. The following is a non- comprehensive list of starting materials used for the synthesis of compounds prepared herein.
IUPAC_NAME Structure SUPPLIER
2-morpholinobenzoic acid Enamine-BB
0
2-morpholinopyridine-3- Enamine-BB carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000075_0001
2 - (methylamino) ethanol ^ OH Sigma-Aldrich
H
pyrrolidine Sigma-Aldrich
Figure imgf000075_0002
tetrahydrofuran-2- Sigma-Aldrich ylmethanamine
H2N
4-amino-3-nitro-benzoic acid Sigma-Aldrich
0~ OH
lH-indole-6-carboxylic acid Fluka
Figure imgf000075_0003
2-(4-methylpiperazin-l- Maybridge yl)benzoic acid
O H
N,N-dimethylpyrrolidin-3- Fluorochem amine / VN H
(2R)-2- Fluka
(methoxymethyl) pyrrolidine
^O N-^
H
pyrrolidin-3-ol Sigma-Aldrich
HO
(2S)-2- Sigma-Aldrich
(methoxymethyl) pyrrolidine /'
^O N-^
H 2-piperazin-l-ylethanol Sigma-Aldrich l-methyl-l,4-diazepane Sigma-Aldrich
3-[(4-tert- Maybridge butoxycarbonylpiperazin- 1 - yl) methyl] benzoic acid
Figure imgf000076_0001
3-methoxypyrrolidine Matrix
o^ ~
/ N H
4-pyrrolidin-3-ylpyridine Matrix
HN-^/ \ /
azetidin-3-ol Sigma-Aldrich
H O— i ' N H
N,N-dimethylpyrrolidine-2- O Enamine-BB carboxamide < J
\ H
2-isobutylpyrrolidine H ASDI-Inter
l-pyrrolidin-3-ylpyrrolidine HN""\ ^ TCI
L N> J
3-methylpyrrolidine /- N H Astatech
3-(methoxymethyl)azetidine \ Ace-Synthesis
/ , H
^ O
3-(methoxymethyl)piperidine Fluorochem
^o7 ^ N''
H
2-bromo-5- o. o Enamine-BB morpholinosulfonyl-benzoic
acid
Br' ^ 4-chloro-3-nitro-benzoic acid Enamine-BB
O H 6
2 - (dimethylamino) - 5 -nitro - Enamine-BB benzoic acid
Figure imgf000077_0001
3-(methylsulfamoyl)benzoic Enamine-BB acid
N H 0
3-[(2-oxopyrrolidin-l- Enamine-BB yl) methyl] benzoic acid
O H O
5-nitro-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl- Enamine-BB benzoic acid
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- Enamine-BB fluoro-benzoic acid
Figure imgf000077_0002
2-morpholino-5-nitro-benzoic O H Enamine-BB acid
3-[(2-amino-2-oxo- Enamine-BB ethyl) sulfamoyl] benzoic acid
Figure imgf000077_0003
2-(4-pyrazin-2-ylpiperazin-l- Enamine-BB yfjbenzoic acid
H O 3-(4-methylpiperazin-l- Enamine-BB yl)sulfonylbenzoic acid
2-morpholino-5-sulfamoyl- Enamine-BB benzoic acid
Figure imgf000078_0001
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- Enamine-BB pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid O H
0
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- Enamine-BB morpholino-benzoic acid
5 - (diethylsulfamoyl) - 2 - Enamine-BB pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid
Figure imgf000078_0002
5-morpholinosulfonyl-2- OH Enamine-BB pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid o 9. o
5 - (diethylsulfamoyl) -2 - (1 - Enamine-BB piperidyl)benzoic acid
2-morpholino-5-(l- Enamine-BB piperidylsulfonyl)benzoic acid
Figure imgf000078_0003
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
7-amino-4H-l,4-benzoxazin-3 Enamine-BB
3-pyrrolidin-2-ylpyridine Enamine-BB
3 - (dimethy laminomethyl) - 1 H - InterBioScree indole-6-carboxylic acid n
Figure imgf000081_0001
2-phenylpiperidine Sigma-Aldrich
morpholin-2-ylmethanol O H Enamine-BB
N H
3-(cyclopentylsulfamoyl)-4- Enamine-BB methyl-benzoic acid
2-methylpyrrolidine Enamine-BB
Figure imgf000081_0002
3-fluoropyrrolidine H Enamine-BB
N
pyrrolidin- 3 -ylmethanol Enamine-BB
Figure imgf000081_0003
3-fluoro-3-methyl-pyrrolidine H Enamine-BB
N pyrrolidine-3-carboxamide Enamine-BB
Figure imgf000082_0001
3 - (methoxymethyl) pyrrolidine Enamine-BB
\
5-methyl-2,3,3a,4,6,6a- H Enamine-BB hexahydro-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- _N 1 \
c] pyrrole
3-isobutylpyrrolidine Enamine-BB
N,N-dimethyl-l-pyrrolidin-2- Enamine-BB yl-methanamine
N,N-dimethyl-l-pyrrolidin-3- Enamine-BB yl-methanamine
\
2-pyrrolidin-2-ylacetic acid Enamine-BB
Figure imgf000082_0002
pyrrolidin- 3 -ylur ea Enamine-BB
H N H 2
2-pyrrolidin-2-ylpropan-2-ol Enamine-BB
Figure imgf000082_0003
(5-methylmorpholin-2- O H Enamine-BB yl) methanol
H
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Detailed description of the preparation of individual compounds according to formula (I) are described herein below.
Compound names were generated using Accelrys Draw 4.1, or Chemdraw Ultra 11.0.1.
Compounds were characterized using LC-MS analysis and/or 'H-Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) and were in all cases consistent with the proposed structures. Chemical shifts relating to NMR are reported in parts-per-million (ppm) and referenced from non-deuterated solvent residues. Conventional abbreviations for designation of major peaks were used, e.g. s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet; br, broad. Abbreviations for common solvents are: Chloroform-d or CDCI3, deuterochloroform; DMSO-d6, hexadeuterodimethylsulfoxide; CD3COOD,
deuteroacetic acid; and CD3OD, deuteromethanol.
Synthesis of Compound-1, Compound-2, Compound-3, and Compound-4
Figure imgf000085_0001
Compound-1 Compound
Figure imgf000085_0002
Synthesis of Compound- 1 :
Figure imgf000086_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-((4-methylpiperazin-l-yl) methyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 5-formyl-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoate (600 mg, 2.575 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (10 mL) at RT, was added molecular sieves powder (100 mg), 1- methylpiperazine (257 mg , 2.575 mmol, 1 eq), acetic acid (0.3 ml) followed by Sodium triacetoxy borohydride(1.08 g, 5.15 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite pad, the filtrate was diluted with DCM (10 mL), washed with NaHC03 solution (10 mL), water (10 ml), brine (10 ml), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting MeOH: DCM (1 :9) to afford methyl 5-((4-methylpiperazin-l-yl) methyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (450 mg, 55 %) as off white solid.
Figure imgf000087_0001
Preparation of 5-((4-methylpiperazin-l-yl) methyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 5-((4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)methyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)benzoate (450 mg, 1.419 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH-H20 (3: 1, 10 mL) at 0 °C added NaOH (170 mg, 4.258 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at 60 °C for 5 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the reaction mixture was acidified by using 1 N HCl and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in MeOH, the insoluble inorganic material was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to afford 5-((4-methylpiperazin-l- yl) methyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid 280 mg (65 %) as off white solid. LCMS analysis indicated 97.95 % desired product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.46 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J = Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (s, 2H), 3.98 - 3.83 (m, 4H), 3.55 (d, J
Hz, 8H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.42 - 2.30 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000087_0002
Compound-1
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-((4-methylpiperazin- 1 - yl)methyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (Compound- 1): to a solution of 5-((4- methylpiperazin-l-yl)methyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid (150 mg,0.495 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (3 mL) added HOAT(67.3 MG, 0.495 mmol, 1 eq), EDC (94.5 mg, 0.495 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA(0.17 ml, 0.99 mmol, 2 eq) and 6-amino-4-methylquinolin-2-ol (86.1 mg,0.495 mmoLl eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated The crude compound was purified by Prep HPLC to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-((4-methylpiperazin-l- yl)methyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (Compound- 1) (10 mg) as off white solid. LCMS analysis indicated 97.36 % desired product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.54 (s, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.24 - 7.14 (m, 2H), 6.76 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 3.36 (s, 2H), 3.25 - 3.16 (m, 4H), 2.44 - 2.23 (m, l lH), 2.14 (s, 3H), 1.85 (q, J= 3.3 Hz, 4H).
Compound-3 was made according to the above procedure using morpholine instead of 1-methylpiperazine in step-1 :
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 - 7.18 (m, 2H), 6.76 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 4H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 3.26 - 3.13 (m, 4H), 2.43 - 2.30 (m, 7H), 1.92 - 1.79 (m, 4H).
Compound-2 was made using tert-butoxycarbonyl piperazine in step-1 and a deprotection step following step-3:
5-[(4-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazin- 1 -yl)methyl]-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzoic acid:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 13.66 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 3.38 (s, 2H), 3.32 - 3.24 (m, 4H), 3.23 - 3.13 (m, 4H), 2.27 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 4H), 1.90 (p, J= 3.7 Hz, 4H), 1.38 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000088_0001
Compound-2
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(piperazin- 1 -ylmethyl)- 2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (Compound-2): to a solution of tert-butyl 4-(3-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-ylcarbamoyl)-4-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)benzyl)piperazine- 1 - carboxylate (25 mg, 0.0458 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-Dioxane (3 mL), added HC1 in dioxane(2 ml), and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated. The crude compound was washed with diethyl ether to afford N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(piperazin- 1 -ylmethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)benzamide (Compound-2) (18 mg, 90 %) as HCl salt as an off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 11.39 (s, 1H), 10.46 (s, 1H), 9.47 (s, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.28 (s, 1H), 3.51 (s, 4H), 3.39 (s, 2H), 3.32 - 3.09 (m, 6H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.88 (d, J= 5.9 Hz, 4H).
Synthesis of Compound-3 and Compound-4:
Figure imgf000089_0001
Preparation of 5-formyl-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 5-formyl-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoate (1.1 g, 4.71 mmol, 1 eq ) in MeOH (11 mL) at RT, added 4N NaOH (377 mg, 9.42 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at 75 °C for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, diluted with water and pH was adjusted to acidic using IN HCl solution and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 5-formyl- 2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid (900 mg, 87.3 %) as pale yellow color solid.
Figure imgf000090_0001
Preparation of 5-formyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(pyrrolidin- 1 - yl) benzamide: to a solution of 5-formyl-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoic acid (900 mg, 4.109 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (9 ml) added HO At (558.8 mg, 4.109 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (1.59 g, 12.327 mmol, 3 eq), morpholine (715 mg, 4.109 mmol, 1 eq) and EDC (784.8 mg,
4.109 mmol, 1 eq) at room temperature and stirred at 90 °C for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water solid that precipitated was separated by filtration. The crude compound was purified by preparative HPLC to afford 5-formyl- N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide ( 350 mg, 22.7%) as off white solid. LCMS analysis indicated 98.1 % desired product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.57 (s, 1H), 10.58 (s, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.88 - 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.77 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.45 - 3.35 (m, 4H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 3H), 1.97 - 1.
Figure imgf000090_0002
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)-2- (pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (Compound-3): to a solution of 5-formyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzamide (95 mg, 0.253mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (0.95 mL), added morpholine (22.04mg, 0.253mmol, 1 eq), NaBH(OAc)3 (107.2mg, 0.506mmol, 2 eq), molecular sieves powder and AcOH (catalytic) and stirred at room temperature for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water, unwanted salts were separated by filtering through celite bed and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 1 mL). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by preparative HPLC to afford N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl) benzamide (Compound-3) (35 mg, 31.5%) as off white solid. LCMS analysis indicated 99.7 % desired product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 - 7.18 (m, 2H), 6.76 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 4H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 3.26 - 3.13 (m, 4H), 2.43 - 2.30 (m, 7H), 1.92 - 1.79 (m, 4H).
Compound-4 was made using acetyl piperazine in step-2:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.18 (m, 3H), 6.77 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 3.41 (d, J= 4.5 Hz, 6H), 3.23 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 4H), 2.43 - 2.26 (m, 7H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.85 (q, J= 3.3 Hz, 4H).
Synthesis of Compound-5, Compound-6, Compound-7, and Compound-8:
Figure imgf000091_0001
Scheme:
Figure imgf000092_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(4-methylpiperazin-l-ylsulfonyl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 5-(chlorosulfonyl)-2-fluorobenzoate (150 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DCM (3 mL) added DIEA (304 mg, 2.36 mmol, 4 eq), then added N-Methyl Piperazine (59 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with DCM (2 x 15 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (15 mL), brine (15 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting (4: 6) (EtOAc: Pet ether) to afford methyl 2- fluoro-5-(4-methylpiperazin-l-ylsulfonyl) benzoate (150 mg, 79.7 %).
Figure imgf000093_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(4-methylpiperazin-l-ylsulfonyl)-2- morpholinobenzoate :
To a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(4-methylpiperazin-l-ylsulfonyl) benzoate (140 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1 eq), in dry DMSO (3 mL) added DIPEA (170 mg, 1.32 mmol, 3 eq) and morpholine (38 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 15 mL), brine (15 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 5-(4- methylpiperazin-l-ylsulfonyl)-2-morpholinobenzoate (130 mg, 76 %).
Figure imgf000093_0002
Preparation of 5-(4-methylpiperazin-l-ylsulfonyl)-2-morpholinobenzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 5-(4-methylpiperazin-l-ylsulfonyl)-2-morpholinobenzoate (50 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (2 mL) added LiOH.H20 (10.9 mg, 0.26 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the solid residue was taken in 1, 4- Dioxane (1 mL) added HC1 in 1, 4-Dioxane (0.5 mL) stirred at RT for 30 min. After completion, the solvent was evaporated to afford 5-(4- methylpiperazin-l-ylsulfonyl)-2-morpholinobenzoic acid (40 mg) as HC1 salt.
Figure imgf000094_0001
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl quinolin-6-yl)-5-(4-methyl piperazin-1- ylsulfonyl)-2-morpholino benzamide (Compound-5): to a solution of 5-(4- methylpiperazin-l-ylsulfonyl)-2-morpholinobenzoic acid (30 mg, 0.0813 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DMF (1 mL) added DIPEA (31.4 mg, 0.243 mmol, 3 eq), HOAt (11 mg, 0.0813 mmol, 1 eq), (14 mg, 0.0813 mmol, 1 eq) then added EDC (15 mg, 0.0813 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred at RT for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by preparative HPLC to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl quinolin-6-yl)-5-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -ylsulfonyl)-2-morpholino benzamide
(Compound-5) (13 mg, 30.9 %) as off white solid. LCMS analysis indicated 93.7 % desired product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.67 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.83 - 7.73 (m, 3H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.66 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.20 - 3.09 (m, 4H), 2.89 (s, 4H), 2.43 - 2.30 (m, 7H), 2.14 (s, 3H).
Compound-6 was made according to the above procedure using 3- dimethylaminopyrrolidine instead of N-Methyl Piperazine in step-1 :
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3COOD) δ 8.60 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 4.07 - 3.92 (m, 5H), 3.77 - 3.53 (m, 3H), 3.38 - 3.25 (m, 5H), 2.95 (s, 6H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.48 - 2.22 (m, 2H).
Compound-7 was made using dimethylaminoazetidine in step-1 : 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 10.69 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87 - 7.78 (m, 3H), 7.34 (dd, J= 10.0, 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.74 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.42 (dd, J= 8.1, 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.16 (q, J= 5.2, 4.6 Hz, 4H), 2.96 (q, J= 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.41 (d, J= 1.4 Hz, 3H), 1.91 (s, 6H).
Compound-8 was made using tert-butyl azetidin-3-ylcarbamate in step-1 followed b a deprotection step:
Figure imgf000095_0001
Preparation of 1 -(3-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-ylcarbamoyl)-4- morpholinophenylsulfonyl) azetidin-3-aminium 2, 2, 2-trifluoroacetate (Compound-8): to a solution of tert-butyl l-(3-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-ylcarbamoyl)-4- morpholinophenylsulfonyl) azetidin-3-ylcarbamate (25 mg, 0.0418 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL) added TFA (19 mg, 0.167 mmol, 4 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL) at 0 °C and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated. The solid residue was triturated with Et20 and dried to afford l-(3-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6- ylcarbamoyl)-4-morpholinophenylsulfonyl) azetidin-3-aminium 2, 2, 2-trifluoroacetate (Compound-8) (21 mg, 82.3 %) as off-white solid. LCMS analysis indicated 99.07 % of desired product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.67 (s, 1H), 8.33 - 8.16 (m, 4H), 7.90 - 7.76 (m, 3H), 7.33 (dd, J= 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.97 - 3.83 (m, 3H), 3.76 (dd, J= 8.3, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 4H), 3.17 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H). Synthesis of Compound-9, Compound-11 , Compound-10, Compound-12:
Figure imgf000096_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate: to a solution of 3-bromo-4- fluorobenzaldehyde (10 g, 49.26 mmol, 1 eq ) in dry MeOH (25 ml) and Dry DMF (45ml) at RT, added dppf (1.36 g, 2.463 mmol, 0.05 eq), Palladium acetate (0.31 g, 1.379 mmol, 0.028 eq) followed by Triethyl amine (9.95 g, 98.52 mmol, 2.0 eq) in steel pressure reactor (autoclave) with 80 Psi of CO gas and stirred at 80 °C for 24 h. After completion, solvent was evaporated. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (1 L), brine (1 L), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by flash column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting EtOAc: Pet ether (6: 94) to afford methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (6 g, 66.9 %) as an off white solid. LCMS analysis indicated 98 % desired product.
Figure imgf000097_0001
Preparation of 4-fluoro-3-(methoxycarbonyl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (6 g, 32.96 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (60 mL), added Oxone (20.23 g, 32.96 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was acidified with IN HC1 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (3 x 100 mL), brine (1 x 100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 4-fluoro-3- (methoxycarbonyl)benzoic acid (6 g, 92 %) as an off white solid. LCMS analysis indicated 99 % desired product.
Figure imgf000097_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl) benzoate: to a solution of 4-fluoro-3-(methoxycarbonyl)benzoic acid (500 mg, 2.52 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (10 mL), added HOAt (685 mg, 5.04 mmol, 2 eq), EDC (966 mg, 5.04 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (0.86 mL, 5.04 mmol, 2 eq), morpholine (263 mg, 3.02 mmol, 1.2 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by flash column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting EtOAc: Pet ether (25: 75) to afford methyl 2-fluoro-5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl) benzoate (400 mg, 59 %) as an off white solid. LCMS analysis indicated 95 % desired product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 7.90 (dd, J= 7.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.78 - 7.69
(m, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J= 10.8, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.59 (brs, 8H).
Figure imgf000098_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-2-morpholinobenzoate: to a solution of 2-fluoro-5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl) benzoate (400 mg, 1.872 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (10 vol), added morpholine (245 mg, 2.808 mmol, 1.5 eq), DIPEA (0.96 mL, 5.61 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at 80 °C for 18 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting EtOAc: Pet ether (50: 50) to afford methyl 5-(morpholine-4- carbonyl)-2-morpholinobenzoate (300 mg, 60 %) as pale yellow solid. LCMS analysis indicated 95 % desired product.
Figure imgf000098_0002
Preparation of 5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-2-morpholinobenzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-2-morpholinobenzoate (300 mg, 1.136 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (3: 1) (9ml) at RT added LiOH (142.9 mg, 3.408 mmol, 3.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 5 h. After completion, solvent was evaporated. The crude acidified with IN HC1 and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-2-morpholinobenzoic acid (200 mg 69%) as brown solid. The crude was carried to next step without further purification.
Figure imgf000099_0001
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl quino lin-6-yl)-5 -(morpholine-4- carbonyl)-2-morpholinobenzamide (Compound-11): to a solution of 5-(morpholine-4- carbonyl)-2-morpholinobenzoic acid (200 mg, 0.625 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (10 mL) at RT added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (108.8 mg, 0.625 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (85 mg, 0.625 mmol, 1 eq ), EDC (119.8 mg, 0.625 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (322.5 mg, 2.5 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water, solid obtained was filtered, washed with DMSO and Ether to afford N- (2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-5 -(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-2-morpho linobenzamide (Compound- 11) (45 mg, 22.5 %) as off white solid. LCMS analysis indicated 96.9 % desired product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.89 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (dd, J= 25.0, 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.69 (s, 4H), 3.61 (s, 4H), 3.51 (s, 4H), 3.04 (br s, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H). Compounds Compound-9, Compound-10, Compound-12 were made according to the above procedures used for the synthesis of Compound- 11 using the following intermediates:
Figure imgf000100_0001
3H).
Acid (500 mg, 2.52 250 mg (49.7 %) mmol, 1 eq), Dry DMF (10 1H NMR (400 mL),HATU(1.91 g, 5.04 MHz, CD3COOD) δ 8.70 mmol, 2eq), NH4C1 (202.1 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.62
Figure imgf000101_0001
mg, 3.78 mmol, 1.5 eq), (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.25
DIPEA(1.73 mL, 10.08 (dd,J=8.4,2.4 Hz, 1H), mmol, 4 eq), RT for 16 h. 7.96 (dd,J=8.8,2.2 Hz,
1H), 7.57(d,J=8.8Hz,
1H), 7.47 (d,J=8.5 Hz,
1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 4.03 (t, J
= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.28 (t, J =
4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.68 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of Compound- 13 and Compound- 14:
Figure imgf000101_0002
Figure imgf000102_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 5-formyl-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (1 g, 4.28 mmol, 1 eq) in ethanol (10 mL) at 0 °C added NaBH4 ( 480 mg, 12.86 mmol, 3 eq) over a period of 10 min's, and stirred at RT for 1 h. After completion reaction mixture was quenched with sat NH4C1 solution and solvent was evaporated. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL).The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (1 g) a pale yellow liquid. The crude compound was carried to next step without further purification.
LCMS analysis indicated 98 % desired product.
Figure imgf000102_0002
Preparation of methyl 5-(methoxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (1 g, 4.25 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF added NaH (0.036 g, 12.75 mmol, 3 eq) at 0 °C over a period of 10 min's then added Mel (0.906 mg, 6.38 mmol, 1.5 eq), and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography to afford methyl 5-(methoxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (800 mg, 75.5 %) as a pale yellow liquid. LCMS analysis indicated 79 % desired product.
Figure imgf000103_0001
Preparation of 5-(methoxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 5-(methoxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (800 mg, 3.2 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH ( 5 mL) and water (5 mL) added NaOH ( 0.38 g, 9.6 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at 60 °C for 16 h. After completion solvent was evaporated and poured into water acidified with IN HC1 (up to PH=2) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford to 5-(methoxymethyl)-2- (pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid (600 mg, 80 %) as pale brown color liquid. LCMS analysis indicated 81 % desired product.
Figure imgf000103_0002
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinlin-6-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl)-2- (pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound-13): to a solution of 5-(methoxymethyl)-2- (pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid (600 mg, 2.55 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF added EDC.HC1 (0.975 g, 5.10 mmol, 2 eq), HO At (0.694 g, 5.10 mmol, 2 eq) and DIPEA (4 eq) allowed to stir at RT for 15 mins 6-amino-4-methylquinlin-2-ol (0.533 g, 3.06 mmol, 1.2 eq) and stirred at RT for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture is poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL) brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude was purified by column chromatography using 4 % MeOH /DCM to afford to N-(2-hyroxy-4-methylquinlin-6-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl) benzamide (Compound- 13) (600 mg, 60 %) as off white solid. LCMS analysis indicated 97 % desired product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.54 (s, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.19 (m, 3H), 6.76 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 3.24 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 7H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.95 - 1.79 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000104_0001
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinlin-6-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-2- (pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound- 14): to a solution of N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinlin-6-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)benzamide (Compound- 13) (600 mg, 1.53 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM added BBr3 at 0 °C, and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion reaction mixture was quenched with sat NaHC03 solution and stirred for 1 h and precipitated solid was filtered washed with diethyl ether, total crude was purified by preparative HPLC to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinlin-6-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)- 2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (Compound- 14) (160 mg, 28 %) as white solid. LCMS analysis indicated 96.2 % desired product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.54 (s, 1H), 10.47 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.20 (m, 3H), 6.77 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 5.01 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.25 - 3.16 (m, 4H), 2.39 (S, 3H), 1.91 - 1.80 (m, 4H). Synthesis of Compound-15, Compound-16, Compound-17, Compound-18, Compound- 19, Compound-20
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
N
Step-2
H
DMSO/DIEA
Figure imgf000106_0002
Compound-15
Figure imgf000106_0003
Preparation of 5-(N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl) benzamide: to a solution of 6-amino-4-methylquinolin-2-ol (70.2 mg,0.404 mmol, 1 eq), added a solution of 5-(N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-fluorobenzoic acid (100 mg, 0.404 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DMF (2 mL) added DIPEA (104 mg, 0.808 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (54.9 mg, 0.404 mmol, 1 eq), followed by EDC (77 mg,0.404, 1 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with DCM (2 x 15 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (15 mL), brine (15 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude was purified by flash column chromatography by eluting with EtOAc: Pet ether (4: 6) to afford 5-(N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl) benzamide (110 mg, 49.7 %).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.63 (s, 1H), 10.71 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.05 - 7.93 (m, 2H), 7.79 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (t, J= 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 2.67 (s, 6H), 2.41 (d, J= 1.4 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000107_0001
Compound-15
Preparation of 5-(N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6- yl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound- 15): to a solution of 5-(N,N- dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)benzamide (50 mg, 0.124 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DMSO (1 mL) added DIPEA (31.9 mg, 0.248 mmol, 2 eq) and 1-methylpiperazine (12.2 mg, 0.124 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred at RT for 24 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 15 mL), brine (15 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 5-(N, N- dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 - yl)benzamide (Compound- 15) (45 mg, 83.48 %). LCMS analysis indicated 96.9 % desired product.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 10.71 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.89 - 7.72 (m, 3H), 7.33 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.13 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 4H), 2.62 (s, 6H), 2.41 (s, 7H), 2.15 (s, 3H).
Compounds Compound- 16, Compound- 17, Compound- 18, Compound- 19, and Compound-20 were made according to the same procedure.
Compound-20:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.54 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.63 - 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.01 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (dd, J = 8.4, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 3.19 - 3.11 (m, 1H), 2.59 (s, 6H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 6H).
Compound- 16:
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3COOD) δ 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.06 - 7.95 (m, 2H), 7.81 (d, J = 9.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 4.10 (p, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.03 - 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.79 - 3.62 (m, 2H), 2.98 (s, 6H), 2.75 (s, 6H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.52 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H).
Compound- 17:
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3COOD) δ 8.47 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 4.67 (s, 1H), 3.87 - 3.72 (m, 2H), 3.54 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.44 (d, J = 11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (s, 6H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.19 (t, J = 10.4 Hz, 2H).
Compound-18:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 10.47 (s, 1H), 8.07 (t, J = 4.8
Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.29 - 3.23 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 6H), 2.49 (s, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 6H).
Compound- 19:
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3COOD) δ 8.33 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (d, J = 2.2
Hz, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 3.98 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (s, 6H), 2.65 (s, 3H).
S nthesis of Compound-21 :
Figure imgf000109_0001
Preparation of 4-methyl-6-(methylamino) quinolin-2-ol: a mixture of 6-amino-
4-methylquinolin-2-ol (500 mg, 2.87 mmol, 1 eq) and triethylortho formate (8.5 g, 57.47 mmol, 20 eq) was stirred at 130 °C for 48 h. then the solvent was evaporated, the residue was dissolved in Ethanol (5 mL), added NaBH4 (531 mg, 14.36 mmol, 5.0 eq) at 0°C in small portions and stirred at RT for 2 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (5 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 4-methyl-6-(methylamino) quinolin-2-ol (450 mg) as a pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000109_0002
Preparation of 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-N-methylbenzamide: to a solution of 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)- 2-fluorobenzoic acid (142 mg, 0.574 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (5 mL) at RT added 4- methyl-6-(methylamino) quinolin-2-ol (100 mg, 0.574 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (78.06 mg, 0.574 mmol, 1 eq ), EDC (109.6 mg, 0.574 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (74.04 mg, 1.724 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined extracts were washed with cold water (2 x 5 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to Afford 4-(N,N-dimethyl sulfamoyl) -2-fluoro-N- (2-hydroxy- 4-methyl quinolin-6-yl)-N-methylbenzamide (66 mg) as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J= 6.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.68 - 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.44 - 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.13 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 2.35 s, 6H), 2.26 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000110_0001
Compound-21
Preparation of 5-(N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6- yl)-N-methyl-2-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound-21): to a solution of 5- (N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-N- methylbenzamide (66 mg, 0.158 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (10 vol) added 1- methylpiperazine (15 mg, 0.158 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (40.7 mg, 0.316 mmol, 2.0 eq) and stirred at 130 °C for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 5 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting DCM: Methanol (95: 5) to afford 4-(N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl quino lin-6-yl)-N-methyl-2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl) benzamide (Compound-21 ) ( 16 mg) as a white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.52 (S, 1H), 7.60 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50 - 7.27 (m, 3H), 7.06 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.32 (s, 1H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.26 - 3.04 (m, 4H), 2.59 (d, J= 18.9 Hz, 4H), 2.47 (s, 6H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H). Synthesis of Compound-22:
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000111_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(morpholinosulfonyl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 5-(chlorosulfonyl)-2-fluorobenzoate (500 mg, 1.99 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DCM (5 ml) at RT was added DIPEA (641.7 mg, 4.975 mmol, 2.5 eq) followed by morpholine (207.7 mg, 2.38 mmol, 1.2 eq) and stirred at RT for 4 h. After completion, The reaction mixture was washed with water (2 x 10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 2-fluoro-5-(morpholinosulfonyl)benzoate (580 mg) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000112_0001
Preparation of 2-fluoro-5-(morpholinosulfonyl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(morpholinosulfonyl) benzoate (580 mg, 1.91 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20(3:l) (6 mL) was added NaOH (306 mg, 7.65 mmol, 4.0 eq) at 0 °C and stirred at RT for 4 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken in water adjusted the pH to acidic with IN HC1 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 2-fluoro-5-(morpholinosulfonyl)benzoic acid (400 mg) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000112_0002
Preparation of 2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-N-methyl-5- (morpholinosulfonyl) benzamide: to a solution of 2-fluoro-5-
(morpholinosulfonyl)benzoic acid (380 mg, 1.31 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (5 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (247.1 mg, 1.31 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (178.1 mg, 1.31 mmol, 1 eq ), EDC (250.2 mg, 1.31 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (506.9 mg, 3.93 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined extracts were washed with cold water (2 x 5 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using DCM : Methanol (95: 4) to afford 2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-N-methyl-5-(morpholinosulfonyl) benzamide (85 mg) as a pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000113_0001
o= s= o
] Compound-22
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-N-methyl-5- (morpholinosulfonyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound-22): to a solution of 2- fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-N-methyl-5-(morpholinosulfonyl) benzamide (85mg, 0.185mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (10 vol) was added Pyrrolidine (13.1 mg, 0.185 mmol, 1 eq) and DIPEA (71.5 mg, 0.55 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at 120 °C for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined extracts were washed with cold water (2 x 5 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using DCM: Methanol (95: 5) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-N-methyl-5-(morpholinosulfonyl)-2- (pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound-22) (13 mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.52 (S, 1H), 7.60 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50
- 7.27 (m, 3H), 7.06 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.32 (s, 1H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.26 - 3.04 (m, 4H), 2.59 (d, J= 18.9 Hz, 4H), 2.47 (s, 6H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of Compound-23 and Compound-24
Figure imgf000114_0001
Pre aration of 5-nitro-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid:
Figure imgf000114_0002
2-Chloro-5-nitro-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (1.018 g, 5 mmol, 1 eq) is dissolved in 15 mL NMP. Potassium carbonate (1.382 g, 10 mmol, 2.0 eg) is added to the solution. Pyrrolidine (630 μΐ,, 7.5 mmol, 1.5 eq) is added. The reaction mixture is heated for 60 minutes at 80°C. Crude is filtered and solvent is removed by air-flow. Working up with water:EtOAc. Solvent is removed by rotavap. Yield of 5-nitro-2- pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (0.861 g, 3.63 mmol, 0.66 eq). LCMS: 97 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.49 (s, 1H), 9.03 (d, J= 2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (d, J= 2.7 Hz, 1H), 3.61 - 3.47 (m, 4H), 1.99 - 1.84 (m, 4H).
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-nitro-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound-23)
Figure imgf000114_0003
5-nitro-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (0.861 g, 3.63 mmol, 1 eq) is weighed out in a 100 mL flask. EDC ((3-Dimethylamino-propyl)-ethyl-carbodiimide) (0.767 g, 4.0 mmol, 1.1 eq) and HO At ([l,2,3]Triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-ol) is dissolved in 10 mL DMF with 1900 μΐ. DIPEA. The solution is added to the flask. 6-amino-4- methyl-quinolin-2-ol (0.697 g, 4.0 mmol, 1.1 eq) is added. Total volume of DMF is 25 mL. The reaction is stirred over night at room temperature. Precipitation is filtered off and solvent is removed by rotavap. Working up with H20: EtOAc. The organic phase is dried with MgS04 and solvent is removed by rotavap. Crude is purified by CombiFlash DCM:MeOH gradient 0%→10% MeOH. Isolated product is dried overnight. Yield of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -nitro-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide (0.951 g, 2.41 mmol, 0.67 eq). LCMS: 99 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSC /6) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 10.75 (s, 1H), 9.06 (d, J= 2.7
Hz, 1H), 8.42 (d, J= 2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.63 - 3.47 (m, 4H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.97 - 1.86 (m, 4H), 1.34 - 1.20 (m, 1H).
Preparation of 5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- pyridine-3 -carboxamide Compound-24):
Figure imgf000115_0001
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -nitro-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 - carboxamide (0.203 g, 0.515 mmol, 1.0 eq) is dissolved/suspended in 5 mL dry MeOH. Pd/C (ca. 5 mg) is added. The flask is evacuated and filled with argon 3 times. H2 gas is added with a balloon. The reaction is stirred overnight at room temperature. Crude is filtered by 22 μιη filter. Solvent is removed by rotavap to form 5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxamide (0.111 g, 0.31 mmol, 0.59 eq). Purification by preparative HPLC. Relevant fractions are collected and solvent is removed by rotavap. LCMS 93 % pure.
Synthesis of Compound-25
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000116_0002
Compound-25
Preparation of 5-[(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)amino]-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)-2- rrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide (Compound-25) :
Figure imgf000116_0003
Compound-25
The resin (SpheriTide amide, 0.060 mmol/g, 0.1 mmol 1.0 eq) is dried on oil pump overnight. The resin is washed 2 times with dry DMF. The resin swells in dry DMF for 15 minutes and drained. Approx. 2 mL of a 20 % piperidine solution in dry DMF is added to the resin, and the resin is shaken for 20 minutes. The solvent is drained and the resin is washed with DMF (3x), MeOH (3x), DMF (3x), DCM (3x).
The resin is washed with 2 times dry DMF and swells in dry DMF for 15 minutes. 2-chloroacetic acid (0.0382 g, 0.4 mmol, 4.0 eq) and DIPEA (N,N- Diisopropylethylamine) (140 μί, 0.8 mmol, 8.0 eq) are dissolved in approx. 1 mL dry DMF and the solution is added to the resin. DMTMM (4-(4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin- 2-yl)-4-methyl-morpholin-4-ium tetrafluoroborate) (0.1304 g, 0.4 mmol, 4.0 eq) is dissolved in aprox. 1 mL dry DMF and added to the resin. The reaction is shaken over night at room temperature. The solvent is drained and the resin is washed with DMF (3x), DMF (3x), DCM (3x). The resin is washed with 2 times dry DMSO. 5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl- 6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxamide (0.0729 g, 0.20 mmol, 2.0 eq) is dissolved in approx. 1 mL dry DMSO and added to the resin. DIPEA (N,N- Diisopropylethylamine) (70 μί, 0.4 mmol, 4.0 eq) is added to the resin. The mixture is shaken over night at 80°C. The resin is drained and washed with DMF (3x), IPA (2x), DMF (3x), DCM (3x). 5-[(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)amino]-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxamide (0.0388 g, 0.092 mmol, 0.92 eq) is cleaved from the resin with 80 W/W % TFA in DCM. Solvent is removed by rotavap. Crude is purified by CombiFlash DCM:MeOH gradient 0%→10% MeOH. Relevant fractions are collected and solvent is removed by rotavap to form 5-[(2-amino-2-oxo- ethyl)amino] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 - carboxamide (Compound-25, 0.017 g, 0.041 mmol, 0.41 eq). LCMS: 82 % pure.
Synthesis of Compound-26
Figure imgf000117_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-formyl-2-(2-(methoxymethyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (200 mg, 1.098 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (10 vol) was added 2-(methoxymethyl) pyrrolidine (126.46 mg, 1.098 mmol, 1.5 eq), K2C03 (303.04 mg, 2.196 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at 120 °C for 18 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet ether (20: 80) to afford methyl 5-formyl-2-(2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoate (220 mg) as pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000118_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-(2-(methoxymethyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 5-formyl-2-(2- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoate (220 mg, 0.794 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DCM (5 mL) was added morpholine (69.17 mg, 0.794 mmol, 1.0 eq), Na(OAC)3BH (336.65 mg, 1.588 mmol, 1 eq), CH3COOH (Catalytic) and molecular sieves, stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 2-(2- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)benzoate (215 g) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000119_0001
Preparation of 2-(2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 2-(2-
(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)benzoate (215 mg, 0.617 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20(3: l)(9 mL) at RT was added LiOH (77.6 mg, 1.851 mmol, 3.0 eq) and stirred for 5 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated the crude was taken water and acidified with IN HCl, evaporated to afford 2-(2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin- l-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)benzoic acid (Compound-5) (180 mg) as brown solid. The crude was carried to next ste without further purification.
Figure imgf000119_0002
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(2-(methoxymethyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(morpho lino methyl) benzamide (Compound-26): to a solution of 2- (2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)benzoic acid (180 mg, 0.485 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (5 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (84.39 mg, 0.485 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (65.96 mg, 0.485 mmol, 1 eq ), EDC (92.97 mg, 0.485 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (187.6 mg, 1.455 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water, The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (3: 97) to afford N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(2-(methoxy methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)- 5- (morpho lino methyl) benzamide (Compound-26) (45 mg) as an off white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3COOD) δ 8.44 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 - 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.46 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.09 (s, 1H), 3.99 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 4H), 3.66 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 3.59 - 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.35 (s, 4H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 3.16 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.28 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 2.15 - 2.05 (m, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound-27
Figure imgf000120_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-(2-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (500 mg, 2.74 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (10 vol) was added (376.83 mg, 2.74 mmol, 1.5 eq), DIPEA (708.72 mg, 5.494 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at 120 °C for 18 h. After
completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet ether (50: 50) to afford methyl 2-(2-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(morpho lino methyl) benzoate (480 mg) as pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000121_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-(2-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- (morpho lino methyl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-(2-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-formylbenzoate (240 mg, 0.802 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DCM (5 mL) was added morpholine (69.8 mg, 0.802mmol, 1.0 eq), Na (OAC)3 BH (340.04 mg, 1.604 mmol, 1 eq), CH3COOH (Catalytic) and molecular sieves, stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 2-(2-(lH-pyrazol-3- yl)pyrrolidin-l- l)-5-(morpholinomethyl)benzoate (225 mg) as a brown liquid.
Figure imgf000121_0002
Preparation of2-(2-(l H-pyrazo 1-3 -yl) pyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-5 -(morpho lino methyl) acid: to a solution of methyl 2-(2-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl) pyrro lidin- l-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl) benzoate (215 mg, 0.608 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (3: 1) (9 mL) at RT was added LiOH (76.5 mg, 1.824 mmol, 3.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 5 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the crude was acidified with IN HC1 and evaporated to afford 2-(2-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl) benzoic acid (170 mg) as a brown solid. The crude was carried to next step without further purification.
Figure imgf000122_0001
Preparation of2-(2-(l H-pyrazo 1-3 -yl) pyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl) benzamide (Compound-27): to a solution of 2-(2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)benzoic acid (90 mg, 0.252 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (5 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2- ol (43.8 mg, 0.252 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (34.27 mg, 0.252 mmol, 1 eq ), EDC (48.30 mg, 0.252 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (97.5 mg, 0.756 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 :9) (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (5: 95) to afford 2- (2-( 1 H-pyrazo 1-3 -yl) pyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl) benzamide (Compound-27) (30 mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CF3COOD) δ 8.58 (brs, 1H), 8.33 - 8.05 (m, 4H), 8.04 -
7.90 (m, 2H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 5.10 (brs, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 4.48 - 4.33 (m, 2H), 4.25 - 4.07 (m, 2H), 3.89 - 3.47 (m, 6H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.69 - 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.50 - 2.16 (m, 3H). Synthesis of Compound-28 and Compound-29:
Figure imgf000123_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 5-formyl-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoate (1.7 g, 7.29 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DCM (25 mL) was added morpholine (0.63 g, 7.29 mmol, 1 eq), sodium triacetoxy borohydride (3.03 g, 14.59 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at RT for 2 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was basified with NaHC03 solution and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2x 40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet ether (40: 60) to afford methyl 5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (1.5 g) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000124_0001
Preparation of 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (1.5 g, 4.93 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (3: 1) (15 mL) at RT was added NaOH (0.79 g, 4.93 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 5 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the crude was taken in water, acidified with IN HC1 and evaporated to afford 5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid (900 mg) as off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.18 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J= 9.0, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (d, J= 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (dd, J = 12.5, 3.5 Hz, 2H), 3.86 - 3.70 (m, 2H), 3.18 (m, 6H), 3.10 - 2.92 (m, 2H), 1.98 - 1.81 (m, 4H)
Figure imgf000124_0002
Compound-28
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-(trifluoromethyl) quinolin-6-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound-28): to a solution of 5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoic acid (100 mg, 0.34mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (1 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-quinolin-2-one (79 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (71 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1.5 eq ), EDC (99 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1.5 eq), DIPEA (133 mg, 1.03 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-(trifluoromethyl) quinolin-6-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl) benzamide (Compound-28) (31 mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.18 (m, 3H), 6.77 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 3.41 (d, J= 4.5 Hz, 6H), 3.23 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 4H), 2.43 - 2.26 (m, 7H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.85 (q, J= 3.3 Hz, 4H).
Figure imgf000125_0001
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (Compound-29): to a solution of 5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoic acid (100 mg, 0.34mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (1 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4,7-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-2-one (65 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (71 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1.5 eq ), EDC (99 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1.5 eq), DIPEA (133 mg, 1.03 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4, 7-dimethylquino lin-6-yl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl) benzamide
(Compound-29) (13 mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D6) δ 11.52 (s, 1H), 10.02 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.41 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 3.57 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.39 (s, 2H), 3.29 - 3.20 (m, 3H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.41 - 2.31 (m, 9H), 1.96 - 1.84 (m, 4H). Synthesis Compound-30
Figure imgf000126_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(morpholinomethyl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (1 g, 5.494 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DCM (5 mL) was added morpholine (478.63 mg, 5.494 mmol, 1.0 eq), Na(OAC)3BH (2.32 g, 10.988 mmol, 2 eq), CH3COOH (catalytic) and molecular sieves, stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 2-fluoro-5- (morpholinomethyl)benzoate (1.1 g) as an pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000126_0002
Preparation of 2-fluoro-5-(morpholinomethyl)benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(morpholinomethyl) benzoate (1.1 g, 4.347 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (3: 1) (9 mL) at RT added LiOH (547.2 mg, 13.041 mmol, 3.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 5 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the crude was taken in water and neutralized with IN HC1 and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 2-fluoro-5-(morpholinomethyl)benzoic acid (850 mg) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000127_0001
Preparation of 2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5- (morpho lino methyl) benzamide:
To a solution of 2-fluoro-5-(morpholinomethyl)benzoic acid (850 mg, 3.556 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (10 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (618.7 mg, 3.556 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (483.6 mg, 3.556 mmol, 1 eq ), EDC (681.6 mg, 3.556 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (1.37 g, 10.668 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (2 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (3: 97) to afford 2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl quinolin-6-yl) -5 -(morpho lino methyl) benzamide 640 mg) as a pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000127_0002
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(2-(hydroxymethyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5 -(morpho lino methyl) benzamide (Compound-30): to a solution of 2- fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)benzamide (200 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (10 vol) was added pyrrolidin-2-yl-methanol (50.55 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1.0 eq), KotBu (281.55 mg, 2.5 mmol, 5 eq) and stirred at 130 °C for 2 h in Microwave. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 :9) (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (5: 95) to afford N-(2-hy droxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-2-(2- (hydro xymethyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(morpho lino methyl) benzamide (Compound-30) (20 mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 11.34 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J= 8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 4.90 - 4.84 (m, 1H), 3.87 - 3.76 (m, 1H), 3.57 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.49 - 3.35 (m, 5H), 2.99 - 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.42 - 2.30 (m, 7H), 2.10 - 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.90 - 1.71 (m, 2H).
Synthesis of Compound-31
Figure imgf000128_0001
Preparation of 2-fluoro-5-formyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)benzamide: to a solution of 2-fluoro-5-formyl-benzoic acid (1.0 g, 5.95 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (15 mL), HOAt (810 mg, 5.95 mmol, 1 eq), EDC (1.14 mg, 5.95 mmol, 1 eq) and DIPEA (2.07 mL, 11.9 mmol, 2 eq) were added, followed by addition of 6- amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (1.036 mg, 5.95 mmol) and the reaction stirred in DMF overnight at 70°C. TLC showed complete conversion of starting material.
Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAC and 20 mL water and extracted. The organic layer was washed with water and evaporated under reduced pressure to give 200 mg of 2-fluoro-5-formyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)benzamide. Precipitate that remained in the water exctract was filtered off, washed with water and dried to give an additional 1.17 g of title product in the mixture.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.63 (s, 1H), 10.69 (s, 1H), 10.06 (s, 8.35 - 8.08 (m, 3H), 7.81 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.74 - 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, J Hz, 1H), 6.44 s, 1H), 2.41 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000129_0001
Preparation of 5-formyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3- hydroxypyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide: to a solution of 2-fluoro-5-formyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)benzamide (200 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (5 mL), pyrrolidin-3- ol (215 mg, 2.47 mmol, 4 eq) was added and the reaction mixture heated with stirring in microwave reactor at 120°C for 40 min.
HPLC-MS showed complete conversion. Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAC and 20 mL water and extracted. The organic layer was washed with water and evaporated to give 132 mg of 5-formyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3- hydroxypyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide. MS: m/z (M+H)+ 392
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 10.61 (s, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.97 - 7.67 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.00 (d, J= 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (s, 1H), 3.65 - 3.48 (m, 1H), 3.46 - 3.33 (m, 3H), 3.14 (d, J= 11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.06 - 1.75 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000130_0001
Compound-31
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 - yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)benzamide (Compound-31): to a solution of 5-formyl-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-hydroxypyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (65 mg, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL), morpholine (29 mg, 0.34 mmol, 2 eq) cyanoborohydride (1.0 M in THF, 0.51 mL, 0.51 mmol, 3 eq) and acetic acid (1 drop, cat. amount) were added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 20h. Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAC and 20 mL water and extracted. The organic layer was washed with water and concentrated under reduced presure to give 25 mg of crude product. Crude product was purified by CombiFlash DCM:MeOH gradient 0%→10% MeOH. Relevant fractions were collected and solvent removed in vacuo to form N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 -
(morpholinomethyl)benzamide (Compound-31, 28 mg, 36% yield). MS(MH+)= 463.2.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSC /6) δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.54 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.17 (m, 3H), 6.76 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 4.90 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (s, 1H), 3.61 - 3.51 (m, 4H), 3.49 - 3.32 (m, 4H), 3.28 - 3.13 (m, 2H), 3.00 (d, J= 10.1 Hz, 1H), 2.42 - 2.30 (m, 7H), 2.05 - 1.93 (m, 1H), 1.87 - 1.78 (m, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound-32
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000131_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- formylbenzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (200 mg, 1.098 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (10 vol) was added N,N-dimethyl-l -pyrrolidin-2-yl- methanamine (221.02 mg, 1.098 mmol, 1.0 eq), K2C03 (303.04 mg, 2.19 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at 120 °C for 18 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (2 : 98) to afford methyl 2-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- formylbenzoate (180 mg) as a brown liquid.
Figure imgf000132_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- (morpho lino methyl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)- pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-formylbenzoate (180 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DCM (5 mL) was added morpholine (54.01 mg, 0.62 mmoLl .O eq), Na(OAC)3BH (262.8 mg, 1.604 mmol, 1 eq), CH3COOH (Catalytic) and molecular sieves, stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 2-(2- ((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)benzoate (170 mg) as a pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000132_0002
Preparation of 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(morpho lino methyl) benzoate (170 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (3: 1) (6 mL) at RT was added LiOH (59.16 mg, 1.41 mmol, 3.0 eq) and stirred for 5 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the crude was taken in water, acidified with IN HC1 and evaporated to afford 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(morpho lino methyl) benzoic acid (130 mg) as brown solid. The crude was carried to next step without further purification.
N Compound-32
Preparation of 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(morpho lino methyl) benzamide (Compound-32): to a solution of 2-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)benzoic acid (130 mg, 0.373 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (5 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4-methyl- quinolin-2-ol (64.9 mg, 0.373 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (50.72 mg, 0.373 mmol, 1 eq ), EDC (71.5 mg, 0.373 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (144.3 mg, 1.119 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water, extracted with MeoH: DCM (1 :9) (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (5: 95) to afford 2- (2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)benzamide (Compound-32) (20 mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, dmso) δ 11.56 (s, 1H), 11.30 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.33 - 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 1H), 3.57 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 3.02 - 2.94 (m, 1H), 2.38 (d, J= 15.9 Hz, 7H), 2.09 (s, 7H), 1.94 - 1.73 (m, 3H)
Synthesis of Compound-33:
Figure imgf000133_0001
Compound-33 Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(lH- tetrazol-5-yl) picolinamide (Compound-33): to a solution of 6-Cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinamide (Compound-35) (40 mg, 0.107 mmol, 1 eq) in IPA: H20 (10 vol) was added NaN3 (3 eq), ZnBr2 (1 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 20 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered. The crude product was triturated with diethyl ether and pentane to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(lH- tetrazol-5-yl) picolinamide (Compound-33, 22 mg) as Pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 16.66 (s, 1H), 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.63 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.91 - 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.40 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.35 (s, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.91 (s, 4H).
Synthesis of Compound-34
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000134_0002
Figure imgf000134_0003
Preparation of methyl 2-azido-5-formylbenzoate: to a solution of methyl 2- fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (5 g, 27.47 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DMSO (50 mL) at 80 °C was added NaN3 (1.78 g, 27.47 mmol, 0.05 eq) and stirred at 70 °C for 5 h. After
completion, the solvent was evaporated. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (200 mL), brine (200 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting EtOAc: Pet ether (10: 90) to afford methyl 2-azido-5-formylbenzoate (4 g) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000135_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-amino-5-formylbenzoate: to a solution of methyl 2- azido-5-formylbenzoate (4 g, 19.41 mmol, 1 eq) in THF: H20 (1 : 1)(40 mL) was added Triphenylphosphine (5 g, 19.41 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred at RT for 2 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet ether (15: 85) to afford methyl 2- amino-5-formylbenzoate (3 g) as a pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000135_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-(4-bromobutanamido)-5-formylbenzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-amino-5-formylbenzoate (3 g, 16.75 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DCM (30 mL) was added 4-Bromo buteryl chloride (9.2 g, 50.27 mmol, 3 eq), pyridine (1.3 g, 16.75 mmol, 1 eq), and stirred at RT for 5 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with DCM (2 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using by eluting EtOAc: Pet ether (12: 87) to afford methyl 2-(4-bromobutanamido)-5- formylbenzoate (2.8 g) as pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000136_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-formyl-2-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-(4-bromobutanamido)-5-formylbenzoate (2.8 g, 8.56 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry THF (10 vol) was added 60% NaH (246 mg, 10.27 mmol, 1.2 eq) and stirred at RT for 2 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet ether (25: 75) to afford methyl 5-formyl-2-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (910 mg) as pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000136_0002
Preparation of methyl 5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2-(2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 5-formyl-2-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoate (910 mg, 3.68 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DCM (10 mL) was added morpholine (320.6 mg, 3.68 mmol, 1.0 eq), Na(OAC)3BH (1.55 g, 7.36 mmol, 1 eq), CH3COOH (Catalytic) with molecular sieves and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was added water and extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (3 x 20 mL), brine (1 x 20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (4: 96) to afford methyl 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (800 mg) as a pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000137_0001
Preparation of 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (800 mg, 2.51 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (3: 1) (12 mL) at RT added LiOH (210 mg, 5.02 mmol, 2.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 5 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated. The crude residue was washed with di ethyl ether and dried to afford 5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid as Li salt (600 mg) as an off white solid. The crude was carried to next ste without further purification.
Figure imgf000137_0002
Compound-34
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-
(2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound-34): to a solution of 5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-(2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoic acid (600 mg, 1.97 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (6 mL) at RT was added Compound-7a (342.7 mg, 1.97 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (267.9 mg, 1.97 mmol, 1 eq ), EDC (377.6 mg, 1.97 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (762.3 mg, 5.91 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (3 x 20 mL), brine (1 x 20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (5: 95) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl) benzamide (Compound-34) (75mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.56 (s, 1H), 10.33 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.57 - 7.44 (m, 2H), 7.36 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.9Hz,lH), 6.42 (s, 1H), 3.83 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.59-3.52 (m, 6H), 2.46 - 2.23 (m, 10H), 2.13 - 2.00 (m, 2H).
Synthesis of Compound-35, Compound-36, Compound-37, Compound-38, Compound-39, and Compound-40:
Figure imgf000138_0001
Preparation of methyl 6-chloro-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinate:
To a solution of methyl 3-amino-6-chloro picolinate (2 g, 10.6 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: THF (1 : 1) (80 mL), 4N H2S04 (20 mL) added 2,5-dimethoxytetrahydrofuran (4.19 g, 31.8 mmol, 3 eq) and NaBH4 (1.2 g, 31.8 mmol, 3 eq) at 0 °C over a period of 30 min's, and stirred at RT for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (100 mL), neutralized with NaHC03 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL) followed by brine solution (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, EtOAc: Hexane (5: 95)) to afford to 6-chloro-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinate (760 mg) as off white solid.
Figure imgf000139_0001
Preparation of methyl 6-cyano-3(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinate:
to a solution of 6-chloro-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)picolinate (600 mg, 2.5 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (12 mL) was added ZnCN2 (351 mg, 3.0 mmol, 3 eq), degassed with N2 gas for 15 min. Then added Tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (289 mg, 0.25 mmol, 0.1 eq) and heated at 120 °C for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh, silica, EtOAc: Hexane (4: 6)) to afford to methyl 6-cyano-3(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinate (500 mg) as a pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000139_0002
Preparation of 6-cyano-3(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinic acid and 6-carbamoyl-3-
(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinic acid: to a solution of methyl 6-cyano-3(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinate (500 mg, 2.16 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (1 : 1) (5 mL) added NaOH (259 mg, 6.49 mg, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion reaction mixture was poured into water (15 mL), acidified with IN HC1 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine solution (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford mixture of 6-cyano- 3(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinic acid and 6-carbmoyl-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)picolinic acid (350 mg).
Figure imgf000140_0001
Compound-35 Compound-40 Preparation of 6-Cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)picolinamide (Compound-35) and N2-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-
3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)pyridine-2,6-dicarboxamide (Compound-40): to a solution of 6- cyano-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinic acid and 6-carbamoyl-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinic acid (350 mg, 1.61 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF added EDC.HC1 (578 mg , 3.0 mmol, 2 eq), HOAt ( 412 g, 3.0 mmol, 2 eq) and DIPEA ( 3 eq) allowed to stir at RT for 15 min's. Then added 6-amino-4-methylquinlin-2-ol (316 mg, 1.81 mmol, 1.2 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered. The crude product was purified by column
chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (4:96)), to afford to 6-Cyano-N- (2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)picolinamide (Compound-35) (250 mg) as pale yellow solid and N2-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl quinolin-6-yl)-3- (pyrrolidin-l-yl) pyridine-2,6- dicarboxamide (Compound-40) (23 mg) as pale yellow solid.
Compound-40:
1H NMR (300 MHz, dmso) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.60 (s, 1H), 8.17 - 8.06 (m, 2H),
7.91 (dd, J= 8.8, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 7.38 - 7.27 (m, 3H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.31 - 3.25 (m, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.96 - 1.85 (m, 4H).
Compound-35:
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.74 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.89 - 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.27 (dd, J= 19.2, 8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.43 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.40 - 3.33 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.96 - 1.84 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000141_0001
Compound-36
Preparation of 6-(aminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquno lin-6-yl)-3 - (pyrrolidin-l-yl)picolinamide (Compound-36): to a solution of 6-Cyano-N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)picolinamide (Compound-35) (100 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH: Cone HC1 (10:1) (10 vol) was added 10 % Pd/C (20 mg) and hydrogenated (50 psi) at RT for 8 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite, washed with EtOH (50 mL). The combined filtrate was evaporated and washed with diethylether to afford 6-(aminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylqunolin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)picolinamide (Compound-36) (80 mg) as brown solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, dmso) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.72 (s, 1H), 8.52 (brs, 3H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.47 - 7.21 (m, 4H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 3.27 (s, 4H), 2.41 s, 3H), 1.90 (s, 4H).
Figure imgf000141_0002
Com pound -37
Preparation of 6-((dimethylamino) methyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylqunolin-6- yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinamide (Compound-37): to a solution of 6-(aminomethyl)- N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylqunolin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)picolinamide (Compound-36) (50 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1 eq) in ACN was added 37 % of formaldehyde (5 mL), acetic acid (cat) and stirred at RT for 15 min. Then added NaBH3CN (24.18 mg, 0.39 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture quenched with ice water and evaporated the solvent to dryness. The residue was purified on Prep HPLC to afford 6-((dimethylamino)methyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylqunolin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin- 1 - yl)picolinamide (Compound-37) (8 mg) as off white thick liquid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 10.00 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.43 - 3.30 (m, 5H), 2.52 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 3H), 2.44 (s, 6H), 1.99 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H .
Figure imgf000142_0001
Compound-38
Preparation of 6-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-3(pyrrolidin- 1 - yl)picolinamide (Compound-38): to a solution of 6-Cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)picolinamide (Compound-37) (60 mg, 0.156 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry THF (10 vol) was added MeMgBr (5 eq) at 0 °C and allowed to stir at RT for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS, After completion reaction mixture was quenched with ice water (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by combiflash using DCM: MeOH (5: 95) to afford 6-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-3(pyrrolidin-l-yl)picolinamide (Compound-38) (45 mg) as pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, dmso) δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 10.66 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.94 - 7.84 (m, 2H), 7.28 (dd, J= 22.1, 8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.42 - 3.34 (m, 4H), 2.57 s, 3H), 2.41 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.96 - 1.86 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000142_0002
Compound-39
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-6-( 1 -hydroxymethyl)-3 - (pyrrolidin-l-yl)picolinamide (Compound-39): to a solution of 6-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-3(pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinamide (Compound-38) (45 mg, 0.1 15 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (10 vol) was added NaBH4 (13.15 mg, 0.346 mmol, 3 eq) at 0 °C and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with NH4C1 solution (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by combiflash using DCM: MeOH (92: 8) to afford N-(2-hydroxy4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-6-(l-hydroxymethyl)-3-(pyrrolidin-l- yl) picolinamide (Compound-39) (22 mg) as pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, cdcl3) δ 10.77 (s, 1H), 9.28 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34 - 7.26 (m, 3H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 4.91 (q, J= 6.1 Hz, 1H), 3.44 - 3.29 (m, 4H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.04 - 1.92 (m, 4H), 1.54 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of Compound-41, Compound-42, Compound-43, Compound-44, and Compound-45 :
Figure imgf000143_0001
Compound-45
Figure imgf000144_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-chloro-5-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate: to a solution of methyl 5-amino-2-chloroisonicotinate (2 g, 10.6 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: THF (1 : 1) (80 mL), 4N H2S04 (20 mL) was added 2,5-dimethoxytetrahydrofuran (4.19 g, 31.8 mmol, 3 eq) and NaBH4 (1.2 g, 31.8 mmol, 3 eq) at 0 °C over a period of 30 min and stirred at RT for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL), neutralized with NaHC03 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica EtOAc: Hexane (10: 90)), to afford to 2-chloro-5-(pyrrolidin-l- yl) isonicotinate (1 g) as off white solid.
Figure imgf000144_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-cyano-5(pyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate: to a solution of 2-chloro-5-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (2 g, 8.3 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added ZnCN2 (2.92 g, 25.2 mmol, 3 eq) and the suspension was degassed for 15 min. Then added Tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium(O) (2.87 g, 2.49 mmol, 0.3 eq) and stirred at 120 °C for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh, silica EtOAc: Hexane (4: 6)) to afford to methyl 2-cyano-5(pyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (1.3 g) as a pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000145_0001
Preparation of 2-cyano-5(pyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinic acid and 2-carbmoyl-5- (pyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinic acid: to a solution of methyl 2-cyano-3(pyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (800 mg, 3.46 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (1 : 1) (5 mL) was added NaOH (259 mg, 6.49 mg, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (15 mL), acidified with IN HC1 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford a mixture of 2- cyano-5(pyrrolidin-l-yl)isonicotinic acid and 2-carbmoyl-5-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)iso nicotinic acid (700 m .
Figure imgf000145_0002
Compound -41
Preparation of 2-Cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin- 1 - yl) isonicotinamide (Compound-41): to a solution of 2-cyano-5(pyrrolidin-l- yl)isonicotinic acid and 2-carbmoyl-5-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)iso nicotinic acid (700 mg, 3.22 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (7 mL) was added EDC.HC1 (578 mg , 3.0 mmol, 2 eq), HO AT ( 412 g, 3.0 mmol, 2 eq) and DIPEA ( 3 eq) followed by 6-amino-4-methylquinlin-2-ol (316 mg, 1.81 mmol, 1.2 eq), and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, The reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered. The crude was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (4: 96)) to afford 2-Cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin- 1 - yl)isonicotinamide (Compound-41) (120 mg) as Pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, dmso) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.67 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.46 - 3.36 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.97 - 1.85 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000146_0001
Compound-42
Preparation of 2-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5(pyrrolidin- 1 - yl)isonicotinamide (Compound-42): to a solution of 2-Cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinamide (Compound-41) (100 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry THF (2 mL) was added MeMgBr (5 eq) at 0 °C and stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice- water (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by combiflash to afford 2- acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)isonicotinamide
(Compound-42) (70 mg) as pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.69 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.88 - 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.43 (s, 4H , 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 3H), 1.92 (s, 4H).
Figure imgf000146_0002
Compound-43
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-2-( 1 -hydroxymethyl)-5 - (pyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinamide (Compound-43):
To a solution of 6-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-3(pyrrolidin-l- yl)picolinamide (Compound-42) (40 mg, 0.115 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH(2 mL) added NaBH4(3 eq) at 0 °C allowed to stir at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with NH4C1 solution (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by combiflash to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-6-(l-hydroxyrnethyl)-3- (pyrrolidin-l-yl) picolinamide (Compound-43) (16 mg) as pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, cd3od) δ 8.23 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.38 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 3.38 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 5H), 2.53 s, 3H), 2.03 - 1.93 (m, 4H), 1.47 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000147_0001
Compound-44
Preparation of N4-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin- 1 - yl)pyridine-2,4-dicarboxamide (Compound-44): to a solution of 2-carbamoyl-5- (pyrrolidin-l-yl)iso nicotinic acid (100 mg, 0.425 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (2 mL) was added EDC.HC1 (162 mg , 0.85mmol, 2 eq), HOAT (115 mg, 0.85 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (3 eq), followed by 6-amino-4-methylquinlin-2-ol (88 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1.2 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered. The crude residue was purified by column
chromatography (100-200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (4: 96)) to afford N4-(2-hydroxy- 4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) pyridine-2,4-dicarboxamide (Compound-44) (24 mg) as Pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.68 (s, 1H), 8.13 - 8.07 (m, 2H), 7.87 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 2H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.49 - 3.34 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H , 1.98 - 1.86 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000147_0002
Compound-45
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-(lH- tetrazol-5-yl) isonicotinamide (Compound-45): To a solution of 2-Cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin- 1-yl) isonicotinamide, Compound-41 (60 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) in IPA: H20 (10 vol) was added NaN3 (3 eq), ZnBr2 (1 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 20 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered. The crude residue was triturated with diethyl ether and pentane to afford to N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquino lin-6-yl)-3 -(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-6-( lH-tetrazol-5 -yl) pico linamide (Compound- 45) (22 mg) as Pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.74 (m, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.56 - 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.26 - 3.15 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.96 - 1.85 (m, 4H).
Synthesis of Compound-46 and Compound-47:
Figure imgf000148_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoate: To a solution of methyl 5-formyl-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (1 g, 4.28 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF (25 mL) at -78 °C was added MeMgBr (510.3 mg, 4.28 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NH4C1 solution and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet ether (15: 85) to afford methyl 5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (600 mg) as a pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000149_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(l-methoxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoate (600 mg, 2.4 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (6 mL) added 50% NaH (172.8 mg, 7.2 mmol, 3 eq) Mel (511.2 mg, 3.6 mmol, 1.5 eq) and stirred at RT for 4 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (3 x 30 mL), brine (1 x 30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 5-(l-methoxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoate (510 mg) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000149_0002
Preparation of 5-(l-methoxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid and 5-(l- methoxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 5-(l- methoxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (510 mg, 1.939 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (3: 1) (9 mL) at RT and added LiOH (244 mg, 5.817 mmol, 3.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 5 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated. The crude was acidified with IN HCl and the water layer was evaporated. The crude product was dissolved in MeOH and filtered the inorganic salts and evaporated the filtrate to afford 5-(l-methoxyethyl)-2- (pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid and 5-(l-methoxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid (350 mg) as a brown solid.
Figure imgf000150_0001
Compound-46 Compound-47
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l-methoxyethyl)-2-
(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound-46) and N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)- 5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound-47): to a solution of 5- (l-methoxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoic acid and 5-(l-methoxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin- l-yl)benzoic acid (350 mg, 1.93 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (10 mL) at RT was added 6- amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (335.8 mg, 1.93 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (262.4 mg, 1.93 mmol, 1 eq ), EDC (369.9 mg, 1.93 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (746.9 mg, 5.79 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with 10 % MeOH: DCM (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 X 30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (3: 97) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l- methoxyethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound-47) (100 mg) as off white solid and N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-5 -( 1 -hydroxy ethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl) benzamide (Compound-46) (22 mg) as off white solids.
Compound-46:
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.54 (s, 1H), 10.47 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.21 (m, 2H), 6.77 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 4.99 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.70 - 4.61 (m, 1H), 3.25 - 3.14 (m, 4H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 2H), 1.89 - 1.80 (m, 4H), 1.32 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H).
Compound-47:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.43 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.17 (m, 3H), 6.79 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 4.24 (q, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.27 - 3.18 (m, 4H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 3H), 1.91 - 1.80 (m, 4H), 1.33 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of Compound-48:
Figure imgf000151_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate: to a solution of 3-bromo-4- fluorobenzaldehyde (20 g, 98.52 mmol, 1 eq) in dry MeOH (50 mL) and Dry DMF (80 mL) at RT was added dppf (2.73 g, 4.926 mmol, 0.05 eq), Palladium acetate (1.85 g, 2.758 mmol, 0.028 eq) followed by Triethyl amine (19.9 g, 197.04 mmol, 2.0 eq) in a steel reactor with 80 psi of CO gas and stirred at 80 °C for 24 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated and the residue was taken in water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (500 mL), brine (500 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting EtOAc: Pet ether (5: 95) to afford methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (12 g, 67 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000152_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(hydroxymethyl)benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (500 mg, 2.747 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (5 mL) was added NaBH4 (207.3 mg 5.48 mmol, 2.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 1 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken in water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (3 x 50 mL), brine (1 x 50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 2-fluoro-5- (hydroxymethyl)benzoate (450 mg, 89 %) as an pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000152_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(methoxymethyl)benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(hydroxymethyl)benzoate (450 mg, 2.445 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 vol) was added NaH (176.04 mg, 7.335 mmol, 1.0 eq) and stirred at 0 °C to RT for 4 h. After completion, the reaction mixture quenched with IN HC1 and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by combiflash chromatography using EtOAc: Pet ether (1 : 1) to afford methyl 2-fluoro-5-(methoxymethyl) benzoate (160 mg, 33 %) as a brown liquid.
Figure imgf000152_0003
Preparation of methyl 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- (methoxymethyl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(methoxymethyl) benzoate (160 mg, 0.808 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (10 vol) was added N,N-dimethyl-l- pyrrolidin-2-yl-methanamine (162.5 mg, 0.808 mmol, 1.0 eq), CS2CO3 (525.2 mg, 1.616 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at 130 °C for 2 h in Microwave. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by combiflash chromatography using MeOH: DCM (3: 97) to afford methyl 2-(2- ((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl) benzoate (20 mg) as a brown liquid.
Figure imgf000153_0001
Preparation of 2-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- (methoxymethyl)benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 2-(2- ((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl)benzoate (20 mg, 0.065 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20(3:l ) (9 mL) at RT added LiOH (8.18 mg, 0.195 mmol, 3.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 5 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated and the crude acidified with Dioxane HCl and evaporated to afford 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl) benzoic acid Hydrochloride (15 mg) as brown solid. The crude was carried to next step without further purification.
N Compound-48 Preparation of 2-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl)benzamide (Compound-48): to a solution of 2- (2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl)benzoic acid (15 mg, 0.05 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (1 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (8.7 mg, 0.05 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (6.8 mg, 0.05 mmol, 1 eq ), EDC (9.58 mg, 0.05 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (19.35 mg, 0.05 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with 10 % MeOH: DCM (4 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by combiflash chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (3 : 97) to afford 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl)benzamide (Compound-48) (2 mg) as brown solid.
Synthesis of Compound-49:
Figure imgf000154_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(hydroxymethyl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (500 mg, 2.747 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (5 mL) was added NaBH4 (207.3 mg 5.48 mmol, 2.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 1 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken in water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (3 x 50 mL), brine (1 x 50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 2-fluoro-5- (hydroxymethyl)benzoate (490mg) as a pale yellow liquid.
X
Figure imgf000155_0001
Preparation of 2-fluoro-5-(methoxymethyl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(hydroxymethyl) benzoate (490 mg, 2.66 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 vol) was added NaH (191.73 mg, 7.989 mmol, 1.5 eq) and stirred at 0 °C for 1 h. Then added Mel (567.73 mg, 3.994 mmol, 3.0 eq) and stirred at 0 °C to RT for 4 h. After completion, the reaction mixture quenched with IN HC1 and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 2-fluoro-5- (methoxymethyl)benzoic acid (200 mg) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000155_0002
Preparation of 2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5- (methoxymethyl) benzamide: to a solution of 2-fluoro-5-(methoxymethyl)benzoic acid (200 mg, 1.086 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (1 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4-methyl- quinolin-2-ol (188.9 mg, 1.086 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (147.69 mg, 1.086 mmol, 1 eq ), EDC (208.1 mg, 1.086 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (280.1 mg, 2.172 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water, filtered the solid formed. The crude solid was washed with water and diethyl ether to afford 2- fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl) benzamide (150 mg) as pale yellow solid.
« N„N Compound-49
H
Preparation of 2-(2-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl)benzamide (Compound-49): to a solution of 2- fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl)benzamide (100 mg, 0.294 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (10 vol) was added 3-pyrrolidin-2-yl-lH-pyrazole (40.33 mg, 0.294 mmol, 1.0 eq), Cs2C03 (191.57 mg, 0.588 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at 130 °C for 2 h in Microwave. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (2 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting MeOH: DCM (3: 97) to afford 2-(2-(lH-pyrazol-3-yl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(methoxymethyl) benzamide (Compound-49) (8 mg) as an off white solid.
Synthesis of Compound-50:
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000157_0002
Preparation of methyl 5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 5-formyl-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (2.0 g, 8.58 mmol, 1 eq) in Ethanol (10 mL) was added NaBH4 (0.49 g, 12.87 mmol, 1.5 eq) at 0 °C and stirred at RT for 1 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting EtOAc: Pet ether (40: 60) to afford methyl 5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (2 g) as a pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000157_0003
Preparation of methyl 5-(isopropoxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate: To a solution of methyl 5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (500 mg, 2.12 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (3 mL) at RT added NaH (147 mg, 6.38 mmol, 3.0 eq), isopropyl bromide (523 mg, 4.25 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at RT for 24 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2x40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting EtOAc: Pet ether (40: 60) to afford methyl 5-(isopropoxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (200 mg) as a pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000158_0001
Preparation of 5-(isopropoxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 5-(isopropoxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (200 mg, 0.72 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (3: 1) (8 mL) at RT was added NaOH (115 mg, 2.88 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 24 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated and the residue was evaporated to afford 5-(isopropoxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid sodium salt (150 mg) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000158_0002
Compound-50
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(isopropoxymethyl)-2- (pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound-50): to a solution of 5-(isopropoxymethyl)-2- (pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoic acid sodium salt (150 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (2 mL) at RT added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (100 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (117 mg, 0.85 mmol, 1.5 eq ), EDC (163 mg, 0.85 mmol, 1.5 eq), DIPEA (220 mg, 1.71 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6- yl)-5-(isopropoxymethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzamide (Compound-50) (9 mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, dmso) δ 11.58 - 11.52 (m, 1H), 10.46 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.85 - 7.79 (m, 1H), 7.30 - 7.20 (m, 2H), 6.76 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 3.71 - 3.56 (m, 1H), 3.27 - 3.18 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.91 - 1.80 (m, 4H), 1.13 (dd, J= 6.1, 1.5 Hz, 6H).
Synthesis of 2-fluoro-5-formyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl) benzamide:
Figure imgf000159_0001
Step-3
Figure imgf000159_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate: to a solution of 3-bromo-4- fluorobenzaldehyde (20 g, 98.5 mmol, 1 eq) in dry MeOH (50 ml) and Dry DMF (80 ml) was added dppf (2.72 g, 4.92 mmol, 0.05 eq), Palladium acetate (1.32 g, 1.97 mmol, 0.028 eq) followed by triethyl amine (19.89 g, 197 mmol, 2.0 eq) in pressure reactor and stirred at 80 °C under 80 Psi of CO gas for 24 h. After completion, solvent was evaporated. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (1 L), brine (1 L), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet ether (6: 94) to afford methyl 2- fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (12 g) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000160_0001
Preparation of 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 5- (morpholine-4-carbonyl)-2-morpholinobenzoate (lOg, 54.9mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (3: 1) (100 mL) at RT was added LiOH (6.91 g, 164.7 mmol, 3.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 5 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated. The crude compound was acidified with IN HC1 and extracted with EtOAc washed with water(200mL), brine (200 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 2-fluoro-5- formylbenzoic acid (6 g) as off white solid.
Figure imgf000160_0002
Preparation of 2-fluoro-5-formyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl) benzamide: to a solution of 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoic acid (6 g, 35.71 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (60 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4-methylquinolin-2-ol (6.21 g, 35.71 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (4.85 g, 35.71 mmol, 1 eq), EDC (6.84 g, 35.71 mmol, 1 eq),
DIPEA (13.81 g, 107.13 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water, the solid obtained was filtered. The crude compound was taken in 4N HC1 (80 mL), stirred at RT for 4 h, filtered and washed with Ether to afford 2-fluoro-5-formyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)benzamide (5.2 g) as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- ¾) δ 11.65 (s, 1H), 10.70 (s, 1H), 10.06 (s, 1H), 8.27 (dd, J= 6.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.18 - 8.10 (m, 2H), 7.82 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J= 9.9, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.48 - 6.43 (m, 1H), 2.41 (d, J= 1.4 Hz, 3H). Synthesis of Compound-51.
Figure imgf000161_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethoxy) benzoate: to a solution of 2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethoxy)benzoic acid (1 g ,4.464 mmol,l eq) in MeOH:
Toluene(l : l) (10 mL) added TMS diazomethane (2M in Hexane) (2.63 mL, 5.35 mmol, 1.2 eq) at 0 °C and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to get methyl 2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethoxy) benzoate (1 g crude) as a pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000161_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- (trifluoromethoxy) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethoxy) benzoate (500 mg, 2.10 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (5 ml) was added K2C03 (870 mg, 6.3 mmol, 3 eq), N,N-dimethyl-l-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)methanamine (507 mg,2.52 mmol, 1.2 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by washing with n-pentane to get methyl 2- (2-((dimeth lamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(trifluoromethoxy) benzoate (450 mg).
Figure imgf000162_0001
Preparation of 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- (trifluoromethoxy)benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(trifluoromethoxy) benzoate (450 mg, 1.30 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (1 : 1) (10 mL) added LiOH.H20 (163 mg, 3.90 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, reaction mixture was poured into water (15 mL) acidified with IN HCl and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 x 15 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by combiflash to get title compound of 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(trifluoromethoxy) benzoic acid (320 mg) as pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000163_0001
Preparation of 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(trifluoromethoxy) benzamide (Compound-51):
To a solution of 2-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5- (trifluoromethoxy)benzoic acid (320 mg, 0.963 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added
EDC.HC1 (367 mg , 1.92 mmol, 2 eq), HO At (261 mg, 1.92 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (3 eq) followed by 6-amino-4-methylquinlin-2-ol (201 mg, 1.15 mmol, 1.2 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, The reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered. The crude product was purified by column
chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica MeOH: DCM (4: 96)) to afford to 2-(2-
((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5- (trifluoromethoxy)benzamide (Compound-51) (90 mg) as Pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 10.94 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.60 - 7.19 (m, 3H), 7.10 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.92 (s, 1H), 3.43 - 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.06 (s, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 7H), 1.94 - 1.68 (m, 3H).
Synthesis of Compound-54 and Compound-55
O
Figure imgf000163_0002
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000164_0002
Preparation of 5-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-2-morpholino-benzoic acid: to a slurry of 5-Amino-2-morpholin-4-yl-benzoic acid (390 mg, 1.75 mmol, 1 eq) and di- tert-butyl bicarbonate (574 mg, 2.63 mmol, 1.5 eq) in dioxane (3 mL) and water (3 mL) were added sodium hydrogen carbonate (588 mg, 7.0 mmol, 4 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Water was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, and evaporated. The crude compound was stirred in diethyl ether for 30 min, filtered and dried on the filter to afford 5-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-2-morpholino-benzoic acid (400 mg, 70 %) as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 323, UV = 85 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.19 - 8.11 (m, 2H), 7.84 (dd, J= 9.1, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J= 8.8, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.00 - 3.90 (m, 4H), 3.25 - 3.15 (m, 4H), 1.54 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000165_0001
Preparation of tert-butyl N-[3-[(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)carbamoyl]-4- morpholino-phenyljcarbamate: to a solution of 5-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-2- morpholino-benzoic acid (350 mg, 1.09 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (6 mL) were added 6- amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (322 mg, 1.85 mmol, 1.7eq), HO At (252 mg, 1.85 mmol, 1.7 eq), EDC(355 mg, 1.85 mmol, 1.7 eq), DMAP( 24 mg, 0.19 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA(568 μί, 3.27 mL, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours. After completion the reaction mixture was added water. The precipitated product was filtered off and washed with water and DCM. The crude compound was recrystallized from MeOH yielding tert-butyl N-[3-[(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)carbamoyl]-4-morpholino-phenyl]carbamate (285 mg, 55 % yield) as a grayish solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 479, UV = 98 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.72 (s, 1H), 11.63 (s, 1H), 9.48 (s, 1H), 8.29 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.86 - 3.63 m, 4H), 2.99 - 2.85 (m, 4H), 2.46 - 2.35 (m, 3H), 1.48 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000165_0002
Com pound -54
Preparation of 5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- benzamide (Compound-54): Tert-butyl N- [3- [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)carbamoyl]-4-morpholino-phenyl]carbamate (285 mg, 0.60mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in DCM (3mL) and added a solution of TFA in DCM (50 %)(3 mL).The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h and evaporated to dryness. The residue was evaporated from toluene twice to remove water. 4 M HC1 in Dioxane (3 mL) was added and evaporated to give the hydrochloric salt. The residue was stirred in diethyl ether(10 mL), filtered, washed with diethyl ether and dried to yield 5-amino-N- (2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide (Compound-54) (281 mg, 98 % yield) as a pink solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 379, UV = 93 %.
δΗ(300 MHz, DMSO-dg): 1 1.69 (1H, s), 1 1.20 (1H, s), 8.26 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 7.83 (1H, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.72 (1H, d, J=3 Hz), 7.50 (1H, dd, J=9, 3 Hz), 7.42 - 7.28 (2H, m), 6.46 1H, s), 3.85 - 3.61 (4H, m), 3.09 - 2.94 (4H, m), 2.42 (3H, s)
Figure imgf000166_0001
Compound-55
Preparation of 5-[(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)amino]-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-benzamide (Compound-55 ) : 5 -amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl- 6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide (50 mg, 0.1 lmmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in DMF (1 mL). 2-bromoacetamide (15 μί, 0.55 mmol, 5 eq) and TEA (45 μί, 0.33 mmol, 6 eq) were added and the mixture was heated in a microwave oven at 80 °C for 60 min. The mixture was poured into water, extracted with EtOAc (5 x 2 mL). The combined extracts were dried over MgSC^, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM/MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) yielding 5-[(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)amino]-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2- morpholino-benzamide (Compound-55) (2.7 mg, 6 % yield) as a pink solid.
LCMS: (M+H) = 436, UV = 95 %
1H-NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-^): δΗ 8.38 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 7.86 (1H, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.48 - 7.38 (2H, m), 7.33 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 6.83 (1H, dd, J=9, 3 Hz), 6.58 (1H, s), 3.97 (2H, d, J=l Hz), 3.94 - 3.88 (4H, m), 3.81 (2H, s), 3.08 - 2.99 (4H, m), 2.57 (3H, s) Synthesis of Compound-66
Figure imgf000167_0001
Compound-66
Preparation of 5-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- benzamide (Compound-66): to a solution of 5-fluoro-2-morpholino-benzoic acid (29 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (57 mg, 0.33 mmol, 2.5 eq), HOAt (44mg, 0.33 mmol, 2.5 eq), EDC(62 mg, 0.33 mmol, 2.5 eq), DMAP( 6 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.4 eq) and DIPEA(73 \LL, 0.39mmol, 3eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added and the precipitated product collected by filtration. The crude product was heated at reflux in MeOH for 5 minutes, filtered, washed with MeOH and dried yielding 5-fluoro-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide (Compound-66) (24 mg, 48 % yield) as a gray solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 382, UV = 98 %.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSC /6): δΗ 11.61 (1H, s), 11.54 (1H, s), 8.39 - 8.18 (1H, m), 7.92 - 7.70 (1H, m), 7.67 - 7.51 (1H, m), 7.47 - 7.24 (3H, m), 6.44 (1H, s), 3.87 - 3.63 (4H, m), 3.06 - 2.89 (4H, m), 2.41 (3H, s)
Synthesis of Compound-67
Figure imgf000167_0002
Compound-67
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-5-(l- piperidylsulfonyl)benzamide (Compound-67): to a solution of 2-morpholino-5-(l- piperidylsulfonyl)benzoic acid (46 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (0.5 ml) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (57 mg, 0.33 mmol, 2.5 eq), HOAt (44 mg, 0.33 mmol, 2.5 eq), EDC(62 mg, 0.33 mmol, 2.5 eq), DMAP( 6 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.4 eq) and DIPEA(73 μί, 0.39mmol, 3eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (4 x 1.5 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM/MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -( 1 -piperidylsulfonyl)benzamide ( Compound-67)(32 mg, 48 % yield) as a pink solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 511, UV = 98 % pure.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-^ ): δΗ 12.70 (1H, s), 10.93 (1H, s), 8.52 - 8.21 (2H, m), 7.72 (1H, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.63 (1H, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.47 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 7.33 - 7.20 (1H, m), 6.61 (1H, s), 4.03 - 3.80 (4H, m), 3.25 - 3.11 (4H, m), 3.06 - 2.94 (4H, m), 2.55 (3H, s), 1.74 - 1.56 (4H, m), 1.52 - 1.29 (2H, m).
Synthesis of Compound-68
Figure imgf000168_0001
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-5- morpholinosulfonyl-benzamide (Compound-68): to a solution of 2-morpholino-5- morpholinosulfonyl-benzoic acid (46 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (57 mg, 0.33 mmol, 2.5 eq), HOAt (44 mg, 0.33 mmol, 2.5 eq), EDC (62 mg, 0.33 mmol, 2.5 eq), DMAP( 6 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.4 eq) and DIPEA(73 μί, 0.39 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 45 °C. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (4 x 2 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM/MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) yielding N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-5 -morpho linosulfonyl-benzamide (Compound-68) (20 mg, 30 % yield) as a pink solid. LCMS: (M+ H) = 513, 98 % pure.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-^ ): δΗ 12.60 (1H, s), 10.99 (1H, s), 8.64 -
8.23 (2H, m), 7.80 (1H, dd, J=8, 2 Hz), 7.61 (1H, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.49 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 7.35 (IH, d, J=9 Hz), 6.64 (IH, s), 4.02 - 3.86 (4H, m), 3.82 - 3.68 (4H, m), 3.25 - 3.11 (4H, m), 3.10 - 2.98 (4H, m), 2.58 (3H, s).
Synthesis of Compound-69 (comparative)
Figure imgf000169_0001
Compound-69
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-methoxy-benzamide (Compound-69): To a solution of 2-methoxybenzoic acid (32 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (40 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.1 eq), HOAt (42 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (60 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (8 mg, 0.06 mmol, 0.3 eq) and DIPEA (110 μί, 0.63 mmol, 3eq). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Water was added and the reaction mixture extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Eluent:
DCM/MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- methoxy-benzamide (Compound-69) (39 mg, 61 % yield) as a pink solid. LCMS: (M+ H) = 309, UV = 98 %.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δΗ 11.57 (IH, s), 10.20 (IH, s), 8.20 (IH, d, J=2 Hz), 7.80 (IH, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.65 (IH, dd, J=8, 2 Hz), 7.51 (IH, td, J=9, 7, 2 Hz), 7.27 (IH, d, J=9 Hz), 7.18 (IH, d), 7.07 (IH, td, J=7, 1 Hz), 6.42 (IH, s), 3.91 (3H, s), 2.41 (3H, s) Synthesis of Compound-70
Figure imgf000170_0001
Compound-70
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-5-sulfamoyl- benzamide (Compound-70): to a slurry of 2-morpholino-5-sulfamoyl-benzoic acid (45 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) and 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (27 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq), in DCM/DMF (50:50, 1.0 mL) were added HOAt (24 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1.1 eq) and DIC (22 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1.1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room
temperature. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM/MeOH (9/1) (3 x 5 ml), dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was heated at reflux in MeOH (5 mL) for 5 minutes, cooled at room temperature, filtered, washed with MeOH and dried yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2- morpholino-5-sulfamoyl-benzamide (18 mg, 26 % yield) as a pink solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 443, UV = 98 % pure.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δΗ 11.60 (1H, s), 10.75 (1H, s), 8.21 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 8.01 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 7.90 - 7.76 (2H, m), 7.39 - 7.25 (3H, m), 6.44 (1H, s), 3.73 - 3.63 (4H, m), 3.13 - 3.02 (4H, m), 2.41 (3H, s)
Synthesis of Compound-71
Figure imgf000170_0002
Figure imgf000171_0001
Preparation of 5-acetamido-2-morpholino-benzoic acid: to a slurry of 5-amino- 2-morpholino-benzoic acid (105 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (1 mL) were added acetyl chloride (41 μΐ,, 0.47 mmol, 1.5 eq) and TEA (196 μί, 1.41 mmol, 3 eq).The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, evaporated to dryness and the resultant residue was purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM/MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 % ) yielding 5-acetamido-2-morpholino-benzoic acid (109 mg, 88%) as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 265, UV = 98 %.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δΗ 10.18 (1H, s), 8.20 (1H, d, J=3 Hz), 7.88 (1H, dd, J=9, 3 Hz), 7.65 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 3.86 - 3.73 (4H, m), 3.11 - 2.96 (4H, m), 2.05 (3H, s .
Figure imgf000171_0002
Compound-71
Preparation of 5-acetamido-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- benzamide (Compound-71): a mixture of 5-acetamido-2-morpholino-benzoic acid (50 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1 eq) and 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (33 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (2 ml) were added HOBt (52 mg, 0.38 mmol, 2 eq), EDC (73 mg, 0.38 mmol, 2 eq), DMAP (8 mg, 0.07 mmol, 0.4 eq) and DIPEA (196 μΐ,, 1.14 mmol, 6 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added and the precipitated solid was filtered off and wash with water. The crude product was stirred in DCM (2 mL), filtered and dried yielding 5-acetamido-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide (Compound-71) (23 mg, 29 % yield) as a pink solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 421, UV = 98 %
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δΗ 11.65 (1H, s), 11.59 (1H, s), 10.05 (1H, s), 8.25 (1H, s), 8.06 (1H, s), 7.94 - 7.68 (2H, m), 7.50 - 7.22 (2H, m), 6.43 (1H, s), 4.09 - 3.58 (4H, m), 3.17 - 2.73 (4H, m), 2.42 (3H, s), 2.05 (3H, s).
Synthesis of Compound-72
Figure imgf000172_0001
Compound-72
Preparation of 5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- pyrrolidin-1 -yl-benzamide (Compound-72): to a slurry of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid (75 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1 eq) and 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin- 2-ol (44 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1 eg) in DCM/DMF 50:50 (1 mL) were added HOAt (37 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.1 eq), DIC (52 μΐ, 0.28 mmol, 1.1 eq) and DIPEA (90 μΕ, 0.50 mmol, 2 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 80 °C for 5 h and poured into water (10 mL). The precipitated solid was filtered off, washed with water, dried and purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM / MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) to yield 5- (dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide (Compound-72) (56 mg, 50 % yield) as a pink solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 455, UV = 98 % pure.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δΗ 11.59 (1H, s), 10.58 (1H, s), 8.11 (1H, d,
J=2 Hz), 7.80 (1H, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.68 - 7.48 (2H, m), 7.29 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 6.89 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 6.42 (1H, s), 3.46 - 3.33 (4H, m), 2.59 (6H, s), 2.40 (3H, d, J=l Hz), 1.95 - 1.84 (4H, m) Synthesis of Compound-73
Figure imgf000173_0001
Preparation of 5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- morpholino-benzamide (Compound-73): to a solution of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- morpholino-benzoic acid (94 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1 eq) and 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (52 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (1.5 mL) were added HO At (45 mg, 0.33mmol, 1.1 eq) and DIC (51 mg, 1.1 mmol, 1.1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 h and poured into water (10 mL). The precipitated solid was filtered off, washed with water and dried. The crude product was added THF (1 mL) and the slurry was stirred overnight, filtered, washed with THF and dried giving 5- (dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide (Compound-73) (45 mg, 32 %) as a grayish solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 471, UV = 99 %.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSC /6): δΗ 11.61 (IH, s), 10.68 (IH, s), 8.23 (IH, s), 7.92 - 7.66 (3H, m), 7.32 (2H, d, J=9 Hz), 6.44 (IH, s), 3.72 - 3.63 (4H, m), 3.19 - 3.03 (4H, m), 2.62 (6H, s), 2.40 (3H, s)
Synthesis of Compound-74
Figure imgf000173_0002
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-morp o nosu ony - - pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (Compound-74): to a solution of 5-morpholinosulfonyl-2- pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid (103 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1 eq) and 6-amino-4-methyl- quinolin-2-ol (52 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (1.5 mL) was added HO At (45 mg, 0.33mmol, 1.1 eq) and DIC (51 mg, 1.1 mmol, 1.1 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 h and poured into water (10 mL). The precipitated solid was filtered off and purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM / MeOH 10 % / NJ¾-aq 1 %) giving N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin-l- yl-benzamide (Compound-74) (67 mg, 45 %), as a pink solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 497, UV = 99 %.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δΗ 11.59 (1H, s), 10.60 (1H, s), 8.12 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 7.80 (1H, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.63 - 7.46 (2H, m), 7.29 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 6.90 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 6.43 (1H, s), 3.75 - 3.57 (4H, m), 3.40 - 3.33 (4H, m), 2.93 - 2.78 (4H, m), 2.40 (3H, s), 1.98 - 1.66 (4H, m)
Synthesis of Compound-76 and Compound-77 (comparative)
Figure imgf000174_0001
Preparation of 2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-nitro- benzenesulfonamide: to a solution of 2-fluoro-5-nitro-benzenesulfonyl chloride (320 mg, 1.33 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (239 mg, 1.33 mmol, leq) and DIPEA ( 700 μί, 3.99 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 5 h, poured into water (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water and dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM / MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) yielding 2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl- 6-quinolyl)-5-nitro-benzenesulfonamide (74 mg, 15 % yield) as a yellow solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 379, UV = 99 %
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δΗ 11.59 (1H, s), 10.90 (1H, s), 8.68 - 8.31 (2H, m), 7.74 (1H, t, J=9 Hz), 7.39 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 7.26 (1H, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.20 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 6.39 (1H, s), 2.30 (3H, s)
Figure imgf000175_0001
Compound-76
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-5-nitro- benzenesulfonamide (Compound-76) (comparative): to a solution of 2-fluoro-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-nitro-benzenesulfonamide (74 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1.0 eq) in NMP (lmL) were added morpholine (26 μΐ, 0.30 mmol, 1.5 eq) and potassium carbonate (83 mg, 0.60 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 40 min. Water (5 m) was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc (5 x 3 mL). The combined extracts were dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was added water (3 mL) and stirred for 1 h, filtered, washed with water and dried to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-5-nitro- benzenesulfonamide (Compound-76) (23 mg, 26% yield) as a yellowish solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 445, UV = 91 %
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δΗ 11.54 (1H, s), 10.24 (1H, s), 8.66 (1H, d, J=3 Hz), 8.30 (1H, dd, J=9, 3 Hz), 7.46 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 7.25 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 7.21 - 7.09 (2H, m), 6.37 (1H, s), 3.84 - 3.71 (4H, m), 3.18 - 3.02 (4H, m), 2.24 (3H, s).
Figure imgf000176_0001
Compound-77
Preparation of 5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- benzenesulfonamide (Compound-77) (comparative): N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)-2-morpholino-5-nitro-benzenesulfonamide (25 mg, 0.056 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (0.5 mL) were added Pd/C 5 % (5 mg). The mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen at room temperature for 2 h, filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM / MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) yielding 5-amino-N- (2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzenesulfonamide (Compound-77) (7.2 mg, 31%) as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 415, UV = 96 %
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δΗ 11.49 (1H, s), 9.25 (1H, s), 7.26 (1H, s), 7.22 - 7.06 (4H, m), 6.69 (1H, dd, J=9, 3 Hz), 6.35 (1H, s), 5.38 (2H, s), 3.91 - 3.68 (4H, m), 2.80 - 2.63 (4H, m), 2.25 (3H, s).
Synthesis of Compound-79
Figure imgf000176_0002
Preparation 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-morpholino-N-[2-oxo-4- (trifluoromethyl)-lH-quinolin-6-yl]benzamide (Compound-79): to a mixture of 5- (dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-morpholino-benzoic acid (50 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1 mL) were added 6-amino-4-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-quinolin-2-one (83 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.2 eq), HOAt (70 mg, 0.53 mmol, 2.4 eq), EDC (101 mg, 0.53 mmol, 2.4 eq), DMAP( 10 mg, 0.08 mmol, 0.4 eq), DIPEA(73 μί, 0.66 mmol, 6 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and poured into water. The precipitated compound was filtered off and washed with water. The residue was stirred in diethyl ether, filtered and dried to yield 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-morpholino-N-[2-oxo-4- (trifluoromethyl)-lH-quinolin-6-yl]benzamide (Compound-79) (92 mg, 80 % yield) as a yellowish solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 525, UV = 98 %.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δΗ 12.34 (1H, s), 10.82 (1H, s), 8.38 (1H, s), 7.99 (1H, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.90 - 7.66 (2H, m), 7.46 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 7.33 (1H, d, J=8 Hz), 7.01 (1H, s), 3.86 - 3.51 (4H, m), 3.23 - 2.91 (4H, m), 2.62 (6H, s).
Synthesis of Compound-80
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000177_0002
Preparation of 4-chloro-N3-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)benzene- 1,3- disulfonamide: to a solution of 2-chloro-5-sulfamoyl-benzenesulfonyl chloride (290 mg, 1.0 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (174 mg, 1.0 mmol, 1 eq) and DIPEA (521 μΕ, 3.0 mmol, 3 eq).The mixture was heated at 70 °C for 4 h, poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 4 mL). The combined extracts were washed with 0.4 M HC1 (2x4 mL), water (4 mL), sat. NaHC03 (4 mL) and brine (4 mL). Dried over MgSC^, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM / MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) to afford 4-chloro-N3-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)benzene- 1,3- disulfonamide ( 50 mg, 12 %) as a solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 428, UV = 99 % .
1H-NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-^): δΗ 8.55 (IH, d, J=2 Hz), 8.01 (IH, dd, J=8, 2 Hz), 7.76 (IH, d, J=8 Hz), 7.53 (IH, d, J=2 Hz), 7.37 (IH, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.24 (IH, d, J=9 Hz , 6.48 (IH, s), 2.42 (3H, s).
Figure imgf000178_0001
Preparation of N3-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-morpholino-benzene- 1,3-disulfonamide (Compound-80) (comparative): to a solution of 4-chloro-N3-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)benzene-l,3-disulfonamide (15 mg, 0.035 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) were added morpholine (12 μΕ, 0.14 mmol, 4 eq) and DIPEA (18 μΕ), 0.105 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was heated in a microwave oven at 120 °C for 5 h. Water was added (2 ml) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (4 x 2 mL), washed with brine and dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM / MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) yielding N3-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-morpholino-benzene- 1,3- disulfonamide ( Compound-80) (5.3 mg, 32 %). LCMS: (M+H) = 479, UV = 97 %
1H-NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-^): δΗ 8.51 (IH, t, J=2 Hz), 8.01 (IH, dt, J=8, 2 Hz), 7.52 (IH, dd, J=8, 1 Hz), 7.39 (IH, t, J=2 Hz), 7.28 (IH, dt, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.20 (IH, dd, J=9, 1 Hz), 6.47 (IH, s), 4.05 - 3.88 (4H, m), 3.15 - 2.99 (4H, m), 2.39 (3H, s). Synthesis of Compound-81 O ϋ NH
Compound-81
Figure imgf000179_0001
Preparation of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(4-hydroxy-2-oxo-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholino-benzamide (Compound-81): to a mixture of 6-amino-4-hydroxy-lH- quinolin-2-one (35 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1 eq) and 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-morpholino- benzoic acid (76 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.2 eq) in NMP (1 mL) were added HOAt (32 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.2 eq), EDC (37 mg, 0.24 mmol, 0.24 mmol), DMAP (5 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (104 μΕ, 0.6 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 50 °C for 2 h and poured into water. The water phase was washed with EtOAc and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM / MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) yielding 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(4-hydroxy-2-oxo-lH- quinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-benzamide (Compound-81) (12 mg, 13 %) as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 473, UV = 95 %.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δΗ 11.36 (1H, s), 11.17 (1H, s), 10.63 (1H, s), 8.33 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 7.96 - 7.61 (3H, m), 7.31 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 7.25 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 5.74 (1H, s), 3.85 - 3.48 (4H, m), 3.15 - 3.07 (4H, m), 2.62 (6H, s).
Synthesis of Compound-82
Figure imgf000179_0002
cr N 0o- Compound-82 Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-nitro-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide (Compound-82): LCMS: (M+H) = 393, UV = 95% 1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δΗ 7.52 (IH, d, J=3 Hz), 7.45 (IH, d, J=2 Hz), 7.38 (IH, dd, J=9, 3 Hz), 7.06 (IH, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 6.60 (IH, d, J=9 Hz), 6.09 (IH, d, J=9 Hz), 5.77 (IH, s), 2.87 - 2.61 (4H, m), 1.75 (3H, s), 1.37 - 1.07 (4H, m).
Synthesis of Compound-83 and Compound-84
Figure imgf000180_0001
Preparation of methyl l-(oxazol-2-ylmethyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6- carboxylate: methyl 5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-lH-indole-6-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.82 mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in DMF (1.5 mL). NaH 60% (163 mg, 4.1 mmol, 5 eqv) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 90 min. 2-(chloromethyl)oxazole (186 μί, 2.05 mmol, 2.5 eq) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. Additional NaH (98 mg, 2.46mmol, 3 eq) was added. After 2 h, additional 2- (chloromethyl)oxazole (90 μΐ,, 0.98 mmol, 1.2 eq) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h and quenched with water (3 mL), extracted with EtOAc (4 x 3 mL), washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM / MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) yielding methyl l-(oxazol-2-ylmethyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6- carboxylate (124 mg, 47%). LCMS: (M+H) = 326.
1H-NMR δΗ(300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δΗ 8.05 (IH, d, J=l Hz), 7.66 (IH, s), 7.48 (IH, d, J=3 Hz), 7.17 (IH, d, J=l Hz), 6.94 (IH, s), 6.36 (IH, dd, J=3, 1 Hz), 5.57 (2H, s), 3.80 (3H, s), 3.22 - 2.93 (5H, m), 1.94 - 1.71 (2H, m).
Figure imgf000181_0001
Preparation of 1 -(oxazol-2-ylmethyl)-5-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-indole-6-carboxylic acid: methyl l-(oxazol-2-ylmethyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6-carboxylate (124 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1 eq) in 1M LiOH (2 mL, 2 mmol, 5 eq) was stirred at 100 °C overnight, neutralized with 1M HC1 and evaporated under reduced pressure to yield l-(oxazol-2- ylmethyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6-carboxylic acid. LCMS: (M+H) = 312, UV = 60 %. Used without purification in the next step.
Figure imgf000181_0002
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)- 1 -(oxazol-2-ylmethyl)-5- pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6-carboxamide (Compound-83): to a solution of l-(oxazol-2- ylmethyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6-carboxylic acid (crude product) (0.38 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (2 ml) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (132 mg, 0.76 mmol, 2 eq), HOAt (155 mg, 1.14 mmol, 3 eq), EDC (219 mg, 1.14 mmol, 3 eq), DMAP ( 18 mg, 0.15 mmol, 0.4 eq) and DIPEA (330 μί, 1.9 mmol, 5 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 80 ° for 90 min and poured into water. Precipitated solid were filtered off. The crude product was slurred in MeOH and heated at reflux. After cooling the solid was filtered off and dried yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)- 1 -(oxazo 1-2- ylmethyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6-carboxamide (Compound-83) (30 mg, 17%), as a brown solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 468, UV = 95 %.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δΗ 12.39 (IH, s), 11.59 (IH, s), 8.21 (IH, d, J=2 Hz), 8.07 (2H, s), 7.72 (IH, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.58 (IH, d, J=3 Hz), 7.48 (IH, s), 7.30 (IH, d, J=9 Hz), 7.18 (IH, s), 6.48 (IH, d, J=3 Hz), 6.43 (IH, s), 5.66 (2H, s), 3.21 - 3.07 (4H, m), 2.41 (3H, s), 2.07 - 1.89 (4H, m).
Figure imgf000182_0001
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)- 1 -(oxazolidin-2-ylmethyl)- 5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6-carboxamide (Compound-84): to a slurry of N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quino lyl)- 1 -(oxazo l-2-ylmethyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-indo le-6-carboxamide (10 mg, 0.021 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (1 mL) was added Pt02 (2 mg). The mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 48 h. Filtered through celite and evaporated to yield N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)- 1 -(oxazo lidin-2-ylmethyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- indo le-6-carboxamide (Compound-84) (5 mg , 50 %) as a solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 472, UV = 64 %.
Synthesis of Compound-85
Figure imgf000183_0001
Compound-85
Figure imgf000183_0002
Preparation of 5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-lH-indole-6-carboxylic acid: a solution of methyl 5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-lH-indole-6-carboxylate in THF (1 mL) was added 1M LiOH (0.75 mL) and heated at 100 °C for 6 h. The mixture was poured into water and unreacted starting material was removed by extraction with EtOAc. The water phase was evaporated under reduced pressure yielding 5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-lH-indole-6- carboxylic acid. The crude product was used without purification in the next step. LCMS: (M+H =231
Figure imgf000183_0003
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 1H- indole-6-carboxamide: to a mixture of 5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-lH-indole-6-carboxylic acid (crude product) (0.21 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl- quinolin-2-ol (52 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1.5 eq), HO At (41 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (58 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP ( 5 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (104 μΕ, 0.63 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 60 ° for 4 h, poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM / MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-lH-indole-6-carboxamide (6.2 mg, 7 %, over two steps). LCMS: (M+H) = 387, UV = 98 %.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δΗ 12.78 (1H, s), 11.58 (1H, s), 11.31 (1H, s),
8.17 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 8.06 (1H, s), 7.75 (1H, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.53 (1H, s), 7.50 (1H, t, J=3 Hz), 7.31 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 6.43 (2H, s), 3.23 - 3.07 (4H, m), 2.43 (3H, s), 2.10 - 1.87 (4H, m .
Figure imgf000184_0001
Compound -85
Preparation of 3 -(dimethylaminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-
5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-lH-indole-6-carboxamide (Compound-85): the crude product of (N- (2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 1 H-indo le-6-carboxamide) in dioxane (lmL) was added dimethyl(methylene)ammonium chloride (13.5 mg, 0.132 mmol,3.3 eq) and the reaction mixture was heated at 75 °C for 10 h. Water was added and the mixture made slightly basic by adding 4 M NaOH. Precipitated compound was filtered off and washed with MeOH yielding 3-(dimethylaminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-lH-indole-6-carboxamide (Compound-85)(4.2 mg, 22 %). LCMS: (M+H) = 444, UV = 80 %.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δΗ 12.76 (1H, s), 11.58 (1H, s), 11.15 (1H, s), 8.17 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 8.02 (1H, s), 7.74 (1H, dd, J=9, 2 Hz), 7.54 (1H, s), 7.37 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 7.31 (1H, d, J=9 Hz), 6.43 (1H, s), 3.53 (2H, s), 3.20 - 3.09 (4H, m), 2.42 (3H, s), 2.15 (6H, s), 2.08 - 1.96 (4H, m).
Synthesis of Compound-86
Figure imgf000185_0001
Preparation of methyl l-(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6- carboxylate: a solution of methyl 5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-lH-indole-6-carboxylate (300 mg, 1.22 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (4 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%) (245 mg, 6.1 mmol, 5 eq) in small portions. After 50 min of stirring at room temperature 2-bromoacetamide was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 2h.Quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure.
Purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM / MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) yielding methyl l-(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6-carboxylate (252 mg, 69%) as a yellowish solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 302, UV = 95 %. 1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-^ ) δ 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 6.51 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (s, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.46 - 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.11 - 1.87 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000186_0001
Preparation of 1 -(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)-5-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-indole-6-carboxylic acid: a mixture of methyl l-(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6- carboxylate (138 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1 eq), Lil (613 mg, 4.6 mmol, 10 eq) in pyridine (2mL) was heated in microwave oven at 150 C for 1 h. Evaporated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography (Eluent: DCM / MeOH 10 % / NH3-aq 1 %) yielding l-(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6-carboxylic acid (107 mg, 81%) as a solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 288, UV = 95 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J= 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 6.51 (dd, J= 3.1, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 3.32 - 3.22 (m, 4H), 2.19 - 1.98 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000186_0002
Preparation of 1 -(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5- pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6-carboxamide (Compound-86): to a mixture of l-(2-amino-2- oxo-ethyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6-carboxylic acid (107 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (2mL) was added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (129 mg, 0.74 mmol, 2 eq), HO At (151 mg, 1.11 mmol, 3 eq), EDC (213 mg, l . l lmmol, 3 eq), DMAP (18 mg, 0.15 mmol, 0.4 eq) and DIPEA (321 μΕ, 1.85 mmol, 5 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 80 °C for 2 h, poured into water. Precipitated product was filtered of yielding l-(2- amino-2-oxo-ethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-indole-6- carboxamide (Compound-86) (8 mg, 5 %) as a brownish solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 444, UV = 98 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 12.64 (s, 1H), 1 1.59 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J= 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.48 - 6.35 (m, 2H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 3.24 - 3.04 (m, 4H), 2.45 - 2.36 (m, 3H), 2.08 - 1.87 (m, 4H), 1.35 (s, 4H).
Synthesis of Compound-87
Figure imgf000187_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-chloro-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylate: to a solution of methyl 2-chloro-5-formyl-pyridine-3-carboxylate (200 mg, 1.0 mmol, leq) in DCM (4 mL) were added molecular sieves (40 mg), morpholine (87 μΐ, 1.0 mmol, 1 eq), acetic acid (120 μΐ,, 2.1 mmol, 2.1 eq) and NaBH(OAc)3 (423 mg, 2.0 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was washed with NaHC03, water and brine, dried over Na2SO 4, filtrated and evaporated under reduced pressure to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography yielding methyl 2-chloro-5- (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylate (129 mg, 48 %) as colorless oil. LCMS: (M+H) = 270, UV= 95 %.
1H-NMR δΗ(300 MHz, Chloroform-^ ): 8.38 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 8.07 (1H, d, J=2 Hz), 3.90 3H, s), 3.72 - 3.55 (4H, m), 3.46 (2H, s), 2.49 - 2.25 (4H, m).
Figure imgf000188_0001
Preparation of 2-chloro-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid: a mixture of methyl 2-chloro-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylate (129 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1 eq) in 1 M LiOH (2 mL, 2 mmol, 4 eq) was stirred at 80 °C for 1 h. Evaporated under reduced pressure, slurred in toluene and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was used without purification in the next step. LCMS: (M+H) = 257, UV = 95 %.
Figure imgf000188_0002
Preparation of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide: to a solution of 2-chloro-5- (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (0.48 mmol, 1 eq) (crude product containing LiOH) in NMP (1.5 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (93 mg, 0.53 mmol, 1.1 eq), (HO At 98 mg, 0,72 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (138 mg, 0.72 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (12 mg, 0.1 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA ( 251 μί, 1.44 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 30 min. Water was added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (8 x 15 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography yielding 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide (123 mg, 62 %). LCMS: (M+H) = 257, UV= 95 % pure.
H NMPv (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.63 (s, 1H), 10.74 (s, 1H), 8.46 (d, J
Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.68 - 3.48 (m, 6H), 2.45 - 2.31 (m, 7H).
Figure imgf000189_0001
Compound-87
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)-2- pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide (Compound-87): to a solution of 2-chloro-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpho lino methyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide (50 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.3 mL) were added pyrrolidine (30 μΐ,, 0.36 mmol, 3 eq) and DIPEA (63 μί, 0.36 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 95 °C, poured into water, extracted with EtOAc (5x 15 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography
(DCM+(MeOH/NH3-aq 9/1)) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5- (morpho lino methyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide (Compound-87) (3.9 mg, 7%) as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H)= 448, UV= 95 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.23 (dd, J= 2.3, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (dd, J = 2.3, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (ddd, J= 8.8, 2.3, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J= 2.4, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J= 8.9, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (t, J= 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.80 - 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.61 - 3.43 (m, 6H), 2.64 - 2.44 (m, 7H), 1.98 - 1.90 (m, 4H).
Synthesis of Compound-88
Figure imgf000189_0002
Compound-88
Preparation of 2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)- 5 -(morpho lino methyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide (Compound-88): to a solution of 2- chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpho linomethyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide (50 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 eq) in pyridine (500 μί) was added 3- fluoropyrrolidine hydrochloride (45 mg, 0,36 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was heated in a micro wave oven at 150 °C for 5 hours, evaporated to dryness, purified by flash chromatography (DCM+(MeOH/NH3-aq 9/1)) and recrystallized from MeOH yielding 2-(3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound-88) (7.0 mg, 12 %) as an off- white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 466, UV= 95 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 10.56 (s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J =
4.1, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 5.54 - 5.19 (m, 1H), 3.88 - 3.43 (m, 7H), 3.39 (s, 2H), 2.45 - 2.30 (m, 7H), 2.25 - 1.93 (m, 2H).
Synthesis of Compound-89
Figure imgf000190_0001
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 - yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound-89): to a solution of 2- chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpho linomethyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide (75 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1 mL) were added motpholin-3- ylmethanol (48 mg, 0,54 mmol, 3 eq) and DIPEA(94 μΐ,, 0.54 mmol, 3eq). Water was added to the reaction mixture which was extracted with EtOAc (5x 15 mL), dried over Na2S04 filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by flash
chromatography (DCM+(MeOH/NH3-aq 9/1)) and recrystallized from MeOH yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound-89) (23 mg, 28 %) as an off- white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 464, 98 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- ¾) δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 10.50 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 4.88 (d, J= 3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (s, 1H), 3.63 - 3.39 (m, 6H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 3.20 - 3.11 (m, 1H), 2.43 - 2.29 (m, 7H), 2.00 - 1.70 (m, 2H).
Synthesis of Compound-90 and Compound-91
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000191_0002
Figure imgf000191_0003
Preparation of methyl 2-morpholino-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3- carboxylate: to a solution of methyl 2-chloro-5-formyl-pyridine-3-carboxylate (1.5 g, 7.5 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (25 mL) were added molecular sieves (300 mg), morpholine (0.64 ml, 7.5 mmol, 1 eq), acetic acid (1 mL) and sodium triacetoxyborhydride (3.2 g, 15 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for three days and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was washed with Saturated NaHCOs, water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH/NH3-aq) yielding methyl 2-morpholino-5- (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylate (0.15 mg, 7.5 %). LCMS: (M+H) = 322, UV= 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-^ ) δ 8.24 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.87 - 3.77 (m, 4H), 3.77 - 3.65 (m, 4H), 3.54 - 3.33 (m, 6H), 2.60 - 2.32 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000192_0001
Preparation of 2-morpholino-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid: methyl 2-morpholino-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylate (150 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1 eq) in 1 M LiOH (2 ml, 2 mmol, 4 eq) was stirred at 80 °C for 1 h. Evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was slurred in toluene, evaporated to dryness. LCMS: (M+H) = 308, UV = 95 %.
The crude product was used without purification in the synthesis of
Compound-90 and Compound-91.
Figure imgf000192_0002
Compound-90
Preparation of (N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-5-
(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide) (Compound-90): to a suspension of 2- morpholino-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (0.47 mmol, 1.0 eq) (crude product containing LiOH) in NMP (0.5 ml) were added 6-amino-4-methyl- quinolin-2-ol (82 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1.0 eq), HO At (71 mg, 0,71 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (135 mg, 0.71 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (11 mg, 0.1 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA ( 245 μί, 1.41 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 30 min. Water was added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (8 x 15 mL), dried over Na2SO 4j filtrated and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (DCM+(MeOH/NH3-aq 9/1)) yielding (N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-5 -(morpho lino methyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide) (Compound- 90) (48 mg, 22%) as a purple colored solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 464, UV= 100%.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.61 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.84 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.65 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.57 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 3.26 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 2.40 s, 3H), 2.37 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 4H).
Figure imgf000193_0001
Compound-91
Preparation of N-(4-chloro-2-hydroxy-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-5- (morpho lino methyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide (Compound-91): to a suspension of 2- morpholino-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (0.11 mmol, 1.0 eq) (crude product containing LiOH) in NMP (2 mL) were added 6-amino-4-chloro-lH- quinolin-2-one (30 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1.4 eq), HO At (45 mg, 0,3 mmol, 3 eq), EDC (63 mg, 0.33 mmol, 3 eq), DMAP (5 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.4 eq) and DIPEA ( 115 μΐ,, 0.66 mmol, 6 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 1 h and left over night at room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and purified by flash chromatography (DCM+(MeOH/NH3-aq 9/1)) yielding N-(4-chloro-2-hydroxy-6- quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-5 -(morpho lino methyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide (Compound-91 ) (3.6 mg, 6.8 %) as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 484, UV= 98 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.04 (s, 1H), 10.74 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 3.69 - 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.61 - 3.52 (m, 4H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 3.29 - 3.19 (m, 4H), 2.41 - 2.33 (m, 4H). Synthesis of Compound-92
Figure imgf000194_0001
t-BuOH/HaO Compound-92
Step-6
Figure imgf000194_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-chloro-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylate: Synthesis was made according to the procedure used in step 1 in the synthesis of Compound-87. LCMS: (M+H) = 271, UV =98 %.
IH-NMR δΗ(300 MHz, Chloroform-;/): 8.38 (IH, d, J=2 Hz), 8.07 (IH, d, J=2
Hz), 3.90 (3H, s), 3.72 - 3.55 (4H, m), 3.46 (2H, s), 2.49 - 2.25 (4H, m)
Figure imgf000194_0003
Preparation of methyl 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3- carboxylate: to a solution of methyl 2-chloro-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3- carboxylate (300 mg, 1.11 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1.5 mL) were added pyrrolidine (182 μΐ, 2.22 mmol, 2eq) and DIPEA (579 μΐ,, 3.33 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was heated overnight at 70 °C. Water was added and the reaction mixture extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (DCM+(MeOH/NH3-aq 9/1)) to afford methyl 5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxylate (225 mg, 67%) as an yellow oil.LCMS: (M+H) = 306, UV = 98 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-;/) δ 8.17 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.82 - 3.65 (m, 4H), 3.50 - 3.39 (m, 4H), 2.90 - 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.56 - 2.42 (m, 4H), 2.00 - 1.87 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000195_0001
Preparation of 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid: a mixture of methyl 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3- carboxylate(225 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 eq) in 1 M LiOH (2 mL, 2 mmol, 2.7 eq) was heated at 90 °C for 3 h. Evaporated under reduced pressure, slurred in toluene and evaporated to dryness. LCMS: (M+H) = 292, UV = 93 %. The crude product was used without purification in the next step.
Figure imgf000195_0002
Preparation of 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride and 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxamide: to a solution 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (0.74 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (2 mL) were slowly added oxalyl dichloride (375 μί, 4.44 mmol, 6 eq) and two drops of DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. A small sample was added MeOH and LCMS showed full conversion to the ester methyl 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxylate indicating full conversion to 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride. Ammonia in dioxane (15 ml, 7.4 mmol, 10 eq) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight, evaporated and purified by flash chromatography (DCM+(MeOH/NH3 -aq 9/1)) yielding 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl- pyridine-3-carboxamide (88 mg, 41 %). LCMS: (M+H) = 291, UV = 90 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-; ) δ 8.12 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (d, J= 2.4
Hz, 1H), 6.32 (s, 2H), 3.84 - 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.54 - 3.43 (m, 4H), 3.40 (s, 2H), 2.51 - 2.37 (m, 4H , 1.98 - 1.87 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000196_0001
Compound-92
Preparation of N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-pyrido[ 1 ,2-a]pyrimidin-7-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound-92): a suspension of 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxamide (30 mg, 0.10 mmol, 1 eq), 7-bromo-4-methyl-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrimidin-2-one (24 mg, 0.10 mmol, 1 eq) and cesium carbonate (46 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.4 eq) in tert butanol/water (2 mL/ 2 drops) was evaporated and filled with argon three times. TrixiePhos (6 mg, 0.15 eq) and Palladium(II) acetate (2 mg, 0.07 eq) were added and the reaction mixture heated at 90 °C overnight, evaporated to dryness and purified by flash chromatography
(DCM+(MeOH/NH3 -aq 9/1)) yielding N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrimidin-7- yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound-92) (4.0 mg, 9 %). LCMS: (M+H) = 449, UV = 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 9.80 (s, 1H), 8.23 - 8.03 (m, 2H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 3.80 - 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.54 - 3.42 (m, 6H), 2.56 - 2.38 (m, 7H), 2.02 - 1.84 (m, 4H). Synthesis of Compound-93
Figure imgf000197_0001
Compound-93
Preparation of N-(8-methyl-6-oxo-5H- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-2-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide (Compound-93): 5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide (58 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq), 6-chloro-4-methyl-lH-l ,5-naphthyridin-2-one (24 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1 eq) and CS2CO3 (73 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.4 eq) were suspended in t-BuOH/ water ( 2 mlV 2 drops). The reaction was heated at 90 °C for two days, water was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography yielding N-(8-methyl-6-oxo-5H-l ,5- naphthyridin-2-yl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide (Compound-93) (4.6 mg, 6.4 % ) as an off-white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 449, UV = 95 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSC /6) δ 1 1.69 (s, 1H), 10.94 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 3.75 - 3.00 (m, 13H), 2.46 - 2.16 (m, 4H), 1.94 - 1.73 (m, 4H).
Synthesis of Compound-94
NH„
CI tBut-phos-Pd(O)
CI N CI O Pyridine o n
CI N CI DMF, DIPEA Cs2C03
Brett Phos Pd(OAc)2
OH CI o
o O CI
DMF DCM
Figure imgf000198_0001
Figure imgf000198_0002
Preparation of N-(2,6-dichloro-3-pyridyl)-2-methyl-prop-2-enamide: 2,6- dichloropyridin-3 -amine (1 g 6.1 mmol, leq) was dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) and cooled at 0° on an is bath. 2-methylprop-2-enoyl chloride (610 μΐ,, 6.1 mmol, 1 eq) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 2h. Another portion of 2-methylprop-2-enoyl chloride (400 μΐ,, 4.0mmol, 0.74 eq) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 30 min. Water was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc, washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04 filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product as purified by flash chromatography (Heptan/EtOAc 1/1) yielding N-(2,6- dichloro-3-pyridyl)-2-methyl-prop-2-enamide (633 mg, 45 %). LCMS: (M+H) = 231, UV =100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-;/) δ 8.83 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H),
7.33 (dd, J= 8.6, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 5.95 (d, J= 1.0 Hz, 1H), 5.62 (q, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 2.12 (dd, J= 1.6, 0.9 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000199_0001
Preparation of 6-chloro-4-methyl-lH-l ,5-naphthyridin-2-one: N-(2,6-dichloro- 3-pyridyl)-2-methyl-prop-2-enamide (633 mg, 2.74 mmol, 1 eq) and DIPEA(0.95 mL, 5.48 mmol, 2 eq) were dissolved in DMF (6 mL). tBut-Phos-Pd(O) (3 x 60 mg, 0.36 mmol, 0.13 eq) was divided into three portions and added every 2h. The flask was wrapped in tinfoil and heated for eight hours at 1 10 °C and poured into water (100 mL). The precipitated crude product was collected by filtration and purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH/NH3-aq) yielding 6-chloro-4-methyl-lH-l ,5- naphthyridin-2-one (129 mg, 24 %) as a solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 195, UV = 90 %
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.87 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J= 1.4 Hz, 1H), 2.41 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000199_0002
Preparation of 5-morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin- l-yl-benzoyl chloride and 5- morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide: to a solution of 5- morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid (100 mg, 0.294 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (1 ml) were added oxalyl dichloride (62 μΐ, 0.735 mmol, 2.5 eq) and two drops of DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. When all of the starting material had been converted to 5-morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl- benzoyl chloride, ammonia in dioxane (5 mL, 2.5 mmol, 8.5 eq) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added and the reaction mixture extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography to yield 5-morpholinosulfonyl-2- pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (50 mg, 50 %) as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 340, UV = 95 %. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 3.69 - 3.58 (m, 4H), 3.39 - 3.27 (m, 4H), 2.87 - 2.77 (m, 4H), 2.02 - 1.77 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000200_0001
Preparation of N-(8-methyl-6-oxo-5H- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-2-yl)-5- morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin-l -yl-benzamide (Compound-94): a suspension of 5- morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin-l -yl-benzamide (62 mg, 0.183 mmol, 1 eq), 6-chloro- 4-methyl-lH-l,5-naphthyridin-2-one (36 mg, 0.183 mmol, 1 eq) and cesium carbonate (59 mg, 0.256 mmol, 1.4 eq) in tert butanol/water (2 mlV 2 drops) was evaporated and filled with argon. Brett Phos (15 mg, 0.15 eq) and Palladium(II) acetate (3 mg, 0.07 eq) were added and the reaction mixture heated at 95 °C for three days, evaporated to dryness and purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH/NH3-aq ) to yield N-(8- methyl-6-oxo-5H- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-2-yl)-5-morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide (Compound-94) (4.5 mg, 5 %) as a yellowish solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 498, UV = 80 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-^) δ 12.27 (s, 1H), 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 3.83 - 3.71 (m, 4H), 3.49 - 3.36 (m, 4H), 3.11 - 2.95 (m, 4H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.09 - 1.96 (m, 4H). Synthesis of Compound-95
Figure imgf000200_0002
Figure imgf000201_0001
Preparation of 3-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-4- carboxamide: to a solution of 3-bromopyridine-4-carboxylic acid (150 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (2 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (128 mg, 0.74, 1.0 eq), HOAt (151 mg, 1.1 1 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (213 mg, 1.1 1 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (18 mg, 0.15 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (386 μί, 2.22 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 1 h. Water (75 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the precipitated solid was filtered of, washed with water and EtOAc. The product was dried on the filter to yield 3-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-4-carboxamide (200 mg, 78%) as a grayish/pink colored solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 358, UV = 100 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.63 (s, 1H), 10.77 (s, 1H), 8.88 (s, 1H), 8.69 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, 1H), 7.31 d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000201_0002
Compound-95
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-
4-carboxamide (Compound-95): a solution of 3-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)pyridine-4-carboxamide (100 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1 mL) were added pyrrolidine (100 μί, 1.4 mmol, 5 eq) and DIPEA (146 μί, 0.84 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 150 °C in a microwave oven for lh. The reaction mixture was poured into water and the precipitated solid was filtered off and purified by flash chromatography to yield N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-pyrrolidin-l-yl- pyridine-4-carboxamide (Compound-95) ( 19 mg, 20 %). LCMS: (M+H) = 349, UV = 97 %. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.57 (s, 1H), 10.56 (s, 1H), 8.27 - 8.03 (m, 2H), 7.93 (d, J= 4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J= 4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 3.30 - 3.26 (m, 4H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 3H), 1.95 - 1.72 (m, 4H). Synthesis of Compound-96
Figure imgf000202_0001
Compound-96
Figure imgf000202_0002
Preparation of 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide: to a solution of 2-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (125 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (113mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.1 eq), HOAt (127mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (179 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (15 mg, 0.12 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (323 μί, 1.86 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 days. Water was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography yielding 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (148 mg, 67%). LCMS: (M+H) = 359, UV = 95 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 10.72 (s, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J = 4.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J= 7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J= 7.5, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000203_0001
Compound-96
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine- 3-carboxamide (Compound-96): a solution of 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (100 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1 mL) were added pyrrolidine (100 μΐ,, 1.4 mmol, 5 eq) and DIPEA (146 μί, 0.84 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 150 °C in a microwave oven for lh and poured into water. The precipitated solid was filtered off and dried yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl- 6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound-96) (90 mg, 98 %). LCMS: (M+H) = 349, UV = 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSC /6) δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H), 8.18 (dd, J = 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 7.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (dd, J= 7.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 3.47 - 3.37 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.88 - 1.79 (m, 4H).
Synthesis of and Compound-97
Figure imgf000203_0002
Preparation of 2-[2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound-97): a mixture of 2-bromo-N- (2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (36 mg, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq), N,N-dimethyl-l-pyrrolidin-2-yl-methanamine di hydrochloride (24 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 eq) and NaOtBu (35 mg, 0.36 mmol, 3.6 eq) in THF ( 1 mL) was evacuated and filled with N2. Ruphos (4 mg, 0.01 mmol, 0.1 eq) and Pd(OAc)2 (2 mg, 0.01 mmol, 0.1 eq) were added and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux overnight under N2. Water was added and the reaction mixture extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. Purified by flash chromatography (DCM+ (MeOH/NH3-aq 10/1)) yielding 2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound-97) (20 mg, 49 %) as an off-white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 406, UV = 96 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-;/) δ 12.42 (s, 1H), 10.62 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J =
2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (dd, J= 4.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J= 7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (dd, J= 7.6, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J =
1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.00 - 4.84 (m, 1H), 3.59 - 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 3.19 - 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.48 (s, 2H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 2.13 - 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.91 - 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.70 - 1.50 (m, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound-98
Figure imgf000204_0001
Toluen
Figure imgf000204_0002
Compound-98
Figure imgf000204_0003
Preparation of 4-methoxy-6-nitro-quinolin-2-ol: a mixture of 4-chloro-6-nitro- quinolin-2-ol (200 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1 eq), methanol (1 mL), cesium carbonate (107 mg, 0.434 mmol, 1.5 eq) in Tolune (1 mL) was evacuated and the flask filled with N2.
Pd(OAc)2 (8 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.06 eq) and Brett Phos (25 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.08 eq) were added and the mixture was stirred at 75 °C overnight under N2. The reaction mixture was evaporated and purified by flash chromatography (DCM+ (MeOH/NH3-aq 9/1)) yielding 4-methoxy-6-nitro-quinolin-2-ol (51 mg, 39 %) as an off-white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 221 , UV = 95%.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.97 (s, 1H), 8.55 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (dd, J= 9.1 , 2.6 Hz, 1H , 7.43 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.07 (s, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000205_0001
Preparation of 6-amino-4-methoxy-quinolin-2-ol: a mixture of 4-methoxy-6- nitro-quinolin-2-ol (51 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1 eq) , ethanol (1.5 mL) and saturated ammonium chloride (1.5 mL) was heated at reflux. Iron powder (39 mg, 0.69 mmol, 3 eq) was added. After one hour the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtrated and evaporated. Water was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc yielding 6-amino-4-methoxy-quinolin-2-ol (15 mg, 34 %). Used without purification in the synthesis of Com ound-98. LCMS: (M+H) = 191.
Figure imgf000205_0002
Com pound -98
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-6-quinolyl)-5-[(4-methylpiperazin- 1 - yl)methyl]-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (Compound-98): to a mixture of 5-[(4- methylpiperazin-l-yl)methyl]-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid (24 mg, 0.079 mmol, 1 eq) and 6-amino-4-methoxy-quinolin-2-ol (15 mg, 0.079 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1 ML) were added HO At (lmg, 0.1 19 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (23 mg, 0.1 19 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (2 mg, 0.016 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (41 μί, 0.24 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 60 °C. Water was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (DCM+ (MeOH/NH3-aq 9/1) yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-6-quinolyl)-5-[(4- methylpiperazin-l-yl)methyl]-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (Compound-98) (14 mg, 37 %) as a brownish solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 476, UV = 90 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-;/) δ 11.78 (s, 1H), 11.01 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 3.23 - 3.11 (m, 4H), 2.58 (s, 9H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.96 (dd, J= 6.8, 3.4 Hz, 5H).
Synthesis of Compound-99
Figure imgf000206_0001
Compound-99
Preparation of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)- 2-morpholino-benzamide (Compound-99): 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-morpholino- benzoic acid (100 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1 eq) and 6-amino-4,7-dimethyl-quinolin-2-ol (60 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1 eq) were suspended in NMP (1.5 ml). HOAt (65 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1 .5 eq), EDC (92 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1 .5 eq), DMAP (8 mg, 0.06 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (166 μί, 0.96 mmol, 3 eq) were added and the reaction mixture heated at 80 °C for 90 min. Water (50 mL) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The precipitated compound was filtered off, washed with water and EtOAc and dried on the filter yielding (5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6- quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide(Compound-99) (113 mg, 73 %) as an off-white solid.
LCMS (DMSO): (M+H) = 485, UV= 100 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.57 (s, 1H), 10.17 (s, 1H), 7.90 - 7.83 (m, 2H), 7.78 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 3.83 - 3.68 (m, 4H), 3.24 - 3.15 (m, 4H), 2.64 (s, 6H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H). Synthesis of Compound- 100
Figure imgf000207_0001
Compound-100
Preparation of 5-morpholinosulfonyl-N-(2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-6-yl)- 2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (Compound-100): to a solution of 5-morpholinosulfonyl-2- pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid (54 mg 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (3 mL), HO At (22 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq), EDCxHCl (25 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) and DIPEA (56 μί, 0.32 mmol, 2eq) were added, followed by addition of 6-amino-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (26 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) and the reaction stirred in DMF at room temperature for 16 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAC and 20 mL water and extracted. The organic layer was washed with water and evaporated to give 66 mg of crude product. LC-MS indicated that it mostly consisted of adduct with HO At. Another equivalent of HOAt (22 mg, 0.16 mmol), EDCxHCl (25 mg, 0.16 mmol), DIPEA (56 μί, 0.32 mmol) and 6-amino-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (26 mg, 0.16 mmol) were added and the reaction stirred at 50°C overnight. Reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (2x20 mL). Organic layer was washed with brine, dried over
MgS04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained mixture was purified by flash chromatography on a silicagel column in the solvent system DCM:MeOH, 1-10% MeOH. Purest fractions were combined and solvent evaporated in vacuo to give 15 mg of pure 5-morpholinosulfonyl-N-(2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-l- yl-benzamide (Compound-100). MS: m/z (M+H)+ 485; UV 96% pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-^ ) δ 7.95 (1H ,s), 7.83 (1H, d, J= 2.3 Hz), 7.78 (1H, s), 7.69 - 7.57 (2H, m), 7.36 (1H, dd, J= 8.4, 2.3 Hz), 6.87 (1H, d, J= 9.0 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J= 8.4 Hz), 3.75 (4H, m), 3.52 - 3.38 (4H, m), 3.10 - 2.89 (m, 6H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.10 - 1.96 (m, 4H) Synthesis of Compound- 101
Figure imgf000208_0001
u tA Compound-101
Figure imgf000208_0002
Preparation of 4-methyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one: to 2 mL of polyphosphoric acid was added 3-methylindan-l-one (500 mg, 3.42 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred with mechanical stirrer for 10 minutes. Sodium azide (234 mg, 3.59 mmol, 1.05 eq) was added in portions while stirring for 20 minutes. The mixture was heated at 50 °C while stirring overnight. Small portion of ice-cold water was added to the reaction mixture and stirred until all polyphosphoric acid dissolved. Mixture was then poured onto 20 mL of water/ice and pH made basic with 2N NaOH. Extracted with 2x20 mL EtO AC. Organic layer was washed with water and concentrated in vacuo. Crude product was purified by flash chromatography in the solvent system EtO Ac-heptane, 0- 35% EtO Ac. Purest fractions were combined and solvent evaporated to give 313 mg of 4-methyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one as white solid (yield 57%). MS: m/z (M+H)+ 162
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 10.07 (s, 1H), 7.25 - 7.07 (m, 2H),) 6.93 (td, J = 1.5, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (dd, J= 7.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.11 - 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.57 (dd, J = 16.0, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 2.22 (dd, J= 15.9, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 1.17 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H). 2 0 ί
Figure imgf000209_0001
Preparation of 4-methyl-6-nitro-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one: 4-methyl-3,4- dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (310 mg, 1.92 mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in cone, sulfuric acid (5mL). Water (1.5 mL) was slowly added while cooling on ice. The mixture was stirred on ice for 10 min, then fuming nitric acid (160 μΐ,, 3.84 mmol, 1.05 eq) was added and the reaction stirred on ice for 1 h. TLC (EtOAc: heptane 1 : 1) indicated complete conversion of starting material. Reaction mixture was diluted with water/ice (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). Organic extract was washed with water and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 370 mg of 4-methyl-6-nitro-3,4- dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-oneas yellow solid (yield 94%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.73 (s, 1H), 8.10 (m, 2H), 7.03 (dt, J = 9.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (h, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.69 (dd, J= 16.2, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.34 (dd, J = 16.2, 7.0 Hz, 1H , 1.23 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000209_0002
Preparation of 6-amino-4-methyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one: 4-methyl-6- nitro-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (368 mg, 1.78 mmol, 1 eq) was suspended in 5mL EtOH and 5mL saturated NH4C1 and heated to reflux. After 30 min, iron powder (299 mg, 5.35 mmol, 3eq) was added in portions over 10 min. After refiuxing for another 2h, reaction mixture was cooled, filtered and washed with water and DCM. The filtrate layers were separated and the organic extract washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 265 mg of 6-amino-4-methyl-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-2- one, yield 85%.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.67 (s, 1H), 6.54 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.35 (dd, J= 8.3, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 2.94 - 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.48 - 2.39 (m, 1H), 2.12 (dd, J= 15.8, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.12 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000210_0001
Compound-101
Preparation of N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (Compound-101): to a solution of 5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid (46 mg 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (3 mL), HO At (22 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq), EDCxHCl (25 mg, 0.16 mmol, leq) and DIPEA (56 μί, 0.32 mmol, 2 eq) were added, followed by addition of 6-amino-4-methyl-3,4- dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (28 mg, 0.16 mmol, leq) and the reaction stirred in DMF at 70°C for 20 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAc and 20 mL water and extracted. Organic layer was washed with water (20 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. Crude product was purified by flash chromatography in the solvent system DCM-MeOH, 0-10% MeOH. Purest fractions were combined and solvent evaporated under reduced pressure to give 17 mg of N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydro- lH-quinolin-6-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide. MS : m/z (M+H)+ =449; 98% purity.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 10.24 (s, 1H), 10.03 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.24 - 7.14 (m, 2H), 6.80 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.77 - 6.71 (m, 1H), 3.61 - 3.50 (m, 4H), 3.36 (s, 2H), 3.26 - 3.15 (m, 4H), 3.03 (q, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 2.57 (dd, J= 15.9, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 2.41 - 2.29 (m, 4H), 2.22 (dd, J= 15.9, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 1.92 - 1.76 (m, 4H), 1.18 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of Compound- 102
Figure imgf000210_0002
Com pound -102 Preparation of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH- quinolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (Compound- 102): compound was prepared following the same procedure as for Compound-101 from 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid (48 mg 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) and 6-amino-4-methyl-3,4- dihydro-lH-quinolin-2-one (28 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq). 28 mg of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)- N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-3 ,4-dihydro- 1 H-quinolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
(Compound- 102) was obtained. MS: m/z (M+H)+ =457, 97% purity.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.36 (s, 1H), 10.05 (s, 1H), 7.60 - 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.53 - 7.44 (m, 2H), 6.90 - 6.79 (m, 2H), 3.39 - 3.32 (m, 4H), 3.04 (q, J= 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.58 (s, 6H), 2.57 - 2.52 (m, 1H), 2.22 (dd, J= 15.9, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 1.96 - 1.83 (m, 4H), 1.18 (d, J = 7.0, 3H).
Synthesis of Compound- 103
Figure imgf000211_0001
Com pound- 103
Figure imgf000211_0002
Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one: to 3-methylbut-2-enoyl chloride (590 mg mg, 5.00 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (50 mL), aniline (0.456 mL, 5.0 mmol, 1 eq) and DIPEA (1.741 mL, 10.0 mmol, 2 eq) were added and the mixture stirred for 2h at r.t. Saturated NaHC03 was added to quench the reaction. The organic layer was separated and washed with sat. NaHC03 (50 mL) and water (50 mL x 2). The resulting solution was dried over MgS04 and the filtrate evaporated to afford crude product as a brown solid.Product was dissolved in DCM (50 mL) and A1C13 (1.333 g, 10.0 mmol, 2 eq) was added. Reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 5h then quenched with water/ice. Layers were separated and the organic extract additionally washed with 50 mL water. DCM was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 977 mg of 4,4- dimethyl- 1 ,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 10.11 (s, 1H), 7.28 (dd, J= 7.7, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (td, J= 7.6, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (td, J= 7.5, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (dd, J= 7.8, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 2.34 (s, 2H), 1.22 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000212_0001
Preparation of 4,4-dimethyl-6-nitro-l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one: 4,4-dimethyl- l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one (976 mg, 5.57 mmol, leq) was dissolved in cone, sulphuric acid (5mL). Water (1.5 mL) was slowly added while cooling on ice. The mixture was stirred on ice for 10 min, then fuming nitric acid (465 μί, 11.14 mmol, 2 eq) was added and the reaction stirred on ice for 1 h, turning dark brown. Reaction mixture was diluted with water/ice (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2x50 mL). Organic layer was washed with water and evaporated under reduced pressure to give 370 mg of 4,4- dimethyl-6-nitro-l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one as yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.79 (s, 1H), 8.16 - 8.05 (m, 2H), 7.06 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 2.47 (s, 2H), 1.29 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000212_0002
Preparation of 6-amino-4,4-dimethyl-l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one: 4,4-dimethyl- 6-nitro-l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one (1200 mg, 5.45 mmol, leq) was suspended in 15 mL EtOH and 15mL saturated NH4C1 and heated to reflux. After 30 min, iron powder (913 mg, 16.35 mmol, 3eq) was added. After refluxing for another 45 min, reaction mixture was cooled, filtered and the filtrate extracted two times with DCM. Organic extracts were combined, washed with brine and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford 583 mg of 6-amino-4,4-dimethyl-l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one. MS: m/z (M+H)+ 191.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.71 (s, 1H), 6.60 - 6.50 (m, 2H), 6.35 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H , 4.74 (s, 2H), 2.23 (s, 2H), 1.15 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000213_0001
Compound-103
Preparation of N-(4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo- 1 ,3-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (Compound- 103): to a solution of 5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid (52 mg 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (3 mL), HO At (22 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq), EDCxHCl (25 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) and DIPEA (56 μί, 0.32 mmol, 2 eq) were added, followed by addition of 6-amino-4,4-dimethyl- l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one (31 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) and the reaction stirred in DMF at 70°C for 20 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAC and 20 mL water and extracted. The organic layer was washed with water (20 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was purified by flash chromatography in the solvent system DCM-MeOH, 0-10% MeOH. Purest fractions were combined and solvent evaporated to give 22 mg of N-(4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo-l,3-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)- 5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide. MS: m/z (M+H)+ 463; 97% purity.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.25 (s, 1H), 10.07 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.23 - 7.14 (m, 2H), 6.81 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.61 - 3.50 (m, 4H), 3.36 (s, 2H), 3.27 - 3.15 (m, 4H), 2.40 - 2.28 (m, 6H), 1.92 - 1.78 (m, 4H), 1.21 (s, 6H). Synthesis of Compound- 104
Figure imgf000214_0001
Compound-104
N-(4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo-l,3-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (Compound-104): compound was prepared following the same procedure as for Compound- 103 from 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl- benzoic acid (60 mg 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) and 6-amino-4,4-dimethyl-l,3-dihydroquinolin- 2-one (38 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq). 35 mg of N-(4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo-l,3-dihydroquinolin- 6-yl)-5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide (Compound- 104) was obtained. MS: m/z (M+H)+ = 471 ; 97% purity.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 10.37 (s, 1H), 10.10 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61 - 7.47 (m, 3H), 6.94 - 6.76 (m, 2H), 3.37 - 3.33 (m, 4H), 2.58 (s, 6H), 2.34 (s, 2H), 1.98 - 1.82 (m, 4H), 1.22 (s, 6H).
Synthesis of Compound- 105
Figure imgf000214_0002
Compound-105
Preparation of 5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrazol- 1 -yl- benzamide (Compound- 105): to a solution of 5-(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-2-pyrazol-l-yl-benzoic acid (100 mg 0.23 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (5 mL), HO At (31 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1 eq), EDCxHCl (44 mg, 0.23 mmol, leq) and DIPEA (80 μί, 0.46 mmol, 2 eq) were added, followed by addition of 6-amino-4- methyl-quinolin-2-ol (40 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1 eq) and the reaction stirred in DMF at 70°C for 16 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAC and 20 mL water and extracted. The organic layer was washed with water (20 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. LC-MS and TLC (DCM:MeOH 10: 1) indicated that product was Fmoc-deprotected. Crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography in the solvent system DCM-MeOH, 0-10% MeOH. Purest fractions were combined and solvent evaporated to give 10 mg of 5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrazol-l- yl-benzamide (Compound- 105) as white solid. MS: m/z (M+H)+ 360; 94.5% purity.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.51 (s, 1H), 9.92 (s, 1H), 8.00 - 7.86 (m, 2H), 7.66 - 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (dd, J= 8.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.47 - 6.35 (m, 2H), 5.81 (s, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of Compound- 106
Figure imgf000215_0001
Preparation of 8-fluoro-4,4-dimethyl-l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one: to crotonoyl chloride (590 mg, 5.00 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (50 mL), 2-fluoroaniline (483 , 5.0 mml, 1 eq) and DIPEA (1.741 mL, 10.0 mmol, 2eq) were added and the mixture stirred for 2h at r.t. and saturated NaHC03 was added to quench the reaction. The organic layer was separated and washed with sat. NaHC03 (50 mL) and water (50 mL x 2). The resulting solution was dried over MgS04 and the filtrate evaporated to afford N-(2- fluorophenyl)-3-methyl-but-2-enamide as a yellow-brown solid. Product was dissolved in DCM (50 mL) and A1C13 (1.333 g, 10.0 mmol, 2 eq) was added. Reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for 3h. After cooling to room temperature, reaction was extracted from DCM/water. Organic extracts were combined, washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 949 mg of 8-fluoro-4,4-dimethyl-l,3-dihydroquinolin-2- one as brown solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 10.11 (s, 1H), 7.18 - 6.93 (m, 3H), 2.39 (s, 2H), 1.23 s, 6H).
Figure imgf000216_0001
Preparation of 8-fluoro-4,4-dimethyl-6-nitro- 1 ,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one: 8- fluoro-4,4-dimethyl-l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one (945 mg, 4.89 mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in cone, sulphuric acid (5mL). Water (1.5 mL) was slowly added while cooling on ice. The mixture was stirred on ice for 10 min, then fuming nitric acid (408 μί, 9.79 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred on ice for 2 h.Reaction mixture was diluted with water/ice (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2x50 mL). Organic extracts were combined, washed with water, dried ove anhydrous Mg2S04 and evaporated under reduced pressure to give 951 mg of 8-fluoro-4,4-dimethyl-6-nitro-l,3-dihydroquinolin- 2-one as brown solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 10.82 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J= 10.3, 2.4 Hz,
1H), 8.04 - 7.95 m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 2H), 1.30 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000216_0002
Preparation of 6-amino-8-fluoro-4,4-dimethyl-l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one: 8- fluoro-4,4-dimethyl-6-nitro-l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one (950 mg, 3.99 mmol, 1 eq) was suspended in 15mL EtOH and 15mL saturated NH4C1 and heated to reflux for 30 min. Iron powder (668 mg, 11.97 mmol, 3 eq) was added in portions. After refluxing for another 45 min, reaction mixture was cooled, filtered and the filtrate extracted three times with DCM. Organic extracts were combined, washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 533 mg of 6-amino-8-fluoro-4,4-dimethyl-l,3- dihydroquino lin-2-one . MS : m/z (M+H)+ 209.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 9.63 (s, 1H), 6.40 - 6.32 (m, 1H), 6.25 (dd, J = 12.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H , 5.07 (s, 2H), 2.27 (s, 2H), 1.17 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000217_0001
Compound-106
Preparation of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(8-fluoro-4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo- 1 ,3- dihydroquino lin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-l -yl-benzamide (Compound-106): to a solution of 5- (dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid (60 mg 0.20 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (3 mL), HO At (27 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1 eq), EDCxHCl (38 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1 eq) and DIPEA (70 μΐ,, 0.40 mmol, 1 eq) were added, followed by addition of 6-amino-8- fluoro-4,4-dimethyl-l,3-dihydroquinolin-2-one (41 mg, 0.20 mmol, leq) and the reaction stirred in DMF at 70°C for 20 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAC and 20 mL water and extracted. The organic layer was washed with water (20 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was purified by flash chromatography in the solvent system DCM-MeOH, 0-10% MeOH. Purest fractions were combined and solvent evaporated to give 5 mg of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)- N-(8-fluoro-4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo- 1 ,3-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide as white solid. MS: m/z (M+H)+ 489; 99% purity.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.56 (s, 1H), 10.12 (s, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J = 12.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 3.30-3.35 (m, 4H), 2.58 (s, 6H), 2.39 (s, 2H), 1.95 - 1.84 (m, 4H), 1.23 (s, 6H). Synthesis of Compound- 107
Figure imgf000218_0001
Preparation of 4,8-dimethyl-6-nitro-quinolin-2-one: 4,8-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-
2-one (300 mg, 1.73 mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in acetanhydride (5mL). The mixture was stirred on ice for 10 min, then nitric acid (145 μΐ,, 3.46 mmol, 2 eq) was added and the reaction stirred on ice for 2 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with water/ice (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2x50 mL). Organic layer was washed with water and evaporated under reduced pressure to give 261 mg of 4,8-dimethyl-6-nitro-quinolin-2- one as brown solid.
Figure imgf000218_0002
Preparation of 6 6-amino-4,8-dimethyl-quinolin-2-one: 4,8-dimethyl-6-nitro- lH-quinolin-2-one (260 mg, 1.19 mmol, 1 eq) was suspended in 15mL EtOH and 15mL saturated NH4C1 and heated to reflux. After 30 min, iron powder (200 mg, 3.58 mmol, 3 eq) was added. After refluxing for another 45 min, reaction mixture was cooled, filtered and washed with water and and DCM. Leyers were separated and the organic extracts washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 152 mg of 6-amino-4,8-dimethyl-quinolin-2-one. MS: m/z (M+H)+ 189.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.35 (s, 1H), 6.75 - 6.63 (m, 2H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 2.36 - 2.28 (m, 6H).
Figure imgf000219_0001
Compound-107
Preparation of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)- 2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (Compound-107): to a solution of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)- 2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid (100 mg 0.33 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (3 mL), HO At (45 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1 eq), EDCxHCl (63 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1 eq) and DIPEA (115 μί, 0.66 mmol, 2 eq) was added, followed by addition of 6-amino-4,8-dimethyl-quinolin-2-one (62 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1 eq) and the reaction stirred in DMF at 70°C for 20 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAC and 20 mL water and extracted. The organic layer was washed with water (20 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was purified by flash chromatography in the solvent system DCM-MeOH, 0-10% MeOH. Purest fractions were combined and solvent evaporated to give 15 mg of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2- pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide as white solid. MS: m/z (M+H)+ 496; 94% purity.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 10.73 (s, 1H), 10.51 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.65 - 7.47 (m, 2H), 6.89 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 3.38 - 3.33 (m, 4H), 2.59 (s, 6H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.99 - 1.79 (m, 4H).
Synthesis of Compound- 108
Figure imgf000220_0001
Compound-108
Figure imgf000220_0002
Preparation of N-(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxo-butanamide: a solution of methyl 3-oxobutanoate (870 mg, 7.5 mmol, 1.5 eq) in toluene/pyridine (5 mL/1 mL) was heated to gentle reflux for 30 min. 2-methoxyaniline (615 mg, 5.0 mmol, 1 eq) was then added dropwise into the reaction mixture and it was refluxed for 16h. The solution was allowed to cool to 25 °C and was extracted with 2M NaOH. The aqueous layer was separated and made weakly acidic with cone HCl. It was then extracted with EtOAc (2x30 mL). Organic extract was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 1.251 g of crude N-(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxo-butanamide. Product was used as such without further purification.
Figure imgf000220_0003
Preparation of 8-methoxy-4-methyl-lH-quinolin-2-one: to 5 mL of
polyphosphoric acid was added N-(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxo-butanamide (1.035 mg, 5.0 mmol) and the mixture stirred at 100°C for 20 h. After cooling to room temperature, small portion of ice-cold water was added to the reaction mixture and stirred until all polyphosphoric acid dissolved. Mixture was then poured onto 20 mL of water/ice and pH made basic with 2N NaOH. It was extracted with 2x20 mL EtOAC. Organic layer was washed with water and concentrated in vacuo to give 650 mg of 8-methoxy-4- methyl- 1 H-quinolin-2-one.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.56 (s, 1H), 7.34 - 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.20 - 7.11 (m, 2H), 6.42 (q, J= 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.41 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000221_0001
Preparation of 8-methoxy-4-methyl-6-nitro-lH-quinolin-2-one: 8-methoxy-4- methyl-lH-quinolin-2-one (647 mg, 3.42 mmo, 1 eql) was dissolved in acetanhydride (5mL). The mixture was stirred on ice for 10 min, then nitric acid (285 μί, 6.84 mmol, 2 eq) was added and the reaction stirred on ice for 2 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with water/ice (50 mL) and the resulting precipitate was washed with water and dried to give 412 mg of 8-methoxy-4-methyl-6-nitro-lH-quinolin-2-one as yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.38 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J= 1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 2.49 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000221_0002
Preparation of 6-amino-8-methoxy-4-methyl-lH-quinolin-2-one: 8-methoxy-4- methyl-6-nitro-lH-quinolin-2-one (410 mg, 1.75 mmol, 1 eq) was suspended in 15mL EtOH and 15mL saturated NH4C1 and heated to reflux. After 30 min, iron powder (293 mg, 5.25 mmol, 3 eq) was added. After refluxing for another 2h, reaction mixture was cooled, filtered and washed with water and DCM. The filtrate layers were separated and the organic extract washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 152 mg of 6-amino-4,8-dimethyl-quinolin-2-one. MS: m/z (M+H)+ 205. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.09 (s, 1H), 6.53 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.31 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.29 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000222_0001
Compound-108
Preparation of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-8-methoxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (Compound- 108): to a solution of 5- (dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid (60 mg 0.20 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (3 mL), HO At (27 mg, 0.20 mmol, 1 eq), EDCxHCl (38 mg, 0.20 mmol, leq) and DIPEA (70 μί, 0.40 mmol, 2 eq) was added, followed by addition of 6-amino-8- methoxy-4-methyl-lH-quinolin-2-one (41 mg, 0.20 mmol, 2 eq) and the reaction stirred in DMF at 70°C for 20 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAC and 20 mL water and extracted. The organic layer was washed with water and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was purified by flash chromatography in the solvent system DCM-MeOH, 0-10% MeOH. Purest fractions were combined and solvent evaporated to give 36 mg of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-8-methoxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (Compound- 108) as a white solid. MS: m/z (M+H)+ 485; 96 % purity.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.62 (s, 1H), 10.56 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.61 - 7.53 (m, 3H), 6.90 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.41 - 3.34 (m, 4H), 2.59 (s, 6H), 2.38 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 2.01 - 1.80 (m, 4H). Synthesis of Compound- 109
Figure imgf000223_0001
Preparation of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide: to a solution of 2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoic acid (150 mg 0.67 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (5 mL), HOAt (109 mg, 0.67 mmol, 1 eq),
EDCxHCl (128 mg, 0.67 mmol, 1 eq) and DIPEA (233 μΕ, 1.34 mmol, 2 eq) was added, followed by addition of 6-amino-4-methyl-lH-quinolin-2-ol (117 mg, 0.67 mmol, 1 eq) and the reaction stirred in DMF at 70°C for 20 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAC and 20 mL water and extracted. Product partly precipitated in EtOAC. It was filered off, washed with water/EtOAc and dried to give 43 mg of pure 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide. The filtrate layers were separated, the organic extract washed with water and concentrated under reduced pressure to give another 147 mg of title product.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 11.62 (s, 1H), 10.74 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.94 - 7.72 (m, 3H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000224_0001
Compound-109
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide (Compound-109): to a solution of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide (77mg 0.20 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (2 mL), DIPEA (105 μί, 0.60 mmol, 3eq) and pyrrolidine (28 mg, 0.40 mmol, 2 eq) were added and the reaction stirred at 100°C for three days. Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAC and 20 mL water and extracted. The organic layer was washed with water (20 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. Crude product was purified by flash chromatography in the solvent system DCM-MeOH, 0-10% MeOH. Purest fractions were combined and solvent evaporated to give 16 mg of pure N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-5 -(trifluoromethyl)benzamide (Compound- 109). MS: m/z (M+H)+ 416, purity 93.4%.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.57 (s, 1H), 10.53 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61 - 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J= 9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 3.31 - 3.16 (m, 4H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.98 - 1.79 (m, 4H).
Synthesis of Compound- 110 and Compound- 111
Figure imgf000225_0001
Compound-1 1 1
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 - yl)-5-mor holino-sulfonyl-benzamide (Compound-110):
Figure imgf000225_0002
Compound-1 10
2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -morpho linosulfonyl-benzamide (0.0502 g, 0.112 mmol, 1 eq) is dissolved in 1 mL DMSO. Pyrrolidin-3-ol (0.0113 g, 0.123 mmol, 1.1 eg) and DIPEA (44 μΕ, 0.336 mmol, 3 eq) are added to the solution. The reaction is heated for 3h at 40°C under stirring. Solvent is removed by air-flow overnight. Crude is washed 2 times with Methanol and 2 times with Ether. Compound is dried overnight on oil pump. Yield of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3- hydroxy-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5 -morpho linosulfonyl-benzamide (Compound-110) (38.5 mg, 0.075 mmol). LCMS: 98 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.63 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 - 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.00 (d, J= 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (s, 1H), 3.64 (t, J = 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.59 - 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.45 - 3.36 (m, 1H), 3.12 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (q, J= 3.9 Hz, 4H), 2.40 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 3H), 2.07 - 1.78 (m, 2H).
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-methoxypyrrolidin- 1 - yl)-5-mor holino-sulfonyl-benzamide (Compound-111):
Figure imgf000226_0001
Compound-1 1 1
2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -morpho linosulfonyl-benzamide (0.0511 g, 0.112 mmol, 1 eq) is dissolved in 1 mL DMSO. 3-Methoxy-pyrrolidine (0.0171 g, 0.123 mmol, 1.1 eg) and DIPEA (73 μΐ,, 0.56 mmol, 5 eq) is added to the solution. The reaction is heated for 3h at 40°C under stirring. Extra 3-Methoxy- pyrrolidine (0.0154 g, 0.112 mmol, 1.0 eg) and DIPEA (50 μΐ,, 0.29 mmol, 2.6 eq) was added. The reaction is heated for additional 2h at 40°C under stirring. Solvent is removed by air- flow overnight. Crude is purified by prep-LCMS. Relevant fractions are collected and solvent is removed by rotavap. Compound is dried overnight on oil pump. Yield of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-methoxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5- morpholino-sulfonyl-benzamide (Compound-111) (32.4 mg, 0.0615 mmol). LCMS: 100 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.65 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.60 - 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.03 (tt, J= 4.3, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.56 (dd, J= 11.4, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.51 - 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.85 (q, J= 4.2 Hz, 4H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.1 Hz, 3H), 2.15 - 1.84 (m, 2H). Synthesis Compound- 112
Figure imgf000227_0001
Figure imgf000227_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate: o a solution of methyl 2- fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (7 g, 38.46 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (5 mL) was added NaBH4 (2.84 g, 76.92 mmol, 2.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 1 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken in water and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (lOOmL), brine (lOOmL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 2-fluoro-5- (hydroxymethyl)benzoate (5 g) as a pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000227_0003
Preparation of methyl 5-(bromomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(hydroxymethyl)benzoate (5 g, 27.17 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DCM (50 mL) was added PBr3 (2.19 g, 8.12 mmol, 0.3 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NaHC03 solution and extracted with DCM (3 x 100 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 5-(bromomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate (4.8 g) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000228_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate and ethyl 5-
(cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate: to a solution of methyl 5-(bromomethyl)-2- fluorobenzoate (Compound-3) (4.8 g, 19.51 mmol, 1 eq) in dry EtOH (25 mL) and H20 (25 mL) was added NaCN (1.91 g, 39.02 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet ether (15: 85) to afford methyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate and ethyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate (Compound-4&4A) (2.3 g) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000228_0002
Preparation of methyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate and ethyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 5-(cyanomethyl)- 2-fluorobenzoate and ethyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate (Compound-4&4A) (2.3 g, 11.917 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DMSO (23 mL) at RT was added pyrrolidine (0.847 g, 11.917 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (4.61 g mg, 35.75 lmmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet ether (15: 85) to afford methyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate and ethyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2- (pyrrolidin-l- l) benzoate (Compound-5&5A) (2.1 g) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000229_0001
Compound-1 12
Preparation of 5-(cyanomethyl)-N-(4-methyl-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)- 2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (Compound-112): to a solution of methyl 5- (cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate and ethyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate
(Compound-5&5A) (50 mg, 0.204 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DCM (2 mL) at RT was added Compound-6 (35.49 mg, 0.204 mmol, 1 eq), Tri methyl aluminum 2M solution in toluene (29.4 mg, 0.408 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at RT for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with MeOH: CHCI3 (1 : 9) (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: CHCI3 (5:95) to afford N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-5 -(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-2-morpho linobenzamide
(Compound-112) (25 mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- ¾) δ 11.56 (s, 1H), 10.47 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.47 - 7.08 (m, 3H), 6.80 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.28 - 3.19 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.90 - 1.82 (m, 4H).
Synthesis Compound-113
Figure imgf000230_0001
Step-1
Compound-1 13
Figure imgf000230_0002
Preparation of l-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl) cyclopropanamine: to a solution of
3-bromo-4-fluorobenzonitrile (10 g, 50 mmol, 1 eq) in dry ether (400 mL) at -78 °C was added titanium isopropoxide (15.63 mL, 55 mmol, 1.1 eq), EtMgBr (36.6 mL, 110 mmol, 2.2 eq) as drop wise, the resulting yellow suspension was warmed to RT over 1 h. After stirring for additional 30 min, BF3.Et20 (12.34 mL, 100 mmol, 2 eq) was added to reaction mixture at RT and the mixture was further stirred for 1 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with IN HC1 (200 mL) and then basified with 5N NaOH. The aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (2 X 200 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by combiflash to get l-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl) cyclopropanamine (8 g) as a brown liquid.
Figure imgf000231_0001
Preparation of 4-(l-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl) cyclopropyl) morpholine: to a solution of l-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl) cyclopropanamine (8 g, 34.78 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (50 mL) was added K2C03 (24 g, 173.9 mmol, 5 eq) and l-bromo-2-(2- bromoethoxy) ethane (9.67 g, 41.73 mmol, 1.2 eq), stirred for 5 h at 80 °C. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica EtOAc: Hexane (1 :9)) to get 4-(l-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl) cyclopropyl) morpholine (5.1 g) as a pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000231_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl) benzoate: to a solution of 4-(l-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl) cyclopropyl) morpholine (3.0 g, 10 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: DMF (DMF (2.5 vols) & MeOH (4 vols)) was added TEA (2 g, 20 mmol, 2 eq), dppf (0.55 g, 1.0 mmol, 1 eq) and degassed for 15 min then added Pd(OAc)2 (336 mg, 5 mmol, 0.05 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 24 h under CO pressure (100 psi). After completion, the solvent was evaporated; the crude was taken in water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (100 mL), brine solution (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated, The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, EtOAc: Hexane (15: 85)) to get methyl 2-fluoro-5-(l- morpholinocyclopropyl)benzoate (Compound-4) (2.0 gm) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000232_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)benzoate (1. 0 g, 3.58 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMSO (10 mL) was added pyrrolidine (0.508 gm, 7.16 mmol, 2 eq), K2C03 (2.4 gm, 17.9 mmol, 5 eq) and stirred at 50 °C for 16 h. After completion the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (100 -200 mesh silica, EtOAc: Hexane (1 : 9)) to afford methyl 5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (1.1 g) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000232_0002
Preparation of 5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (1.1 g, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (20 mL) at RT was added LiOH (419 mg, 9.99 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at 80 °C for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated and the residue was taken in water and neutralized with IN HC1. The solid formed was filtered and washed with ether to afford 5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl) benzoic acid (0.7 g) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 13.38 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.23
(dd, J= 8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 3.47 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.25 - 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.39 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 4H), 1.90 (q, J= 4.6, 3.3 Hz, 4H), 0.84 (q, J = 3.8, 3.3 Hz, 2H), 0.68 (q, J= 3.9 Hz, 2H).
Figure imgf000233_0001
Compound-1 13
Preparation of N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l- morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (Compound-113): to a solution of 5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoic acid (200 mg,0.632 mmol,l eq), in Dry DMF (5 mL) added EDC.HC1 (241 mg , 1.26 mmol, 2 eq), HO AT (171 mg, 1.26 mmol, 2 eq) and DIPEA ( 3 eq) allowed to stir at RT for 15 min's next added 6- amino-4-methylquinlin-2-ol ( Compound-7) (132 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.2 eq), and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered. The crude compound was purified by column
chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (4: 96)) to afford N-(4-methyl-2- oxo- 1 , 2-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l -morpholino cyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl) benzamide (Compound-113) (210 mg) as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.41 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.13 (m, 3H), 6.76 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 3.48 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.28 - 3.18 (m, 4H), 2.53 - 2.37 (m, 7H), 1.93 - 1.65 (m, 4H), 0.86 - 0.82 (m, 2H), 0.70 (m, 2H).
Synthesis of Compound- 114
Figure imgf000234_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(l- morpholinocyclopropyl) benzoate: to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(l- morpholinocyclopropyl)benzoate (500 mg, 1.792 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DMSO (5 mL) at RT was added N,N-dimethyl-l-pyrrolidin-2-yl-methanamine (360.4 mg, 1.792 mmol, 1 eq), K2CO3 (741.8 mg, 5.376 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water, extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (3: 97) to afford methyl 2-(2- ((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(l -morpholinocyclopropyl) benzoate (100 mg) as a brown liquid.
Figure imgf000235_0001
Preparation of 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(l- morpholinocyclopropyl) benzoic acid: to a solution of methyl 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(l -morpho Imocyclopropyl) benzoate (100 mg, 0.258 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (4 mL) at RT was added LiOH (32.47 mg, 0.774 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at 80 °C for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated to afford 2-(2- ((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-5-(l -morpho Imocyclopropyl) benzoic acid as Li salt (Compound-3) (100 mg crude) as an off white solid. The crude was carried to next step without urification.
Figure imgf000235_0002
Compound-1 14
Preparation of 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l -morpho Imocyclopropyl) benzamide (Compound- 114): to a solution of 2-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-5 -( 1 -morpho Imocyclopropyl) benzoic acid Li salt (100 mg, 0.268 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (2 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (46.63 mg, 0.268 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (72.8 mg, 0.536 mmol, 2 eq), EDC (102.7mg, 0.536 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (207.4 mg, 0.1.608 mmol, 6 eq) and stirred for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with MeOH: CHCI3 (1 : 9) (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: CHCI3 (5: 95) to afford 2-(2-((dimethylamino) methyl) pyrro lidin- 1-yl)- N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-5 -( 1 -morpholino cyclopropyl) benzamide (Compound- 114) (25 mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3COOD) δ 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.08 - 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.78 - 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.47 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 4.46 (s, 1H), 4.06 - 3.89 (m, 4H), 3.72 - 3.62 (m, 2H), 3.48 - 3.20 (m, 7H), 2.98 (s, 6H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 1.99 - 1.84 (m, 4H), 1.24 (dd, J= 27.0, 17.0 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis Compound- 115:
Cl
Figure imgf000236_0001
PdCI2(dppf) Zn(CN)2
Step-4
N
^ Compound-115
Figure imgf000236_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate: to a solution of methyl-2-chloro-5-fluoroisonicotinate (1 g, 5.29 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO was added 3-fluoropyrrolidine (0.73 g, 5.29 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, EtOAc: Hexane (15: 85)) to afford methyl 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (800 mg) as a white solid.
Figure imgf000237_0001
Preparation of 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinic acid: to a methyl 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (800 mg, 3.11 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (1 : 1) (10 vol) was added LiOH.H20 (391 mg, 9.33 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was neutralized with IN HCl and extracted with MeOH: DCM (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l- yl) isonicotinic acid 700 mg).
Figure imgf000237_0002
Preparation of 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl) isonicotinamide: to a solution of 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l- yl) isonicotinic acid (700 mg, 2.73 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added EDC.HC1 (1.04 g , 5.46 mmol, 2 eq), HO AT (742 mg, 5.46 mmol, 2 eq), DIEA (3 eq) followed by 6- amino-4-methylquinlin-2-ol (570 mg, 3.27 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (5: 95)) to afford 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl) isonicotinamide (550 mg).
5
Figure imgf000237_0003
Preparation of 2-cyano-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl) isonicotmamide (Compound- 115): to a solution 2-chloro-5-(3- fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl) isonicotmamide (50 mg, 0.125 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added Zn(CN)2 ( 17.5 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1.2 eq) and degassed with N2 for 15 min, then added PdCl2.dppf (10.20 mg, 0.0125 mmol, 0.3 eq). The reaction mixture heated at 150 °C for 1 h under microwave irradiation. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 X 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with ice water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (6: 94)), to afford 2-cyano-5-(3-fluoro pyrrolidin-l-yl) -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl quinolin-6-yl) isonicotmamide (Compound- 115) (20 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 10.75 (s, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 5.43 (m, 1H), 3.92 - 3.45 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 2H), 1.24 (s, 2H).
Synthesis of Compound- 116
Figure imgf000238_0001
Compound-1 16
Figure imgf000238_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinate: to a solution of methyl 2-chloro-5-fluoroisonicotinate (2 g, 10.58 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO added morpholine (1.1 g, 12.69 mmol, 1.2 eq), DIPEA (3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL).The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica EtOAc: Hexane (15: 85)), to afford methyl 2-chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinate (2 g).
Figure imgf000239_0001
Preparation of 2-chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinic acid: to a solution of methyl 2-chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinate (1.5 g, 5.85 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (1 : 1) (10 vol) added LiOH.H20 (0.737 g, 17.55 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion reaction mixture was diluted with water and acidified with IN HC1. The solid precipitated was filtered and dried to afford 2-chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinic acid (1 g) as a white solid.
Figure imgf000239_0002
Preparation of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5- morpholinoisonicotinamide: to a solution of 2-chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinic acid (1 g, 4.13 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added EDC.HC1 (1.57 g, 8.26 mmol, 2eq), HO At (1.12 mg, 8.26 mmol, 2 eq) and DIPEA (3 eq) followed by 6-amino-4-methylquinlin-2-ol (0.862 mg, 4.95 mmol, 1 eq), and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered and washed with diethyl ether to afford 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5- morpholinoisonicotinamide (650 mg) as a pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000240_0001
Compound-1 16
Preparation of 2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5- morpholinoisonicotinamide (Compound- 116): to a solution of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-morpholinoisonicotinamide (650 mg, 1.625 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added Zn(CN)2 (380 mg, 3.25 mmol, 2 eq) and degassed with N2 for 15 min, then added PdCl2.dppf (132 mg, 0.1625 mmol, 0.1 eq). The reaction mixture heated at 150 °C for 1 h under microwave irradiation. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (3 X 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with ice water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (6: 94)), to afford 2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-morpholinoisonicotinamide (Compound-116) (160 mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 11.62 (s, 1H), 10.70 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s
8.11 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J
1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.66 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 4H), 3.32 (s, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of Compound- 117
Figure imgf000241_0001
Compound-1 17
Figure imgf000241_0002
Preparation of 4-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide: to a solution of 4-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (125 mg, 0.62 mmo, 1 eq) in NMP (2 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (118 mg, 0.68 mmol, 1.1 eq), HO At, (126 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (180 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (15 mg, 0.12 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA(323 μΐ, 1.86 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Water was added to the reaction mixture resulting in precipitation which was filtered of and dried to yield 4-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl- 6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (100 mg, 45%) as a purple solid.
The crude product was used without purification in the synthesis of N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-4-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide.
LCMS: M+H) = 358, UV = 57 %
Figure imgf000241_0003
Compound-1 17
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-
3-carboxamide (Compound-117): 4-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide (30 mg, 0.084 mmol, 1 eq) was dissolved in NMP ( 0.5 mL). Pyrrolidine (59 μΐ,, 0.84 mmol, 10 eq) was added and the reaction mixture heated at 120 °C for 1 hour. Water was added (25 ml). The precipitated compound was spun down in a centrifuge, washed with water and EtOAC and dried to yield N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-pyrrolidin-l -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide (14 mg, 48%) as a light brown solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 349, UV = 94 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.56 (s, 1H), 10.53 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.20 - 8.08 (m, 2H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 3.33 - 3.22 (m, 4H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.97 - 1.79 (m, 4H).
Synthesis of Compound- 1 18
Figure imgf000242_0001
Brett Phos
Figure imgf000242_0002
Figure imgf000242_0003
Preparation of 4-methoxy-6-nitro-quinolin-2-ol: a mixture of 4-chloro-6-nitro- quinolin-2-ol (200 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1 eq) and CS2CO3 (107 mg, 0.43 mmol, 1.5 eq) in MeOH (1 mL) was evacuated and filled with N2. Pd(OAc)2 (8 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.08 eq) and Brett Phos (25 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.06 eq) were added and the mixture stirred at 75 °C overnight. Evaporated on celite and purified by flash chromatography yielding
(DCM/MeOH) 4-methoxy-6-nitro-quinolin-2-ol (51 mg, 39 %) as an off- white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 221, UV= 92%.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.98 (s, 1H), 8.55 (t, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (ddd, J= 9.0, 2.8, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J= 9.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.07 (s, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000243_0001
Preparation of 6-amino-4-methoxy-quinolin-2-ol:
A suspension of 4-methoxy-6-nitro-quinolin-2-ol (168 mg, 0.78 mmol, 1 eq) and saturated NH4C1 (4 mL) in EtOH (4 mL) was heated at reflux. Iron powder (39 mg, 0.69 mmol, 3 eq) was added. After 45 minutes at reflux the mixture was cooled and poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. Dried over Na2S04 filtered and evaporated to yield 6-amino-4-methoxy-quinolin-2-ol (74 mg, 51%) as a beige coloured solid.LCMS: (M+H) = 191, UV = 95 %.
Figure imgf000243_0002
Compound-1 18 Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-6-quinolyl)-5-[(4-methylpiperazin- 1 - yl)methyl]-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide (compound-118): to a suspension of 4- methoxy-6-nitro-quinolin-2-ol (15 mg, 0.079, 1 eq) in NMP (lmL) were added 5-[(4- methylpiperazin-l-yl)methyl]-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid (24 mg, 0.079 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (16 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (23 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.5 eq) DMAP (2 mg, 0.016 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (41 μΕ, 0.24 mmol, 3 eq) and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 60 °C. Water was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH/NH3-aq) yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-6- quino lyl)-5 - [(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide (compound 118) (14 mg, 37 %) as a light brown solid. LCMS (M+H) = 476, UV = 90% pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-;/) δ 11.78 (s, 1H), 11.01 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 3.23 - 3.11 (m, 4H), 2.58 (s, 9H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.96 (dd, J= 6.8, 3.4 Hz, 5H).
Synthesis of Compound- 119, compound- 120 and com ound- 121
Figure imgf000244_0001
Figure imgf000244_0002
Preparation of 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide: to a solution of 2-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (125 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (ImL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (107 mg, 10.62 mmol, 1 eq), HOAT ( 127 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (179 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (15 mg, 0.12 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (323 μΕ, 1.86 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 days. Water was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH/NH3-aq) yielding yielding 2- bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (148 mg, 67 %) as a reddish solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 358, UV = 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 10.72 (s, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J= 4.8,
2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J= 7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J= 7.5, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (d, J= 1.4 Hz, 1H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000245_0001
compound-1 19
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3- carboxamide (compound-119): to a solution of 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide (100 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1 mL) were added pyrrolidine (100 μΐ, 1.4 mmol, 5 eq) and DIPEA (146 μΐ, 0.84 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 150 °C for 30 min in a micro wave oven. The reaction mixture was poured into water. Precipitated compound was filtered of and dried yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 - carboxamide (compound 119) (90 mg, 98 %) as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 349, UV= 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H), 8.18 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J= 7.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (dd, J= 7.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (d, J= 1.4 Hz, 1H), 3.47 - 3.37 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.88 - 1.79 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000246_0001
compound-120
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-methylmorpholin-4- yl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-120): synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine- 3-carboxamide (compound- 119). Yield: 28 mg, 53%. LCMS (M+H) = 379, UV = 100 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 11.07 (s, 1H), 8.40 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd, J= 7.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J= 7.5, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.80 (ddt, J= 14.6, 7.3, 3.8 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (td, J= 11.3, 3.8 Hz, 2H), 3.52 (dd, J= 11.2, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (dt, J= 7.8, 3.7 Hz, 2H), 3.17 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H , 1.02 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000246_0002
compound-121
Preparation of 2-[2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-121): a mixture of 2-bromo-N- (2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (36 mg, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq), N,N-dimethyl-l-pyrrolidin-2-yl-methanamine hydro chloric acid (24 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 eq) and Potassium tertbutoxide (35 mg, 0.36 mmol, 3.6 eq) in THF (1 mL) was evaporated and filled with N2 three times. Ruphos and Palladium(II) acetate were added. The mixture was heated overnight at 75°C. Water was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography(DCM/MeOH/NH3-aq) to yield 2-[2- (dimethylaminomethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide (compound 121)(20 mg, 49 %) as an off-white solid. LCMS (M+H) = 406, UV = 96 % pure
1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroform-;/) δ 12.42 (s, 1H), 10.62 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (dd, J= 4.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J= 7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (dd, J= 7.6, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 1H), 5.00 - 4.84 (m, 1H), 3.59 - 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 3.19 - 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.48 (s, 2H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 2.13 - 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.91 - 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.70 - 1.50 (m, 1H).
Synthesis of compound- 122
Figure imgf000247_0001
compound 122
Preparation of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2- morpholino-benzamide(compound-122): to a suspension of (5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- morpholino-benzoic acid) (100 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1 eq) and (6-amino-4,7-dimethyl- quinolin-2-ol) (60 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1.5 ml) were added HO At (65 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1 .5 eq), EDC (92 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1 .5 eq), DMAP (8 mg, 0.06 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (166 μΐ, 0.96 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 80 °C for 90 min. Water (50 ml) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The precipitated compound was filtered off, washed with water and EtOAc. The crude product was dried on the filter yielding (5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2- hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide)(compound-122) (113 mg, 73 %). LCMS: (M+H) = 485, UV= 100% pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.57 (s, 1H), 10.17 (s, 1H), 7.90 - 7.83 (m, 2H), 7.78 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 3.83 - 3.68 (m, 4H), 3.24 - 3.15 (m, 4H), 2.64 (s, 6H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 123 and compound- 124
Figure imgf000248_0001
compound 123
Figure imgf000248_0002
Figure imgf000248_0003
Preparation of 4-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide and N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-(triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin- yloxy)pyridine-3-carboxamide: to a solution of 4-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (125 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (2 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (118 mg, 0.68 mmol, 1.1 eq), HO AT (126 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (180 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (15 mg, 0.12 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (323 μί,1.86 mmol, 3 eq).The mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. Water was added and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration to yield4-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide and N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-4- (triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)pyridine-3-carboxamide (100 mg) as a greyish solid. The mixture was used in the next step.
LCMS: (M+H) = 358, UV= 60 % 4-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide and (M+H) = 414, UV= 40 % N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quino lyl)-4-(triazo lo [4,5 -b]pyridin-3 -yloxy)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
Figure imgf000249_0001
compound 123
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide (compound- 123): to a solution of the mixture of 4-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide and N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)- 4-(triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)pyridine-3-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) was added morpholine(0.3 mL, 3.4 mmol, 30 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 120 °C for 30 min. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH/NH3-aq) yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound- 123) (6 mg, 14 %) as a solid. LCMS: (M+H)= 365, UV= 93%.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.39 (d, J= 5.9 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.92 - 7.79 (m, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J= 8.9, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (d, J= 1.4 Hz, 1H), 3.86 - 3.72 (m, 4H), 3.32 - 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.55 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000250_0001
compound 124
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3- carboxamide (compound- 124): to a solution of 4-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide and N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-4- (triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)pyridine-3-carboxamide (30 mg, 0.08 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1 mL) was added pyrrolidine (59μί, 0.84 mmol, 10 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 120 °C for 1 hour. Water was added and the precipitated solid isolated yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide (compound- 124) (14 mg, 48 %) as a solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 349, UV = 94 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.56 (s, 1H), 10.53 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.20 - 8.08 (m, 2H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (d, J= 6.1 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 3.33 - 3.22 (m, 4H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.97 - 1.79 (m, 4H).
Synthesis of compound- 125, compound-126 and compound-127
Figure imgf000251_0001
Preparation of 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide: to a solution of 2-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (125 mg.0.62 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1.5 mL) were added 6-amino-4,7-dimethyl-quinolin-2-ol (116 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 eq), HOAT (126 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (180 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (15 mg, 0.12 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (323 μί,1.86 mmol, 3 eq).The mixture was stirred at 50 °C for one hour. Water was added and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The crude compound was stirred in 3 mL MeOH, filtered and dried yielding 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (105 mg, 46 %) as a brown solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 373, UV 86 %
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.60 (s, 1H), 10.17 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, J= 4.8
Hz, 1H), 8.22 - 7.99 (m, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.72 - 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000252_0001
compound 125
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-
3-carboxamide (compound- 125): to a solution of 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl- 6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.134 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) was added morpholine (117 μί, 1.34 mmol, 10 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C overnight. The mixture was poured into water and the precipitated solid was filtered off, washed with water and dried yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2- morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound- 125)(32 mg, 73 %) as an off-white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 379, UV= 98 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.56 (s, 1H), 10.07 (s, 1H), 8.33 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J= 7.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J= 7.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 3.71 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.39 - 3.27 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000253_0001
compound 126
Preparation of 2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6- quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound- 126): to a solution of 2-bromo-N-(2- hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) were added 3-fluoropyrrolidine hydrochloride (70 mg, 0.56 mmol, 4 eq) and DIPEA (97 μί, 0.56 mmol, 4 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C overnight. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with Ethyl acetate, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH/NH3-aq) yielding 2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2- hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-126)(9.2 mg, 17 %) as a light brown solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 381, UV= 94 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 9.95 (s, 1H), 8.31 - 8.14 (m, 1H), 7.85 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 6.83 - 6.68 (m, 1H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 5.42 (d, J= 53.6 Hz, 1H), 3.92 - 3.45 (m, 4H), 2.46 - 2.37 (m, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.31 - 1.94 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000253_0002
compound 127
Preparation of 2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6- quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound- 127): to a solution of 2-bromo-N-(2- hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (50 mg 0.14 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) were added 3,3-difluoropyrrolidine hydrochloride (96 mg, 0.67 mmol, 5 eq) and DIPEA (233 μί, 1.4 mmol, 10 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C overnight. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with Ethyl acetate, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH) yielding 2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy- 4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound- 127) (5 mg, 10 %). LCMS: (M+H) = 399, UV= 96 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.56 (s, 1H), 10.02 (s, 1H), 8.36 - 8.10 (m, 1H), 7.87 (dt, J= 7.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 6.93 - 6.75 (m, 1H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 3.84 (t, J= 13.1 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound-128, compound-129, compound-130, and compound-131
Figure imgf000255_0001
Figure imgf000255_0002
compound 131
Figure imgf000256_0001
Preparation of 2-morpholinopyridine-3-carboxylic acid: To a solution of 2- bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid in NMP (0.5 mL) was added morpholine (3.2 mL, 15 mmol, 6 eq). The mixture was heated at 70 °C for 2h and then water was added. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated yielding 2-morpholinopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (290 mg, 50 %) as an off-white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 209, UV= 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 13.11 (s, 1H), 8.28 (dd, J= 4.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J= 7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J= 7.6, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.72 - 3.62 (m, 4H), 3.33 - 3.26 m, 4H).
Figure imgf000256_0002
compound 128
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide (compound- 128): to a solution of 2-morpholinopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (75 mg, 0.36 mg, 1 eq) in NMP (1 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (63 mg. 0.36 mmol, 1 eq), HO AT (73 mg, 0.54 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (106 mg, 0.54 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (9 mg, 0.07 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (375 mL, 2.2 mmol, 6 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and purified by flash chromatograpy (DCM/MeOH) N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide (compound- 128)(70 mg, 53%). LCMS: (M+H) = 365, UV= 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.58 (s, 1H), 8.32 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J= 7.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J= 7.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.71 - 3.57 m, 4H), 3.31 - 3.23 (m, 4H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000257_0001
compound 129
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-sec-butyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide (compound- 129): to a solution of 2-morpholinopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (36 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) were added 6-amino-4-isopropyl-quinolin- 2-ol (35 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1 eq), HOAT (35 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (50 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (4 mg, 0.034 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (177 μΐ,, 1.04 mmol, 6 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-sec-butyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound- 129) (29 mg, 43 %) as a light brown solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 393, UV= 95 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 10.57 (s, 1H), 8.33 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (td, J= 8.5, 7.9, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J= 7.5, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 3.74 - 3.55 (m, 4H), 3.31 - 3.19 (m, 5H), 1.29 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 6H).
Figure imgf000257_0002
compound 130
Preparation of N-(3-methyl-2-oxo- 1 ,4-dihydroquinazolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino- pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound- 130): to a solution of 2-morpholinopyridine-3- carboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1.0 mL) were added 6-amino-3- methyl-l,4-dihydroquinazolin-2-one (42 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1 eq), HOAT (50 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (69 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (4 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (250 μί, 1.44 mmol, 6 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room
temperature overnight. Water was added and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried yielding N-(3-methyl-2-oxo-l,4- dihydroquinazolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound- 130) (56 mg, 64%) as a light brown solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 368, UV= 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSC /6) δ 10.36 (s, 1H), 9.16 (s, 1H), 8.30 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J= 7.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J= 7.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.69 - 3.58 (m, 4H), 3.28 - 3.21 (m, 4H), 2.86 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000258_0001
compound 131
Preparation of N-( 1 -methyl-2-oxo-3 ,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino- pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound- 131): to a solution of 2-morpholinopyridine-3- carboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1.0 mL) were added 6-amino-l- methyl-3,4-dihydroquinolin-2-one (42 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1 eq), HOAT (50 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (69 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (4 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (255 μί, 1.04 mmol, 6 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room
temperature overnight. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH). The purified compound was stirred in heptane, filtered and dried yielding N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino- pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-131) (11 mg, 13 %) as a white solid. LCMS:
(M+H) = 367, UV= 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 10.43 (s, 1H), 8.31 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), .81 (dd, J= 7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (dd, J= 7.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.71 - 3.59 (m, 4H), 3.31 - 3.25 (m, 4H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 2.86 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.52 (t, 2H).
Synthesis of compound- 132 and compound- 133
HOAT
Figure imgf000259_0001
compound-133
Figure imgf000259_0002
Preparation of 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide: to a solution of 2-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (125 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 eq) in 1 mL (NMP) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (108 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1 eq), HO AT (127 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (197 mg, 0.93 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (15 mg, 0.12 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (323 μί, 1.86 mmol, 3 eq) The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 1 hour. Water was added and precipitated compound filtered of. The supernatant was extracted with Ethyl acetate, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The extracted compound and the compound collected by filtration were pooled and purified by flash chromatography, (DCM/MeOH) to yield 2-bromo-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (185 mg, 83 %) as a purple solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 358, UV= 97 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- ¾) δ 11.62 (s, 1H), 10.73 (s, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J= 4.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J= 7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J= 7.5, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000260_0001
compound-132
Preparation of 2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-132): to a solution of 2-bromo-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide 50 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) were added 3-fluoropyrrolidine hydrochloride 70 mg, 0.56 mmol, 4 eq) and DIPEA (97 μί, 0.56 mmol, 4 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C overnight, poured into water and extracted with Ethyl acetate, dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH) yielding 2-(3 -fluoropyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide (compound- 132)( 14 mg, 27 %) as a light brown solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 367, UV= 97 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- ¾) δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 10.54 (s, 1H), 8.27 - 8.17 (m, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dt, 1H), 7.69 (dt, J= 7.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (dd, J = 8.9, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.82 - 6.65 (m, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 5.36 (d, J= 53.8 Hz, 1H), 3.98 - 3.45 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.29 - 1.89 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000261_0001
compound-133
Preparation of 2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-133): to a solution of 2-bromo-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide 50 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) were added 3,3-difluoropyrrolidine hydrochloride (100 mg, 0.69 mmol, 5 eq) and DIPEA (122 μΕ, 0.69 mmol, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred at 100 °C overnight, poured into water and extracted with Ethyl acetate, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH) and recrystallized in MeOH yielding 2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-133) (12 mg, 22 %) as an off- white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 385, UV= 95 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.61 (s, 1H), 10.60 (s, 1H), 8.30 - 8.21 (m, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.85 - 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.88 - 6.77 (m, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.80 (t, J= 13.3 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.52 - 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 134 and compound- 135
Figure imgf000262_0001
Figure imgf000262_0002
Figure imgf000262_0003
Preparation of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-6- (trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide and N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2- (triazo lo [4,5 -b]pyridin-3 -yloxy)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide : to a solution of 2-chloro-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (100 mg, 0.44 mmol, leq) in NMP (1 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (78 mg, 0.44 mmol, 1 eq), HOAT (127 mg, 93 mmol, 2.1 eq), EDC (179 mg, 0.93 mmol, 2.1 eq), DMAP ( 19 mg, 0.9 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (229 μί, 1.3 mmol, 3 eq). Water was added and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration to give a mixture of 2-chloro-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide and N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)-6- (trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (150 mg). The mixture was used in the next step. LCMS (M+H) = 382, UV= 25 % 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-6- (trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide and (M+H) = 482, UV = 75 % N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide
Figure imgf000263_0001
compound-134
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-6- (trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-134): to a solution of a mixture of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide and N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(triazo lo [4,5 -b]pyridin-3 - yloxy)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) were added pyrrolidine (82 μΐ,, 1.0 mmol, 10 eq). The mixture was heated at 100 °C for 90 min. The heat was turned off and the reaction mixture stirred overnight at room temperature and poured into water. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and stirred in a mixture of DCM/MeOH, filtered and dried to yield N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide (compound-134) (26 mg, 63%) as an off- white solid. LCMS: (M+H) =417, UV= 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.59 (s, 1H), 10.63 (s, 1H), 8.1 1 (d, J= 2.1
Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.60 - 3.40 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.98 - 1.74 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000264_0001
compound-135
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-6- (trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-135): to a solution of a mixture of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide and N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(triazo lo [4,5 -b]pyridin-3 - yloxy)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) were added morpholine (87 μΐ,, 1.0 mmol, 10 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 110 °C for 1 hour and poured into water. The precipitated compound was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)-2-morpholino-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound- 135) (20 mg, 47 %) as an off-white solid. LCMS: (M+H) =433, UV= 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.70 (s, 1H), 10.75 (s, 1H), 8.20 (d, 1H), 8.07 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J= 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.49 - 7.31 (m, 2H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 3.87 - 3.65 (m, 4H), 2.69 - 2.54 (m, 4H), 2.47 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 136
HOAT EDC
Figure imgf000264_0002
Figure imgf000265_0001
Preparation of 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide and N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3- yloxy)pyridine-3-carboxamide: to a solution of 2-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (55 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.6 mL) were added 2-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1 eq), HOAT (40 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.1 eq), EDC (58 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.1 eq, DMAP (7 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (140 μΐ,, 0.81 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was heated at 60 °C overnight, poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH) yielding a mixture of 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide and N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)pyridine- 3-carboxamide (66 mg). The mixture was used in the next sted. LCMS: (M+H) = 372, UV = 67 % 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide and (M+H) = 428, UV = 33 % N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(triazolo[4,5- b]pyridin-3-yloxy)pyridine-3-carboxamide.
Figure imgf000265_0002
compound-136
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine- 3-carboxamide (Compound-136): to a Solution of a mixture of 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy- 4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (67 %) and N-(2-hydroxy-4,8- dimethyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(triazo lo [4,5 -b]pyridin-3 -yloxy)pyridine-3 -carboxamide (33 %) (66 mg, - 0.18 mmol) in NMP (0.5 mL) was added morpholine (154 μΐ,, 1.8 mmol, 10 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 100 °C overnight. Water was added and the precipitated solid collected by filtration. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH) yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2- morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide (Compound- 136)(9 mg, 13 %) as an off- white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 379, UV= 98 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.74 (s, 1H), 10.51 (s, 1H), 8.48 - 8.24 (m, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.96 - 7.78 (m, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.17 - 6.84 (m, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 3.87 - 3.54 (m, 5H), 3.31 - 3.22 (m, 5H), 2.43 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 3H), 2.40 (t, J= 1.5 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 137 and compound- 138
Figure imgf000266_0001
Preparation of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl- pyridine-3 -carboxamide: to a solution of 2-chloro-4-methyl-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (200 mg, 1.17 mmol, 1 eq) were added 6-amino-4,7-dimethyl-quinolin-2-ol (220 mg, 1.17 mmol, 1 eq), HOAT (190 mg, 1.4 mmol, 1.2 eq), EDC (270 mg, 1.4 mmol, 1.2 eq), DMAP(30 mg, 0.23 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA(610 μΐ,, 3.5 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was heated at 70 °C for 2 hours and poured into water. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH) yielding 2- chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl-pyridine-3-carboxamide (100 mg, 25 %) as a solid. LCMS: (M+H) =342, UV= 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.59 (s, 1H), 10.24 (s, 1H), 8.36 (dd, J= 5.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J= 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.56 - 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 2.44 d, J= 1.7 Hz, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.37 (d, J= 1.7 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000267_0001
compound-137
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl-2-morpholino- pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-137): to a solution of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7- dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl-pyridine-3-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.3 mL) was added morpholine (640 μί, 7.5 mmol, 50 eq). The reaction mixture was heated at 100 °C for 3 days. Water was added and the precipitated compound collected by filtration yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl-2- morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-137) (23mg, 39 %) as an off- white solid. LCMS: (M+H) =393, UV= 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSC /6) δ 1 1.58 (s, 1H), 9.94 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 3.75 - 3.66 (m, 4H 3.34 - 3.23 (m, 5H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000267_0002
compound-138
Figure imgf000268_0001
Preparation of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl-pyridine- 3-carboxamide: the compound was made according to the procedure used in the synthesis of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl-pyridine-3- carboxamide. Yield: 249mg, 65 %. LCMS: (M+H) =327, UV= 82 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- ¾) δ 11.63 (s, 1H), 10.80 (s, 1H), 8.37 (d, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.48 - 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000268_0002
compound-138
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl-2-morpholino- pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-138): the compound was made according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl-2- morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-138). Yield: 38 mg, 67 %. LCMS: (M+H) =379, UV= 100 %.
1H NMPv (300 MHz, DMSC /g) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.50 (s, 1H), 8.34 - 7.97 (m,
2H), 7.78 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J= 5.0, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 6.49 - 6.33 (m, 1H), 3.63 - 3.49 (m, 4H), 3.30 - 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H). Synthesis of compound- 139
HOAT
Figure imgf000269_0001
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3- yloxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide: to a solution of 2-chloro-5- (trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (166 mg, 0.74, 1 eq) in NMP (1.5 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (129 mg, 0.74 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (120 mg, 0.89 mmol. 1.2 eq), EDC (170 mg, 0.89 mmol, 1.2 eq), DMAP (18 mg, 0.15 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (385 μί, 2.22 mmol, 3 eq), The reaction mixture were heated overnight at 70°C. The mixture was poured into water and the precipitated solid collected by filtration and purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH) yielding N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide (100 mg, 35 %) as a brown solid. LCMS: (M+H) =482, UV= 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSC /6) δ 11.68 (s, 1H), 11.13 (s, 1H), 8.86 (dd, J= 2.3,
0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.82 (dd, J= 4.5, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.76 (dd, J= 8.4, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.69 - 8.63 (m, 1H), 8.21 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J= 8.4, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 2.46 - 2.36 (m, 3H).
Figure imgf000270_0001
compound-139
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-5- (trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-139): to a solution of N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(triazo lo [4,5 -b]pyridin-3 -yloxy)-5 - (trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.10 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) was added morpholine (200 μί, 2.3 mmol, 23 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature over the weekend and poured into water. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried. The crude product was purified by flash chromathography (DCM/MeOH) yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2- morpholino-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-139) (34 g, 79 %) as a white solid. LCMS: (M+H) =433, UV= 100 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.65 (s, 1H), 8.72 - 8.36 (m, 1H), 8.10 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J= 2.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 1H), 3.72 - 3.58 (m, 4H), 3.58 - 3.45 (m, 4H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 140
Figure imgf000271_0001
compound-140
Figure imgf000271_0002
Preparation of 5-chloro-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid: to a solution of 2,5-dichloropyridine-3-carboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (300 μΐ,) was added morpholine (250 μΐ,, 2.6 mmol, 10 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 1 h. The mixture was poured into water and made acid with 1 M HCl, extracted with EtOAc to yield 5-chloro-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid. The crude compound contained NMP and was used in the next step without purification. LCMS: (M+H) = 243, UV = 96 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.30 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, 1H), 3.66 (dd, J= 5.5, 3.8 Hz, 4H), 3.41 - 3.35 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000272_0001
compound-140
Preparation of 5-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-140): to a solution of 5-chloro-2-morpholino- pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (0.26 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1 mL) were added 6-amino-4- methyl-quinolin-2-ol (45 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1 eq), HO AT (42 mg, 31 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (60 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1.5), DMAP (6 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (136 \LL, 0.78 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was heated for 1 hour at 70 °C. Water was added and the precipitated solid collected by filtration. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH) yielding 5-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)- 2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound-140) (41 mg, 39 %) as a purple solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 399, UV = 100 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- ¾ δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.62 (s, 1H), 8.34 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.71 - 3.56 (m, 4H), 3.31 - 3.29 (m, 4H), 2.40 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of Compound-141, compound-142, compound-143, compound-144, compound- 145, compound- 146, compound- 147 and compound- 148
HOAt
Figure imgf000272_0002
Figure imgf000273_0001
Figure imgf000274_0001
Preparation of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide: to a solution of 2-chloropyridine-3-carboxylic acid (400 mg, 2.54 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (4 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (440 mg, 2.54 mmol, 1 eq), HO AT (518 mg, 3.82 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (730 mg, 3.82 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (62 mg, 0.50 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (2.64 mL, 15.24 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2h. Water was added and the precipitated solid collected by filtration. The crude product was washed with water and dried yielding 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (437 mg, 62 %) as an yellow solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 314, UV = 97 %.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.63 (s, 1H), 10.75 (s, 1H), 8.54 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (dd, J= 7.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J= 7.6, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 2.45 - 2.33 m, 3H).
Figure imgf000274_0002
Preparation of tert-butyl 4-[3-[(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)carbamoyl]-2- pyridyl]-2,3,4a,5,7,7a-hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-b][l ,4]oxazine-6-carboxylate (compound- 141): to a solution of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide (80 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1 eq) in NMP (1 mL) were added tert-butyl
3,4,4a,5,7,7a-hexahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3,4-b][l,4]oxazine-6-carboxylate (236 mg, 1.04 mmol, 4 eq ) and DIPEA (272 μί, 1.56 mmol, 6 eq). The reaction mixture was heated in a microwave oven at 150 °C for 4 hours. Water was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH) yielding tert-butyl 4- [3 - [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoyl] -2-pyridy 1] - 2,3,4a,5,7,7a-hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-b][l,4]oxazine-6-carboxylate (compound- 141) (65 mg, 50 %) as a brown oil. LCMS: (M+H) = 506, UV = 88 % pure.
Figure imgf000275_0001
com pound- 142
Preparation of 2-(3,4a,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3,4-b][l,4]oxazin-4-yl)- N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide(compound- 142) :
Trifluoroacetic acid (250 μί) was added to a solution of tert-butyl 4-[3-[(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)carbamoyl]-2-pyridyl]-2,3,4a,5,7,7a-hexahydropyrrolo[3,4- b][l,4]oxazine-6-carboxylate (65 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) in DCM (0.5 mL). Stirred at room temperature for 45 min. Evaporated and purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH/NH3-aq) yielding 2-(3,4a,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3,4- b][l,4]oxazin-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide(compound-142) (15 mg, 23 %) as a brown solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 406, UV = 100 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.32 (dd, J= 4.9, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J= 7.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J= 7.5, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 4.36 (td, J= 8.8, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (t, J= 3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (dt, J= 11.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (td, J= 10.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.54 - 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.18 - 2.99 (m, 3H), 2.92 (d, J= 12.7 Hz, 1H), 2.54 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000276_0001
Preparation of 2-(2,3,4a,5,7,7a-hexahydrofuro[3,4-b][l,4]oxazin-4-yl)-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide (compound- 143):
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of tert-butyl 4- [3 -[(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)carbamoyl]-2-pyridyl]-2,3,4a,5 ,7,7a- hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-b][l,4]oxazine-6-carboxylate (compound- 141). Yield: 30 mg, 23%. LCMS: (M+H) = 407, UV = 100 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.54 (s, 1H), 8.28 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (ddd, J= 8.1, 5.2, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (dd, J= 7.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.55 (td, J= 9.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (t, J= 3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.98 - 3.64 (m, 5H), 3.49 (td, J= 11.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 3.43 - 3.37 (m, 1H , 3.30 - 3.21 (m, 1H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000276_0002
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octan- 8-yl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound- 144):
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of tert-butyl 4-[3-[(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)carbamoyl]-2-pyridyl]-2,3,4a,5,7,7a- hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-b][l,4]oxazine-6-carboxylate (compound- 141). Yield: 16 mg, 26%. LCMS: (M+H) = 391, UV = 100 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, OMSO-de) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.52 (s, 1H), 8.31 - 8.14 (m,
2H), 7.76 (ddd, J= 6.5, 5.3, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J= 7.4, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 4.21 (s, 2H), 3.66 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (d, J= 10.0 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.93 - 1.62 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000277_0001
Preparation of 2- [3 -(hydroxymethyl)morpho lin-4-yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound- 145):
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of tert-butyl 4-[3-[(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)carbamoyl]-2-pyridyl]-2,3,4a,5 ,7,7a- hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-b][l,4]oxazine-6-carboxylate (compound- 141). Yield: 5 mg, 8 % LCMS: (M+H) = 395, UV = 95% pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 8.42 (dd, J = 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (d, J =
2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (dd, J= 7.6, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (dd, J= 7.6, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.19 - 4.04 (m, 1H), 3.93 (dd, J= 4.1, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 3.84 - 3.62 (m, 4H), 3.50 - 3.33 (m, 4H), 3.26 - 3.11 (m, lH), 2.56 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000277_0002
Preparation of 2-(4,4-difluoro- 1 -piperidyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide (compound- 146):
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of tert-butyl 4- [3- [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)carbamoyl]-2-pyridyl]-2,3,4a,5 ,7,7a- hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-b][l ,4]oxazine-6-carboxylate (compound- 141). Yield: 50 mg, 79%. LCMS: (M+H) = 399, UV = 100% pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.61 (s, 1H), 10.53 (s, 1H), 8.32 (dd, J= 4.9, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J= 7.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J= 7.5, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.52 - 3.37 m, 4H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 2.14 - 1.88 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000278_0001
Preparation of 2-(6,8-dihydro-5H-imidazo[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazin-7-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide (compound- 147):
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of tert-butyl 4-[3-[(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)carbamoyl]-2-pyridyl]-2,3,4a,5 ,7,7a- hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-b][l ,4]oxazine-6-carboxylate (compound- 141). Yield: 1 1 mg, 17 %. LCMS: (M+H) = 401 , UV = 100 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.61 (s, 1H), 10.60 (s, 1H), 8.34 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J= 7.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J= 7.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.52 (s, 2H), 4.02 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (t, 2H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000278_0002
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(2-oxopiperazin- 1 - yl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide (compound- 148): Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of tert-butyl 4-[3- [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)carbamoyl]-2-pyridyl]-2,3,4a,5 ,7,7a- hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-b][l ,4]oxazine-6-carboxylate (compound- 141). Yield: 49 mg, 81 %. LCMS: (M+H) = 378, UV = 100% pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.60 (s, 1H), 10.55 (s, 1H), 8.30 (dd, J= 4.8,
1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.80 (ddd, J= 13.4, 8.1 , 2.1 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (dd, J= 7.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 3.61 - 3.49 (m, 2H), 3.25 - 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 149
Figure imgf000279_0001
Preparation of 2-morpholinopyridine-3-carboxylic acid
2-bromopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (700 mg, 3.47 mmol, 1 eq) was mixed with morpholine (2 mL, 22 mmol, 6 eq) and heated at 70 °C overnight. The mixture was evaporated, water was added and the mixture was made slightly acidic by drop wise adding 4 M HC1. The reaction mixture was then extracted 8 times with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to dryness yielding 2-morpholinopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (649, 90%>) as a beige coloured solid. LCMS : (M+H) = 209, UV = 100% pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 13.08 (s, 1H), 8.28 (dd, J= 4.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J= 7.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J= 7.5, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.73 - 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.44 - 3.20 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000280_0001
compound-149
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide (Compound-149): to a solution of 2-morpholinopyridine-3-carboxylic acid (82 mg, 0.39 mmoll eq) in NMP (0.5 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methoxy-quinolin-2- ol (75 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1.5 eq), HOAT (80 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (1 12 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (10 mg, 0.08 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (407 μΐ,, 2.34 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min and poured into water. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and purified by flash
chromatography (DCM/MeOH/NH3-aq) yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-6- quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide (compound- 149)(26 mg, 18 %) as an off-white solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 381 , UV = 95 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.35 (s, 1H), 10.56 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J= 7.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (dd, J= 7.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.90 (s, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.63 (t, J= 4.7 Hz, 4H), 3.27 (t, J= 4.7 Hz, 4H).
Synthesis of compound-150, compound-151 , and compound-152
HOAT
EDC
Figure imgf000281_0001
ater oxane
compound-150
Figure imgf000281_0002
Water/dioxane compound-152 / °
Figure imgf000281_0003
compound-150
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpholino- benzamide (compound- 150): to a solution of 5-iodo-2-morpholino-benzoic acid (600 mg, 1.8 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (6 mL) were added 6-amino-4-methyl-quinolin-2-ol (314 mg, 1.8 mmol, 1 eq), HOAT (294 mg, 2.16 mmol, 1.2 eq), EDC (414 mg, 2.16 mmol, 1.2 eq, DMAP (44 mg, 0.36 mmol, 0.2 eq) and DIPEA (939 μΕ, 5.4 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 70 °C for lh and poured into water. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration. The crude product was stirred in EtOAc, filtrated and dried to yield N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound- 150) (771 mg, 88%) as a beige coloured solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 490, UV = 98 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.97 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.88 - 7.67 (m, 2H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.68 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 2.97 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H .
Figure imgf000282_0001
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2- morpholino-benzamide (compound- 151):
To a solution of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpholino- benzamide (compound- 150) (50 mg, 0.10 mmol, 1 eq) and 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole (compound 4)(39 mg, 0.20 mmol, 2 eq) in dioxane (2.5 mL) was added a solution of Na2C03 (32 mg, 0.30 mmol, 3 eq) in water (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was purged with argon and added [l,l'-Bis(diphenylphosphino)- ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (Pd(dppf)Cl2)(15 mg, 0.2 mmol, 0.02 eq).The reaction mixture was heated at 70 °C for one hour. Water was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH) yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound- 151) (4 mg, 9 %) as a solid. LCMS : (M+H) = 431 , UV = 95 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Chloroforn + Methanol-^) δ 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.47 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 - 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.40 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 4.06 - 3.83 (m, 6H), 3.23 - 2.97 (m, 6H), 2.52 (s, 4H).
Figure imgf000283_0001
compound-152 v 0
Preparation of 5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-benzamide (compound- 152):
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound- 151): Yield: 30 mg, 33% as a brown solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 459, UV = 95 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 11.08 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J= 8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J= 8.6, 6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.71 (dd, J= 5.3, 3.5 Hz, 4H), 3.03 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 4H), 2.41 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 6H), 2.23 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound-153, compound-154, and compound-155
Figure imgf000283_0002
compound-153 Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpholino- benzamide (compound- 153):
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound- 150). Yield: 233 mg, 87 %. LCMS: (M+H) = 504, UV = 95 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.57 (s, 1H), 10.39 (s, 1H), 7.96 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J= 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 3.72 (dd, J= 5.4, 3.6 Hz, 4H), 3.02 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 2.39 d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000284_0001
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l-methylpyrazol-4- yl)-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound-154): synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2- morpholino-benzamide (compound- 151) Yield: 15 mg (16%). LCMS: (M+H) = 458, UV = 97 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.58 (s, 1H), 10.69 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J= 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J= 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.81 - 3.68 m, 4H), 3.1 1 - 2.92 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000284_0002
compound-155 Preparation of 5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6- quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound- 155):
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound-151). Yield: 34 mg, 60 %. LCMS: (M+H) = 473, UV = 94 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.57 (s, 1H), 10.52 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 3.88 - 3.54 (m, 4H), 3.21 - 2.82 (m, 4H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.40 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 6H), 2.25 (s, 3H). Synthesis o f compound- 156 and compound- 157
Figure imgf000285_0001
compound-156
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpholino- benzamide (compound- 156): Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound- 150). Yield: 162 mg, 77 %. LCMS: (M+H) = 504, UV = 98 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 10.88 (s, 1H), 10.75 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.75 - 7.65 (m, 1H), 7.05 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (dd, J= 5.8, 3.2 Hz, 4H), 2.97 (dd, J= 5.7, 3.5 Hz, 4H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.1 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000286_0001
Preparation of 5 -(3 -furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4, 8-dimethyl-6-quino lyl)-2- morpholino-benzamide (compound- 157): Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpholino- benzamide (compound-151). Yield: 49 mg, 55 %. LCMS: (M+H) = 444, UV = 95 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.06 (s, 1H), 10.76 (s, 1H), 8.26 - 8.13 (m, 2H), 7.93 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.78 - 7.67 (m, 3H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (dd, J = 1.9, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 5.76 (s, 2H), 3.72 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 4H), 3.31 (s, 2H), 3.00 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 4H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.42 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 158, compound- 159, compound- 160, and compound-161
HOAT EDC
Figure imgf000287_0001
compound-158
Figure imgf000287_0002
Water/dioxane
Figure imgf000287_0003
compound-158
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2- morpholino-benzamide (compound- 158):
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound- 150). Yield: 164 mg, 32 %. LCMS: (M+H) = 520, UV = 100 % pure. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.53 (s, 1H), 11.40 (s, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.29 (s, 1H), 5.76 (s, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.77 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 4H), 2.98 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 2.38 (d, J= 1.1 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000288_0001
compound-159
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l- methylpyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound-159):
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound-151). Yield:
40 mg, 56 %. LCMS: (M+H) = 474, UV = 96 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.66 (s, 1H), 11.52 (s, 1H), 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, J= 0.7 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J= 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H , 3.84 - 3.71 (m, 4H), 3.04 - 2.92 (m, 4H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000288_0002
compound-160
Preparation of 5 -(3 -furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- morpholino-benzamide (compound- 160) :
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound-151). Yield: 70 mg, 73 %. LCMS: (M+H) = 460, UV = 95 % pure. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 11.53 (s, 1H), 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.26 (dd, J= 1.6, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J= 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.11 - 6.82 (m, 2H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 5.76 (s, 2H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.92 - 3.67 (m, 4H), 3.12 - 2.92 (m, 4H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.1 Hz, 4H).
Figure imgf000289_0001
Preparation of 5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4- methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-benzamide (compound- 161):
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpho lino-benzamide (compound36). Yield: 10 mg, 17 %. LCMS : (M+H) = 489, UV = 94 % pure.
Synthesis of compound- 162
Figure imgf000289_0002
Preparation of 2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5-(3-furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl- 8 , 8a-dihydroquino lin-6-yl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide (compound- 162) :
Synthesized according to the procedure used in the synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound-151). Yield: 26 mg, 26 %. LCMS: (M+H) = 433, UV = 94 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 1 1.60 (s, 1H), 10.64 (s, 1H), 8.51 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.28 - 8.10 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (t, J= 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J= 1.9, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.53 - 5.24 (m, 1H), 3.95 - 3.46 (m, 4H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 2.29 - 1.93 (m, 2H).
Synthesis of compound- 163
Figure imgf000290_0001
compound-163
Figure imgf000290_0002
Preparation of 5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpholino-benzoic acid: to a solution of 5- iodo-2-morpholino-benzoic acid (200 mg, 0.60 mmol, 1 eq) and 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole (234 mg, 1.2 mmol, 2 eq) in dioxane (5 mL) was added a solution of Na2CC"3 (254 mg, 2.4 mmol, 4 eq) in water (2 mL). The reaction mixture was purged with argon and added [Ι , Γ-
Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (Pd(dppf)Cl2) (44 mg, 0.06 mmol, 0.1 eq).The reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C for 20 min. Water was added and the mixture made acidic with 1 M HC1, extracted with EtOAc, dried over Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography
(DCM/MeOH) yielding 5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpholino-benzoic acid (82 mg, 50 %) as a brown solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 275, UV = 100 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 15.95 (s, 1H), 9.56 (s, 1H), 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.84 - 3.74 (m, 4H , 3.13 - 3.03 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000291_0001
compound-163
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2- morpholino-benzamide (compound-163): to a solution of 5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpholino- benzoic acid (40 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1 eq) and 6-amino-4,7-dimethyl-quinolin-2-ol (34 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.2 eq) were added HOAT(31 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.5 eq), EDC (44 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.5 eq), DMAP (4 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.2 eq) and 78 μΐ,, 0.45 mmol, 3 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 houres and poured into water. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and purified by flash chromatography (DCM/MeOH) yielding N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2- morpholino-benzamide (compound-163) (13 mg, 20 %) as a yellowish solid. LCMS: (M+H) = 445, UV = 94 % pure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 9.14 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.90 (d, J= 1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dt, J= 8.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J= 8.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 3.97 - 3.74 (m, 4H), 3.24 - 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H). Synthesis of compound- 164
Figure imgf000292_0001
compound-164
To a solution of 2-cyano-5-morpholino-pyridine-4-carboxylic acid (53 mg 0.23 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (3 mL), HO At (31 mg, 0.23 mmol), EDCxHCl (44 mg, 0.23 mmol) and DIPEA (80 μί, 0.46 mmol) were added, followed by addition of 6-amino- 4,7-dimethyl-lH-quinolin-2-one (41 mg, 0.20 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at 70°C for 20 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL EtOAC and 20 mL water and extracted. The organic layer was washed with water (20 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was purified by flash chromatography in the solvent system DCM-MeOH, 0-10% MeOH. Purest fractions were combined and solvent evaporated to give 5 mg of 2-cyano-N-(4,7-dimethyl-2-oxo-lH-quinolin-6-yl)- 5-morpholino-pyridine-4-carboxamide (compound-164) as white solid. MS: m/z (M+H)+ 404; 99% purity.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- ¾) δ 11.57 (s, 1H), 10.18 (s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 3.78 - 3.68 (m, 4H), 3.34 - 3.29 (m, 4H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 165
Figure imgf000293_0001
compound-165
Preparation of 4-methyl-3-oxo-N-phenyl-pentanamide (3)
A solution of ethyl 4-methyl-3-oxo-pentanoate (1086 mg, 7.5 mmol) in toluene/pyridine (5 mL/1 mL) was heated to gentle reflux for 30 min. Aniline (465 mg, 5.0 mmol) was then added dropwise into the above reaction mixture and it was refluxed for 16h. The solution was allowed to cool to 25 °C and was extracted with 2M NaOH. The aqueous layer was separated and made weakly acidic with cone. HCl. It was then extracted with EtOAc (2x30 mL). Organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 1.048 g of crude 4-methyl-3-oxo-N-phenyl-pentanamide. Product was used as such without further purification.
Preparation of 4-isopropyl-lH-quinolin-2-one (4)
To 5 mL g of polyphosphoric acid was added 4-methyl-3-oxo-N-phenyl- pentanamide (1026 mg, 5.0 mmol) and the mixture stirred at 100°C for 20 h. After cooling to r.t, small portion of ice-cold water was added to the reaction mixture and stirred until all polyphosphoric acid dissolved. Mixture was then poured onto 20 mL of water/ice and pH made basic with 2N NaOH. Product precipitated and it was filtered off, washed with water and dried to afford 448 mg of 4-isopropyl-lH- quinolin-2-one. MS : m/z (M+H)+ 188, purity 99%.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 7.89 - 7.77 (m, 1H), 7.49 (ddd, J = 8.3, 7.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J= 8.3, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (ddd, J = 8.3, 7.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 3.50 - 3.43 (m, 1H), 1.25 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 6H).
Preparation of 4-isopropyl-6-nitro-lH-quinolin-2-one (5)
4-isopropyl-lH-quinolin-2-one (448 mg, 2.39 mmol) was dissolved in
acetanhydride (5mL). The mixture was stirred on ice for 10 min, then nitric acid (200 μί, 4.79 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred on ice for 2 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with water/ice (50 mL) and the resulting precipitate was washed with water and dried to give 235 mg of 4-isopropyl-6-nitro-lH-quinolin-2-one as yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.22 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.35
(dd, J= 9.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 3.31 (d, J= 6.2 Hz, 1H), 1.28 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 6H).
Preparation of 6-amino-4-isopropyl-lH-quinolin-2-one (6)
4-isopropyl-6-nitro-lH-quinolin-2-one (232 mg, 1.0 mmol) was suspended in 15mL EtOH and 15mL saturated NH4C1 and heated to reflux. Iron powder (168 mg, 3.0 mmol) was added. After refiuxing for another 45 min, reaction mixture was cooled, filtered and washed with water and DCM. Layers were separated and the organic extracts washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 161 mg of 6-amino-4-isopropyl-lH-quinolin-2-one. MS: m/z (M+H)+ 203, purity 77.2%
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.25 (s, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d,
J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 3.31 (s, 1H), 1.24 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 6H).
Preparation of 5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-isopropyl-6-quino lyl)-2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide (compound- 165)
To a solution of 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzoic acid acid (95 mg 0.32 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (5 mL), HOAt (44 mg, 0.32 mmol), EDCxHCl (61 mg, 0.32 mmol) and DIPEA (111 μί, 0.32 mmol) was added, followed by addition of 6- amino-4-ethyl-lH-quinolin-2-one (65 mg, 0.32 mmol) and the reaction stirred in DMF at 70°C for 20 h. Reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and purified by flash chromatography on a 12 g silicagel column in the solvent system DCM-MeOH, 0-10% MeOH. Purest fractions were combined and washed with water. Organic solvent was then evaporated under reduced pressure to give 73 mg of pure 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)- N-(2-hydroxy-4-isopropyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide (compound- 165). MS: m/z (M+H)+ 483 purity 95%.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- ¾) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 10.55 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.65 - 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 3.47 - 3.29 (m, 5H), 2.59 (s, 6H), 1.99 - 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.28 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 6H).
S nthesis of compound- 166
Figure imgf000295_0001
Sodium carbonate (38 mg, 0.36 mmol) in water (1 mL) was added to a mixture of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpholino-benzamide (60 mg, 0.12 mmol) and l-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrazole (50 mg, 0.24 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) in 10 mL microwave vial and purged with argon before Pd(dppf)C12 (9 mg, 0.012 mmol) was added. Reaction was then stirred in microwave reactor at 140°C for 45 min. Mixture was poured into 30 mL water and 30 mL DCM and extracted. DCM layer was washed with water and concentrated under reduced pressure. Crude product was purified by flash chromatography on 4 g silica gel column in DCM:MeOH, gradient 0-10% MeOH, 20CV. After evaporation of the solvent, 8 mg of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l-methylpyrazol-4-yl)-2- morpholino-benzamide (compound- 166) was isolated. MS: m/z (M+H)+ 444, purity 99%. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.62 (s, 1H), 11.31 (s, 1H), 8.38 - 8.25 (m, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.94 - 7.90 (m, 1H), 7.88 - 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.72 - 7.65 (m, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J= 8.4, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.87 - 3.84 (m, 3H), 3.75 - 3.72 (m, 4H), 3.03 - 2.93 (m, 4H), 2.42 (t, J= 1.4 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of compound-167
Figure imgf000296_0001
Sodium carbonate (38 mg, 0.36 mmol) in water (1 mL) was added to a mixture of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpholino-benzamide (60 mg, 0.12 mmol) and 2-(3-furyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolane (50 mg, 0.24 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) in 10 mL microwave vial and purged with argon before
Pd(dppf)C12 (9 mg, 0.012 mmol) was added. Reaction was then stirred in microwave reactor at 140°C for 45 min.Mixture was diluted with DCM and water and product precipitated. Water layer was decanted and organic layer filtered off. The obtained precipitate was washed with DCM and water and dried to give 43 mg of pure product 5- (3-furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide (compound- 167).MS: m/z (M+H)+ 430.06, purity 99%
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSC /6) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 11.16 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.28 - 8.17 (m, 1H), 7.95 (t, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J= 9.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 - 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.40 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 6.99 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.82 - 3.61 (m, 4H), 3.09 - 2.92 (m, 4H), 2.46 - 2.35 (m, 3H). Synthesis of compound- 168
Figure imgf000297_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-acetyl-2-morpholinobenzoate (2): to a solution of methyl
5-acetyl-2-fluorobenzoate (1)(2 g, 10.2 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (20 mL) at RT was added morpholine (1.06 g, 12.24 mmol, 1.2 eq), DIPEA (3.95 g, 30.6 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting EtOAc: Pet ether (50:50) to afford methyl 5-acetyl-2-morpholinobenzoate (2) (2.2 g, 82 %) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000298_0001
3
Preparation of 5-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinobenzamide (3): to a solution of methyl 5-acetyl-2-morpholinobenzoate (2) (2 g, 7.6 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry toluene (20 mL) at RT added 6-amino-4-methylquinolin-2-ol (2.64 g, 15.20mmol, 2 eq), trimethylaluminium (1.64 g, 22.8 mmol, 3 eq ) and stirred at 100 °C for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with ammonium chloride solution and filtered the solid obtained. The solid was washed with water and purified the compound by reverse phase method (0.05 % formic acid in water: 0.05 % formic acid in acetonitrile) to afford 5-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinobenzamide (3) (450 mg, 15 %) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000298_0002
compound-168
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l -hydroxy ethyl)-2- morpholinobenzamide (compound- 168): to a solution of 5-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholinobenzamide (3) (450 mg, 1.11 mmol, 1 eq) in methanol (10 mL) was added sodium borohydride at 0 °C and stirred at RT for 1 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice water, filtered the solid, washed with water and dried to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l- hydroxyethyl)-2-morpholinobenzamide (compound- 168) (430 mg, 98 %) as yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 11.40 (s, 1H), 8.29 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J= 10.5 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J= 17.5, 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.19 (s, 1H), 4.74 (s, 1H), 3.74 (m, 4H), 2.97 (m, 4H), 2.42 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 2H), 1.33 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H). Synthesis of compound- 169, compound- 170, and compound- 171 :
Figure imgf000299_0001
Figure imgf000299_0002
Preparation of methyl 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinate (2): to a solution of 5- bromo-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (1) (3 g, 10.452 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (30 mL), added Conc.H2S04 (0.6 mL), and stirred at 70°C for 18 h. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with solid NaHC03 and added water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinate (2) (2.3 g, 73 %) as off white solid.
Figure imgf000300_0001
Preparation of methyl 5 -(1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinate (3): to a solution of methyl 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinate (2) (1.2 g, 4 mmol, 1 eq) in Dioxane: H20 (2: 1) (10 vol) was added 2A (1 g, 8 mmol, 2 eq) and Na2C03 (1.27 g, 12 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was evaporated and The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting MeOH: DCM (5: 95) to afford methyl 5-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol- 4-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinate (3) (700 mg, 58 %) as off white solid.
Figure imgf000300_0002
Preparation of 5 -(1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (4): to a solution of methyl 5-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinate (3) (700 mg, 2.317 mmol, 1 eq) in Methanol: H20 (5: 1) (10 vol) was added LiOH (291.6 mg, 6.951 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was evaporated, diluted with water (20 mL), acidified by using 5% citric acid solution and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 5- (1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinic acid (4) (360 mg, 54 %) as off white solid.
Figure imgf000301_0001
compound-169
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-8-methoxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l -methyl- 1H- pyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino nicotinamide (Compound-169): to a solution of 5-(l- methyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinic acid (4) (100 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (2 mL), added HO At (94.38 mg, 0.69 mmol, 2 eq), EDC (133 mg, 0.69 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (179.05 mg, 1.38 mmol, 4 eq), 6-amino-8-methoxy-4- methylquinolin-2-ol (70.7 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water. Filtered the solid, washed with diethyl ether and dried to afford N-(2-hydroxy-8-methoxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)- 5 -(1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (Compound-169) (112 mg, 68 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 10.65 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 2H), 8.58 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.70 - 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.30 - 3.23 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000302_0001
compound-170
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l -methyl- 1H- pyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino nicotinamide (compound- 170): to a solution of 5-(l-methyl- lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinic acid (4) (100 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (2 mL) was added HOAt (94.38 mg, 0.69 mmol, 2 eq), EDC (133 mg, 0.69 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (179.05 mg, 1.38 mmol, 4eq) and 6-amino-7-methoxy-4-methylquinolin- 2-ol (70.7 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water. Filtered the solid, washed with Diethyl ether and dried. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting with MeOH : DCM (4 : 96) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4- methylquino lin-6-yl)-5 -( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazo l-4-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide
(compound- 170) (36 mg, 21 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.52 (s, 1H), 10.95 (s, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.19 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000302_0002
compound-171
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol- 4-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (compound-171): to a solution of 5 -(1 -methyl- 1H- pyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (Compound-4) (100 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (2 mL) was added HOAt (94.38 mg, 0.69 mmol, 2 eq), EDC (133 mg, 0.69 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (179.05 mg, 1.38 mmol, 4eq) and 6-amino-4,7-dimethylquinolin- 2-ol (65.2 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water. Filtered the solid, washed with Diethyl ether and dried. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting with MeOH: DCM (4: 96) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethylquinolin-6- yl)-5 -( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazo l-4-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (compound- 171) (45 mg, 28 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.56 (s, 1H), 10.14 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.77 - 3.67 (m, 4H), 3.34 (m, 4H), 2.39 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 6H).
Synthesis of compound- 172 and compound- 173
Figure imgf000303_0001
Figure imgf000304_0001
2
Preparation of 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-fluoro-N-(4-methyl-2-oxo- 1 ,2- dihydroquinolin-6-yl)benzamide (2): to a solution of 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- fluorobenzoic acid (1) (200 mg, 0.808 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (5 mL) at RT was added 1A (140.7 mg, 0.808 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (220 mg, 1.617 mmol, 2 eq ), EDC.HC1 (310.14 mg, 1.617 mmol, 1 eq) and DIPEA (0.59 mL, 417.4 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and the resulting solid was filtered and dried to afford 5-(N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-fluoro-N- (4-methyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)benzamide (2) (190 mg, 58.2 %) as pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000304_0002
com pound -172 F
Preparation of (R)-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(4- methyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)benzamide (compound- 172): to a solution of 5- (N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-fluoro-N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-6- yl)benzamide (2) (70 mg, 0.173 mmol, 1 eq) and (R)-3-fluoropyrrolidine hydrochloride (2a) (21.8 mg, 0.173 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO was added DIPEA ( 0.1 mL, 89.6 mg, 0.694 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and and the resulting solid was filtered. The crude was triturated with DCM and n-Pentane to afford (R)-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l- yl)-N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)benzamide (compound- 172) (42 mg, 51.2 %) as pale yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.66 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.69 - 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.64 - 5.12 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.36 (m, 4H), 2.60 (s, 6H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.33 - 1.96 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000305_0001
compound-173
Preparation of (S)-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(4- methyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)benzamide (compound-173): to a solution of 5- (N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-fluoro-N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-6- yl)benzamide (2) (70 mg, 0.173 mmol, 1 eq) and (S)-3-fluoropyrrolidine hydrochloride (2b) (21.8 mg, 0.173 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (10 vol) was added DIPEA ( 0.1 mL, 89.6 mg, 0.694 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water, the resulting solid was filtered and dried. The crude was triturated with DCM - n-Pentane to afford (S)-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3- fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(4-methyl-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)benzamide
(compound-173) (39 mg, 47.6 %) as pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.66 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.53 - 5.26 (m, 1H), 3.85 - 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.62 - 3.36 (m, 3H), 2.60 (s, 6H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.32 - 2.15 (m, 2H).
Synthesis of compound-174, compound-175, compound-176, and compound-177:
Figure imgf000306_0001
Figure imgf000306_0002
compound-176 compound
Figure imgf000306_0003
Preparation of 5-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinamide (2): to a solution of 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (1) (500 mg, 1.742 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (1 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4- methylquinolin-2-ol (303 mg, 1.742 mmol, 1.0 eq), HO At (473 mg, 3.484 mmol, 2 eq ), EDC (665 mg, 3.484 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (898 mg, 6.968 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and then filtered the solid obtained. The solid was washed with water and dried to afford 5- bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (2) (550 mg, 71 %) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000307_0001
com pound -174
Preparation of 5 -(furan-3 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 174): a suspension of 5-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (2) (200 mg, 0.452 mmol, 1 eq), Furan-4-boronic acid (175 mg, 0.904 mmol, 2 eq), Na2C03 (144 mg, 1.357 mmol, 3 eq) in Dioxane (5 mL) was degassed for 15 min. Then added Pd(PPh3)4 (53 mg, 0.045 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford 5 -(furan-3 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (compound- 174) (10 mg, 4 %) as pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.63 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 2H), 8.08 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.84 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.65 (m, 4H), 3.24 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H)
Figure imgf000308_0001
compound-176
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(isoxazol-4-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 176): a suspension of 5-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (2) (300 mg, 0.678mmol, 1 eq), isoxazole-4-boronic acid (154 mg, 1.357 mmol, 2 eq), Na2C03 (215 mg, 2.034 mmol, 3 eq) in Dioxane (5 mL) was degassed for 15 min. Then added PdCl2(PPh3)2 (48 mg, 0.067 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SC"4, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(isoxazol-4-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 176) (6 mg, 2 %) as pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.57 (s, 1H), 10.95 (s, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.41 - 8.27 (m, 2H), 8.26 - 8.17 (m, 1H), 7.87 - 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.37 - 7.24 (m, 2H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 3.67 (m, 6H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 4H), 2.41 (s, 5H).
Figure imgf000308_0002
Preparation of 5 -(3, 5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6- yl)-2-morpholino nicotinamide (compound- 177): a suspension of 5-bromo-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (2) (200 mg, 0.440 mmol, 1 eq), 3,5 dimethyl isoxazole-4-boronic acid (115 mg, 0.881 mmol, 2 eq), Cs2C03 (430 mg, 1.32 mmol, 3 eq ) in Dioxane (5 mL) was degassed for 15 min. Then added PdCl2(dppf) (36 mg, 0.044 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 15 min in
microwave. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford 5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin- 6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (compound- 177) (90 mg, 45 %) as yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 11.11 (s, 1H), 10.60 (br s, 1H), 8.40 (dt, J = 2.2, 10.4 Hz, 3H), 7.63 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 4.03 - 3.84 (m, 4H), 3.42 - 3.25 (m, 4H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000309_0001
compound-175
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-5 -( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazo 1-4- yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 175): a suspension of 5-bromo-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (2) (100 mg, 0.226 mmol, 1 eq) 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazo 1-4-ylboronic acid (43 mg, 0.339 mmol, 1.5 eq), Na2C03 (72 mg, 0.678 mmol, 3 eq ) in Dioxane (5 mL) was degassed for 15 min. Then added PdCl2(dppf) (20 mg, 0.022 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 15 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford N- (2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-5 -( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazo l-4-yl)-2- morpho lino nicotinamide (compound- 175) (30 mg, 31 %) as yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.59 (br s, 1H), 10.66 (s, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.68 - 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.30 - 3.25 (m, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H). Synthesis of compound- 178
Figure imgf000310_0001
2
Preparation of 5-bromo-2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)nicotinic acid (2): to a solution of 5-bromo-2-fluoronicotinic acid (1) (500 mg, 2.27 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DMSO (5 mL) was added 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptane (1A) (326 mg, 2.27 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (878 mg, 6.81 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured in ice water and acidified with IN HCl and filtered the solid to afford 5-bromo-2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)nicotinic acid (2) (400 mg, 82 %) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000311_0001
Preparation of 5-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(2-oxa-6- azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)nicotinamide (3): to a solution of 5-bromo-2-(2-oxa-6- azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)nicotinic acid (2) (400 mg, 1.34 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DMF (1 mL) was added 6-amino-4-methylquinolin-2-ol (2A) (233 mg, 1.34 mmol, 1.0 eq), HO At (365 mg, 2.68 mmol, 2 eq), EDC (512 mg, 2.68 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (692 mg, 5.36 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water. The solid obtained was filtered, washed with water and dried to afford 5 -bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro [3.3 Jheptan- 6-yl)nicotinamide (3) (350 mg, 35 %) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000311_0002
compound-178
Preparation of 5-(furan-3-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(2-oxa-6- azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)nicotinamide (compound-178): a suspension of 5-bromo-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-yl)nicotinamide (3) (200 mg, 0.440 mmol, 1 eq), Furan-4-boronic acid (171 mg, 0.881 mmol, 2 eq), Na2C03 (187 mg, 1.76 mmol, 3 eq ) in Dioxane (3 mL) was degassed for 15 min. Then added Pd(PPh3)4 (51 mg, 0.044 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford 5-(furan-3-yl)- N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6- yl)nicotinamide (compound- 178) (69 mg, 35 %) as yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSC ½): δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.49 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, J = 2.4
Hz, 1H), 8.19 - 8.10 (m, 2H), 7.94 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J = 2.0, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 4.68 (s, 4H), 4.14 (s, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 179:
Figure imgf000312_0001
compound-179
Figure imgf000312_0002
Preparation of 5-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinamide (2): to a solution of 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (1) (100 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (2 mL) was added 1A (63.9 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (92.4 mg, 0.68 mmol, 2 eq), EDC.HC1 (130.3 mg, 0.68 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (175.4 mg, 1.36 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 18 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and filtered the solid obtained. The solid was washed with pentane and dried to afford 5-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4, 8-dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpho lino nicotinamide (2) (115 mg, 72 %) as off white solid.
Figure imgf000313_0001
compound-179
Preparation of 5-(furan-3-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4, 8-dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 179): to a solution of 5-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4,8- dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (2) (115 mg, 0.251 mmol, 1 eq) in Dioxane: H20 (2: 1) (10 vol) was added 2A (97.3 mg, 0.502 mmol, 2 eq) and Na2C03 (79.81 mg, 0.753 mmol, 3 eq) and degassed the mixture for 15 mins. Then added Pd(PPh3)4 (28.9 mg, 0.025 mmol, 0.1 eq) heated at 80 °C for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (3: 97) to afford 5-(furan-3-yl)-N- (2-hydroxy-4, 8-dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 179) (50 mg, 45 %) as off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 10.74 (s, 1H), 10.56 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 3.70 - 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.31 - 3.27 (m, 4H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H). Synthesis of compound- 180
Figure imgf000314_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-cyano-2-morpholinobenzoate (2)
To a solution of methyl 5-cyano-2-fluorobenzoate (1) (450 mg, 2.51 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMSO (5 mL) was added morpholine (262 mg, 3.01 mmol, 1.2 eq), DIPEA (972 mg, 7.53 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and then filtered the compound to afford methyl 5-cyano-2- morpholinobenzoate (2) (700 mg, 99 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000315_0001
Preparation of 5-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinobenzamide (3): to a solution of methyl 5-cyano-2-morpholinobenzoate (2) (600 mg, 2.436mmol, 1 eq) in Dry toluene (10 mL) was added 6-amino-4- methylquinolin-2-ol (2A) (423 mg, 2.436 mmol, 1 eq), trimethyl aluminium solution (526 mg, 7.308 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and filtered crude solid. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography (0.1 % ammonium acetate in water: aceto nitrile) to afford 5-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinobenzamide (3) (200 mg, 21 %) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000315_0002
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-5-(lH- tetrazol-5-yl)benzamide (4): to a solution of 5-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6- yl)-2-morpholinobenzamide (3) (100 mg, 0.257 mmol, 1 eq) in IPA (5 mL) was added sodium azide (50 mg, 0.771 mmol, 3 eq), ZnBr2 (86 mg, 0.385 mmol, 1.5 eq ) and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion, evaporated the solvent, the residue was taken in water and extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-5-(lH- tetrazol-5-yl) benzamide (4) (30 mg, 27 %) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000316_0001
com pound -180
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-5 -(5 -methyl- 1 ,3 ,4-oxadiazo 1- 2-yl)-2-morpholinobenzamide (compound- 180): a solution of N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-5-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl) benzamide (4) (30 mg, 0.069 mmol, 1 eq) in acetic anhydride (2 mL) was stirred at 140 °C for 16 h. After
completion, evaporated the solvent, the residue was taken in water and extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: pet ether (7: 3) to afford N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-5 -(5 -methyl- 1 ,3 ,4-oxadiazo l-2-yl)-2- morpholinobenzamide (compound- 180) (5 mg, 6 %) as yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.77 (s, 1H), 8.29 - 8.21 (m, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.06 - 7.97 (m, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.41 - 7.24 (m, 2H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.69 (m, 4H), 3.11 (m, 4H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound-181 and compound- 182:
Figure imgf000317_0001
compound-182
Figure imgf000317_0002
Preparation of methyl- 5-cyano-2-morpholinobenzoate (2): to a solution of methyl 5-cyano-2-fluorobenzoate (1) (450 mg, 2.51 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMSO (5 mL) was added morpholine (262 mg, 3.01 mmol, 1.2 eq), DIPEA (972 mg, 7.53 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and then filtered the compound to afford methyl 5-cyano-2-morpholinobenzoate (2) (700 mg, 99 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000318_0001
Preparation of 5-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinobenzamide (3): to a solution of methyl 5-cyano-2-morpholinobenzoate (2) (600 mg, 2.436mmol, 1 eq) in Dry toluene (10 mL) was added 6-amino-4- methylquinolin-2-ol (2A) (423 mg, 2.436 mmol, 1 eq), trimethyl aluminium solution (526 mg, 7.308 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and filtered crude solid. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography (0.1 % ammonium acetate in water: aceto nitrile) to afford 5-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinobenzamide (3) (200 mg, 21 %) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000318_0002
compound-182
Preparation of 3-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-ylcarbamoyl)-4- morpholinobenzoic acid (compound-182): to a solution of 5-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholinobenzamide (3) (100 mg, 0.257 mmol, 1 eq) in methanol (5 mL) and water (2 mL) at RT was added NaOH (20 mg, 0.515 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at 70 °C for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was taken in water and acidified using IN HCl. The solid was filtered and dried to afford 3-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-ylcarbamoyl)-4-morpholinobenzoic acid (compound-182) (65 mg, 62 %) as yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 12.91 - 12.74 (m, 1H), 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.67 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.68 (s, 4H), 3.09 (s, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000319_0001
compound-181
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-5-(lH- tetrazol-5-yl)benzamide (compound-181): to a solution of 5-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholinobenzamide (3) (100 mg, 0.257 mmol, 1 eq) in IPA (5 mL) was added sodium azide (50 mg, 0.771 mmol, 3 eq), ZnBr2 (86 mg, 0.385 mmol, 1.5 eq ) and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion, evaporated the solvent, the residue was taken in water and extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-5- (lH-tetrazol-5-yl) benzamide (compound-181) (30 mg, 27 %) as yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSC ½): δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 11.25 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.27
(s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.73 (s, 4H), 3.02 (s, 4H), 2.43 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 183
Figure imgf000319_0002
compound-183
Figure imgf000320_0001
Preparation of 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (2): to a solution of 5-bromo- 2-fluoronicotinic acid (1) (1 g, 4.56 mmol, 1 eq) and morpholine (1A) (397.8 mg, 4.56 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (10 mL) at RT was added K2C03 ( 1.8 g, 13.69 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 2 h. After completion reaction mixture was acidified with 1 N HCl and the resulting solid was filtered to afford 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (2) (600 mg, 45.8 %) as off white solid.
Figure imgf000320_0002
Preparation of 5-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinamide (3): to a solution 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (2) (700 mg, 2.439 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (10 vol) at RT was added 2A (424.3 mg, 2.439 mmol, 1 eq ), HOAt (663.4 mg, 4.878 mmol, 2 eq), EDC (935.1 mg, 4.878 mmol, 2 eq ), DIPEA (1.258 g, 9.756 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was taken in water and the resulting solid was filtered to afford 5- bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (3) (700 mg, 64 %) as pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000321_0001
compound-183
Preparation of 5-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinamide (Compound-183): to a degassed solution 5-bromo-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (3) (200 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1 eq) K4[Fe(CN)6].3H20 (57 mg, 0.13 mmol, 0.3 eq ) and Na2C03 (37 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1 eq) in DMA (10 vol) was added Pd(OAc)2 (4.56 mg, 0.006 mmol, 0.015 eq ) and stirred at 120 °C for 48 h in a sealed tube. After completion, the reaction mixture was taken in water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). The combined extracts were washed with cold water (7 mL) brine solution (7 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and
concentrated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet Ether (20: 80) to afford 5-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6- yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (Compound-183) (40 mg, 22.8 %) as pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.64 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.83 - 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.64-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.56 (d, J= 5.0 Hz, 4H), 2.40 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 184
Figure imgf000321_0002
compound-184
Figure imgf000322_0001
2
Preparation of 5-bromo-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) nicotinic acid (2): to a solution of 5-bromo-2-fluoronicotinic acid (1) (4 g, 18.26 mmol, 1 eq) and 3-fluoropyrrolidine hydrochloride (1A) (2.3 g, 18.26 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO (40 mL) at RT was added K2C03 (10.08 g, 73.06 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at 60 °C for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was acidified with 1 N HC1 and the resulting solid was filtered. The crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (5: 95) to afford 5-bromo-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) nicotinic acid (2) (3.5 g, 92 %) as off white solid.
Figure imgf000322_0002
compound-184
Preparation of 5-bromo-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl) nicotinamide (Compound- 184): to a solution of 5-bromo-2-(3- fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)nicotinic acid (2) (2.1 g, 7.266 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (21 mL) at RT was added 2A (1.26 g, 7.26 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (1.98 g, 14.53 mmol, 2 eq), EDC.HC1 (2.785 g, 14.53 mmol, 2 eq ), DIPEA (3.749 g, 29.065 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and the resulting solid was filtered. The crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (4: 96) to afford 5-bromo-2-(3- fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl) nicotinamide (Compound- 184) (2.2 g, 68 %) as pale yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.63 (s, 1H), 8.30 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.44-5.30 (m, 1H), 3.77 (d, J= 13.3 Hz, 1H), 3.65 - 3.51 (m, 3H), 2.55 (s, 1H), 2.40 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 2.16 (m, 1H).
Synthesis of compound-185, compound-186, and compound-187
Figure imgf000323_0001
compound-187
Figure imgf000323_0002
com pound 185 Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)-
2-morpholinonicotinamide (compound-185): a suspension of 5-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (1) (200 mg, 0.452 mmol, leq), N- Methyl piperazine (45 mg, 0.452 mmol, 1 eq) Na'OBu (130 mg, 1.356 mmol, 3 eq) in 1,4 Dioxane (10 Vol) was degassed for 10 min. Then added Ruphos (20 mg, 0.0452 mmol, 0.1 eq), Ruphos precatalyst (32 mg, 0.0452 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 90 ° C for 16 h in a sealed tube. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (6: 94) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5 -(4- methylpiperazin-l-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 185) (82 mg, 40 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 11.21 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J = 2.2, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.78 - 3.66 (m, 4H), 3.16 (br d, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.12 - 3.03 (m, 4H), 2.49 - 2.43 (m, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000324_0001
compound-186
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2, 5- dimorpho lino nicotinamide (compound- 186): a suspension of 5-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (1) (200 mg, 0.452 mmol, leq), Morpholine (39 mg, 0.452 mmol, 1 eq) Na'OBu (130 mg, 1.356 mmol, 3 eq) in 1,4 Dioxane (10 Vol) was degassed for 10 min. Then added Ruphos (20 mg, 0.0452 mmol, 0.1 eq), Ruphos precatalyst (32 mg, 0.0452 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 90 ° C for 16 h in a sealed tube. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (6: 94) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2, 5- dimorpho lino nicotinamide (compound- 186) (55 mg, 27 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J = 2.0, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.73 (td, J = 4.2, 18.0 Hz, 8H), 3.12 (td, J = 4.4, 17.1 Hz, 8H), 2.41 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000325_0001
compound-187
Preparation of 5-(4-(dimethylamino) piperidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (compound-187): a suspension of 5- bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (1) (100 mg, 0.226 mmol, leq), 4-Dimethylamino piperidine (29 mg, 0.226 mmol, 1 eq) Na'OBu (63 mg, 0.66 mmol,3 eq) in 1,4 Dioxane (10 Vol) was degassed for 10 min. Then added Ruphos (10 mg, 0.0226 mmol, 0.1 eq), Ruphos precatalyst (16 mg, 0.0226 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 90 0 C for 16 h in a sealed tube. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (6: 94) to afford 5-(4- (dimethylamino) piperidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinamide (compound-187) (10 mg, 9 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 11.24 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.71 (m, 6H), 3.08 (m, 4H), 2.80 - 2.62 (m, 2H), 2.41 (m, 4H), 2.21 (m, 6H), 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.49 (m, 2H). Synthesis of compound- 188
Figure imgf000326_0001
Preparation of 5 -(3, 5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (2): a suspension of 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (1) (1 g, 3.484 mmol, 1 eq), 3,5- dimethylisoxazol-4-ylboronic acid (975.5 mg, 6.968 mmol, 2 eq) and CS2CO3 (3.39 g, 10.452 mmol, 3 eq) in Dioxane:H20 (2: 1) (10 vol) was degassed for 15 mins. Then added Pd(PPh3)4 (283.9 mg, 0.348 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 80°C for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (3: 97) to afford 5- (3, 5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (1) (300 mg, 28 %) as off white solid.
Figure imgf000326_0002
compound-188 Preparation of 5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethylquinolin- 6-yl)-2-morpholino nicotinamide (compound- 188): to a solution of 5-(3,5- dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinic acid (Compound-2) (150 mg, 0.49 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (2 mL) at RT was added 2A (93 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (135 mg, 0.99 mmol, 2 eq ), EDC (190 mg, 0.99 mmol, 2 eq) and DIPEA (255 mg, 1.98 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford 5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy- 4,7-dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 188) (80 mg, 34 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.07 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (s, 2H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 3.80 - 3.65 (m, 4H), 3.52 - 3.36 (m, 4H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.38 (d, J = 12.7 Hz, 6H), 2.26 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 189, compound- 190 & compound-191
Figure imgf000327_0001
Figure imgf000328_0001
Preparation of 5 -(furan-3-yl)-2-morpholino nicotinic acid (2): a suspension of 5- bromo-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (1) (1.0 g, 3.49 mmol, 1 eq), 2-(furan-3-yl)-4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolane (1A) (1.36 g, 6.99 mmol, 2 eq), Na2C03 (1.48 g, 13.98mmol, 4 eq) in Dioxane (20 mL) was degassed for 10 min. Then added Pd(PPh3)4 (404 mg, 0.34 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken in water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (60 mL), brine (60 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford 5-(furan-3-yl)- 2-morpholinonicotinic acid (2) (500 mg, 51 %) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000328_0002
Preparation of 5-(furan-3-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-8-methoxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 189): to a solution of 5-(furan-3-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinic acid (2) (100 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (2 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-8-methoxy-4-methylquinolin-2-ol (2A) (75 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (100 mg, 0.72 mmol, 2 eq ), EDC (140 mg, 0.72 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (188 mg, 0.25 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford 5-(furan-3-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-8- methoxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 189) (75 mg, 45 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 10.63 (br d, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 8.61 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.83 - 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.73 - 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.33 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000329_0001
Preparation of 5-(furan-3-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4, 7-dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 191): to a solution of 5-(furan-3-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinic acid (2) (100 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (2 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4,7-dimethylquinolin-2-ol (2B) (69 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (100 mg, 0.72 mmol, 2 eq), EDC (140 mg, 0.72 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (188 mg, 0.25 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford 5-(furan-3-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7- dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide(compound-191) (46 mg, 27 %) as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-< <5): δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.09 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 3.77 - 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.41 - 3.33 (m, 4H), 2.39 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 6H).
Figure imgf000330_0001
Preparation of 5 -(furan-3 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 190): to a solution of 5 -(furan-3 -yl)-2- morpholinonicotinic acid (2) (100 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (2 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-7-methoxy-4-methylquinolin-2-ol (2C) (75 mg, 0.36 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (100 mg, 0.72 mmol, 2 eq), EDC (140 mg, 0.72 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (188 mg, 0.25 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford 5 -(furan-3 -yl)-N-(2-hy droxy-7-methoxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (compound- 190) (45 mg, 29 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.52 (s, 1H), 10.81 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.74 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.40 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.27 - 3.14 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound- 192, compound- 193 & compound- 194
Figure imgf000331_0001
compound-194
Figure imgf000331_0002
compound-192 Preparation of 5 -(azetidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-2 morpholinonicotinamide (compound-192): a suspension of 5-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (1) (200 mg, 0.452 mmol, leq), azetidine (26 mg, 0.452 mmol, 1 eq) Na'OBu (130 mg, 1.356 mmol, 3 eq) in 1,4 Dioxane (10 Vol) was degassed for 10 min. Then added Ruphos (20 mg, 0.0452 mmol, 0.1 eq), Ruphos precatalyst (32 mg, 0.0452 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 90 0 C for 16 h in a sealed tube. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by preparative HPLC to afford 5- (azetidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2 morpho lino nicotinamide (compound- 192) (2 mg) as an off white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 11.50 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.78
(d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.87 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 4H), 3.73 (m, 4H), 3.05 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.39 - 2.30 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000332_0001
compound-193 Preparation of (R)-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6- yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (compound-193): a suspension of 5-bromo-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (1) (200 mg, 0.452 mmol, leq), (R)-3-fluoropyrrolidine (57 mg, 0.452 mmol, 1 eq) Na'OBu (130 mg, 1.356 mmol, 3 eq) in 1,4-Dioxane (10 Vol) was degassed for 10 min. Then added Ruphos (20 mg, 0.0452 mmol, 0.1 eq), Ruphos precatalyst (32 mg, 0.0452 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 90 0 C for 16 h in a sealed tube. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by preparative HPLC to afford (R)-5-(3- fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (compound-193) (3 mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-< <5): δ 11.73 (s, 1H), 11.61 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 5.63 - 5.33 (m, 1H), 3.76 (m, 3H), 3.67 - 3.56 (m, 1H), 3.53 - 3.36 (m, 3H), 3.05 (s, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.35 - 2.18 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000333_0001
compound-194
Preparation of (S)-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6- yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 194): a suspension of 5-bromo-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (1) (200 mg, 0.452 mmol, leq), (S)-3-fluoropyrrolidine (57 mg, 0.452 mmol, 1 eq) Na'OBu (130 mg, 1.356 mmol, 3 eq) in 1,4 Dioxane (10 Vol) was degassed for 10 min. Then added Ruphos (20 mg, 0.0452 mmol, 0.1 eq), Ruphos precatalyst (32 mg, 0.0452 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 90 0 C for 16 h in a sealed tube. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by preparative HPLC to afford (S)-5-(3- fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinamide (compound- 194) (17 mg) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.73 (s, 1H), 11.61 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J = 1.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 5.61 - 5.34 (m, 1H), 3.82 - 3.70 (m, 4H), 3.67 - 3.37 (m, 4H), 3.10 - 2.97 (m, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.29 (m, 2H). Synthesis of compound- 195 & compound- 196
Figure imgf000334_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinate (2): to a solution of 5- bromo-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (1) (1 g, 3.496 mmol, 1 eq) in methanol (10 vol) was added sulfuric acid (0.1 ml, catalytic) at RT and stirred at 80 °C for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken in sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (3: 97) to afford methyl 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinate (2) (1 g, 96 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000335_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-cyano-2-morpholinonicotinate (3): a suspension of methyl 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinate (2) (900 mg, 3.0 mmol, 1 eq),
K4[Fe(CN)6].3H20 (380 mg, 0.9 mmol, 0.3 eq), Na2C03(318 mg, 3.0 mmol, 1 eq ) in Dry DMA (10 mL) was degassed for 15 min. Then added palladium acetate (30 mg, 0.045 mmol, 0.015 eq), and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 40 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (10: 90) to afford methyl 5-cyano-2- morpholinonicotinate (3) (700 mg, 88%) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000335_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-morpholino-5-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl) nicotinate (4): to a solution of methyl 5-cyano-2-morpholinonicotinate (3) (700 mg, 2.834 mmol, 1 eq) in IPA (8 mL) at RT was added sodium azide (553 mg, 8.502 mmol, 3 eq), ZnBr2 (957 mg, 4.25 mmol, 1.5 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken in water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 2-morpholino-5-(lH- tetrazol-5-yl)nicotinate (4) (750 mg, crude) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000336_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinate (5 A) & methyl 5 -(1 -methyl- lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinate (5B): to a solution of methyl 2-morpholino-5-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)nicotinate (4) (350 mg, 1.206 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (5 mL) at 0 °C was added sodium hydride (84 mg, 3.620 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred for 30 mins. Then added methyl iodide (255 mg, 1.809 mmol, 1.5 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting EtOAC: Pet ether (50: 50) to afford methyl 5-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinate (5 A) (70 mg, 19 %) as yellow solid and methyl 5 -(1 -methyl- lH-tetrazol-5 -yl)-2- morpholinonicotinate (5B) (40 mg, 10 %) as yellow solid
Figure imgf000336_0002
Preparation of 5-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (6): to a solution of methyl 5-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinate (5A) (70 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1 eq) in methanol (5 mL) at RT added LiOH (20 mg, 0.46 mmol, 2 eq) solution and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated. The crude was acidified with IN HC1 and filtered the solid to afford 5-(2-methyl-2H- tetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholino nicotinic acid (6) (30 mg, 45 %) as yellow solid. 95
Figure imgf000337_0001
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol- 5 -yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (compound-195): to a solution of 5-(2-methyl-2H- tetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (6) (30 mg, 0.098 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DMF (1 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4,7-dimethylquinolin-2-ol (6A) (18 mg, 0.098 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (27 mg, 0.197 mmol, 2 eq), EDC (38 mg, 0.19 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (50 mg, 0.39 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water, filtered the solid, washed with pentane and dried to afford N-(2- hydroxy-4,7-dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(2-methyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-2- morpho lino nicotinamide (compound-195) (7 mg, 14 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.57 (s, 1H), 10.18 (s, 1H), 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 4.43 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 4H), 3.54 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000337_0002
Preparation of 5 -(1 -methyl- lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (6B): to a solution of methyl 5-(l-methyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinate (5B) (40 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1 eq) in methanol (1 mL) at RT added LiOH (12 mg, 0.24 mmol, 2 eq) solution and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated. The crude was acidified with IN HC1 and filtered the solid to afford 5 -(1 -methyl- 1H- tetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholino nicotinic acid (6B) (30 mg, 53 %) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000338_0001
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l -methyl- lH-tetrazol- 5 -yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinamide (compound- 196): to a solution of 5 -(1 -methyl- 1H- tetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (6B) (30 mg, 0.098 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DMF (1 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4,7-dimethylquinolin-2-ol (6A) (18 mg, 0.098 mmol, 1 eq), HOAt (27 mg, 0.197 mmol, 2 eq), EDC (38 mg, 0.19 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (50 mg, 0.39 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water, filtered the solid, washed with pentane and dried to afford N- (2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l -methyl- lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-2- morpho lino nicotinamide (compound- 196) (3 mg, 8 %) as yellow solid.
Synthesis of compound- 197
Figure imgf000338_0002
4A
Preparation of methyl 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (3): to a solution of methyl-2-chloro-5-fluroisonicotinate (2) (1 g, 5.29 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO was added 2A (0.73 g, 5.29 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, EtOAc: Hexane (15: 85)) to afford methyl 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (3) (800 mg, 70 %) as a white solid
Figure imgf000339_0002
Preparation of 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinic acid (4): to a methyl 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (3) (800 mg, 3.11 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (1 : 1) (10 vol) was added LiOH.H20 (391 mg, 9.33 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was neutralized with IN HC1 and extracted with MeOH: DCM (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 2-chloro-5-(3- fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinic acid (4) (700 mg, 92 %).
Figure imgf000339_0003
Preparation of 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl) isonicotinamide (5): to a solution of 2-chloro-5-(3- fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinic acid (4) (700 mg, 2.73 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added EDC.HC1 (1.04 g , 5.46 mmol, 2 eq), HO AT (742 mg, 5.46 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (3 eq) followed by 6-amino-4-methylquinlin-2-ol (4A) (570 mg, 3.27 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (5: 95)) to afford 2-chloro-5-(3- fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl) isonicotinamide (5) (550 mg, 55 %).
Figure imgf000340_0001
compound-197
Preparation of 2-cyano-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl) isonicotinamide (compound-197): to a solution 2-chloro-5-(3- fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl) isonicotinamide (5) (50 mg, 0.125 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added Zn(CN)2 ( 17.5 mg, 0.15 mmol, 1.2 eq) and degassed with N2 for 15 min, then added PdCl2.dppf (10.20 mg, 0.0125 mmol, 0.3 eq). The reaction mixture heated at 150 °C for 1 h under microwave irradiation. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 X 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with ice water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (6: 94)), to afford 2-cyano-5-(3-fluoro pyrrolidin-l-yl) -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl quinolin-6-yl) isonicotinamide (compound-197) (20 mg, 41.6 %). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 10.75 (s, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 5.43 (m, 1H), 3.92 - 3.45 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 2H), 1.24 (s, 2H).
Figure imgf000341_0001
Preparation of methyl 2-cyano-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (3A): to a solution of methyl 2-chloro-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (3) (600 mg, 2.32 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added Zn(CN)2 (326 mg, 2.79 mmol, 1.2 eq) and degassed with N2 for 15 min, then added PdCl2.dpf (189.4 mg, 0.232 mmol, 0.3 eq). The reaction mixture heated at 150 °C for 1 h under microwave irradiation. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 X 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with ice cold water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (6: 94)), to afford methyl 2-cyano-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (3 A) (270 mg, 46.7 %).
Figure imgf000341_0002
Preparation of 2-cyano-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinic acid (4A): to a solution of methyl 2-cyano-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (Compound-3A) (270 mg, 1.08 mmol, 1 eq) in THF: H20 (1 : 1) (10 mL) at RT was added LiOH (.91 mg, 2.1 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was neutralized with IN HC1 and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was triturated with Diethyl ether to afford 2-cyano-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl) isonicotinic acid (4A) (85 mg, 33.5 %) as a white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 13.70 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 5.56 , J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.77 - 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.51 - 3.28 (m, 2H), 2.32 - 2.19 (m, 2H).
Synthesis of compound- 198
Figure imgf000342_0001
Figure imgf000342_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinate (6): to a solution of methyl 2-chloro-5-fluoroisonicotinate (2) (2 g, 10.58 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO added (2A) (1.1 g, 12.69 mmol, 1.2 eq), DIPEA (3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL).The combined extracts were washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica EtOAc: Hexane (15: 85)), to afford methyl 2- chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinate (6) (2 g, 74 %).
Figure imgf000343_0001
Preparation of 2-chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinic acid (7): to a solution of methyl 2-chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinate (6) (1.5 g, 5.85 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (1 : 1) (10 vol) added LiOH.H20 (0.737 g, 17.55 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion reaction mixture was diluted with water and acidified with IN HC1. The solid precipitated was filtered and dried to afford 2-chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinic acid (7) (1 g, 71 %) as a white solid.
Figure imgf000343_0002
Preparation of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5- morpholinoisonicotinamide (9): to a solution of 2-chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinic acid (7) (1 g, 4.13 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added EDC.HC1 (1.57 g, 8.26 mmol, 2eq), HO AT (1.12 mg, 8.26 mmol, 2 eq) and DIPEA (3 eq) followed by 6-amino-4- methylquinlin-2-ol (8) (0.862 mg, 4.95 mmol, 1 eq), and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered and washed with diethyl ether to afford 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-morpholinoisonicotinamide (9) (650 mg, 40.6 %) as a pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000344_0001
compound-198
Preparation of 2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5- morpholinoisonicotinamide (compound-198): to a solution of 2-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-morpholinoisonicotinamide (9) (650 mg, 1.625 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added Zn(CN)2 (380 mg, 3.25 mmol, 2 eq) and degassed with N2 for 15 min, then added PdCl2.dppf (132 mg, 0.1625 mmol, 0.1 eq). The reaction mixture heated at 150 °C for 1 h under microwave irradiation. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (3 X 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with ice water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (6: 94)), to afford 2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-morpholinoisonicotinamide (compound-198) (160 mg, 25.3 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 11.62 (s, 1H), 10.70 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.66 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 4H), 3.32 (s, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000344_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-cyano-5-morpholinoisonicotinate (6A): to a solution of methyl 2-chloro-5-morpholinoisonicotinate (6) (400 mg, 1.56 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added Zn (CN)2 (365 mg, 3.12 mmol, 2 eq) and degassed with N2 for 15 min, then added PdCl2.dppf (127.3 mg, 0.156 mmol, 0.1 eq). The reaction mixture heated at 150 °C for 1 h under microwave irradiation. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (3 X 100 mL). The combined extracts were washed with ice water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (4: 96)), to afford methyl 2- cyano-5-morpholinoisonicotinate (6A) (200 mg, 51.9 %) as a white solid.
Figure imgf000345_0001
Preparation of 2-cyano-5-morpholinoisonicotinic acid (7 A):
To a solution of methyl 2-cyano-5-morpholinoisonicotinate (6A)) (180 mg, 0.72 mmol, 1 eq) in THF: H20 (1 : 1) (10 mL) at RT was added LiOH (.61.2 mg, 1.45 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was acidified neutralized with IN HCl and extracted with MeOH: DCM (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by triturating with diethyl ether to afford 2-cyano-5- morpholinoisonicotinic acid (7 A) (110 mg, 65.47 %) as a white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 13.79 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 3.70 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.35 - 3.25 (m, 4H).
Synthesis of compound- 199:
Figure imgf000346_0001
Figure imgf000346_0002
Preparation of 5-(chlorosulfonyl)-2-hydroxynicotinic acid (2): a solution of 2- hydroxynicotinic acid (1) (15 g, 107.91 mmol, 1 eq) in CISO3H (38 mL) was heated at 160 °C for 1 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured in ice water, filtered the solid and dried to afford 5-(chlorosulfonyl)-2-hydroxynicotinic acid (2) (5 g, 19 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000346_0003
3 Preparation of 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-hydroxynicotinic acid (3): to a solution of 5-(chlorosulfonyl)-2-hydroxynicotinic acid (2) (2.8 g, 11.81 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF (20 mL) at 0 °C was added Dimethyl amine (800 mg, 17.72 mmol, 1.5 eq) and stirred at 10 °C for 6 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken in water and acidified with IN HCl. The solid obtained was filtered and dried to afford 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-hydroxynicotinic acid (3) (2 g, 60 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000347_0001
Preparation of 2-chloro-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)nicotinic acid (4): a solution of 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-hydroxynicotinic acid (3) (2 g, 8.13 mmol, 1 eq) in POCI3 (20 mL) was heated at 130 °C for 1 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured in ice water, filtered the solid and dried to afford 2-chloro-5-(N,N- dimethylsulfamoyl)nicotinic acid (4) (700 mg, 33 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000347_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-chloro-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)nicotinate (5): to a solution of 2-chloro-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)nicotinic acid (4) (700 mg, 2.651 mmol, 1 eq) in methanol (1 mL) was added TMS-CHN2 (1.5 eq) at 0 °C and stirred for 6 h. After completion, The solvent was evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet ether (70: 30) to afford methyl 2- chloro-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)nicotinate (5) (600 mg, 81 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000347_0003
6 Preparation of methyl 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l- yl)nicotinate (6): to a solution of methyl 2-chloro-5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)nicotinate (5) (250 mg, 0.899 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DMSO (5 mL) at RT was added 3- fluoropyrrolidine (170 mg, 1.348 mmol, 1.5 eq), DIPEA (348 mg, 2.697 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured in ice water, filtered the solid and dried to afford methyl 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3- fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)nicotinate (6) (250 mg, 88 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000348_0001
Preparation of 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)nicotinic acid (7): to a solution of methyl 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l- yl)nicotinate (6) (300 mg, 0.9063 mmol, 1 eq) in methanol (5 mL) was added LiOH (76 mg, 1.8126 mmol, 2 eq) in water (1 mL) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated. The residue was taken in water and acidified with IN HCl. The solid obtained was filtered and dried to afford 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3- fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)nicotinic acid (7) (300 mg, 99 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000348_0002
compound-199
Preparation of 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)nicotinamide (compound-199): to a solution of 5-(N,N- dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)nicotinic acid (7) (200 mg, 0.630 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (1 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4-methylquinolin-2-ol (132 mg, 0.7570 mmol, 1.2 eq), HO At (129 mg, 0.946 mmol, 2 eq ), EDC (180 mg, 0.946 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (244 mg, 1.892 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water, filtered the solid and washed with water. The crude compound was purified by reverse phase chromatography (0.05 % formic acid in water: 0.05 % formic acid in aceto nitrile) to afford 5-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl)- 2-(3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)nicotinamide
(compound- 199) (50 mg, 17 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.74 (s, 1H), 8.51 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 5.41 (m, 1H), 3.93 - 3.57 (m, 4H), 2.65 (s, 6H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.41 (m, 2H).
Synthesis of compound-200
Figure imgf000349_0001
Preparation of 5 -(3 -methylisoxazo 1-5 -yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinic acid (2): a suspension of 5-bromo-2-morpholinonicotinic acid (1) (200 mg, 0.699 mmol, 1 eq), 3- methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole (292.18 mg , 1.398 mmol,2 eq) and Cs2C03 (680.5 mg, 2.094 mmol, 3 eq) in Dioxane:H20 (2: 1) (10 vol) was degassed for 15 mins. Then added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (57.08 mg, 0.069 mmol, 0.1 eq) and stirred at 80°C for 16 h in Microwave. After completion, the reaction mixture was filtered on celite pad and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (5:95) to afford 5-(3-methylisoxazol-5-yl)-2- morpholinonicotinic acid (2) (80 mg, 39 %) as a brown solid.
Figure imgf000350_0001
compound-200
Preparation of N- (2-hydroxy-4, 7-dimethylquinolin-6-yl) -5- (3-methylisoxazol- 5-yl) -2-morpholino nicotinamide (compound-200): to a solution of 5-(3- methylisoxazol-5-yl)-2-morpho lino nicotinic acid (Compound-2) (70 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (2mL) was added Compound-2 A (45 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1 eq), HO At (65.8 mg, 0.48 mmol, 2 eq), EDC.HC1 (92.7 mg, 0.48 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (124.8 mg, 0.96 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 18 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and filtered solid obtained. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using MeOH: DCM (4: 96) to afford N- (2-hydroxy- 4, 7-dimethylquinolin-6-yl) -5- (3-methylisoxazol-5-yl) -2-morpholinonicotinamide (compound-200) (20 mg, 15 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.13 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 3.76 - 3.64 (m, 4H), 3.54 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H). Synthesis of compound-201
0
Figure imgf000351_0001
compound-201
Preparation of methyl 5-cyano-2-morpholinobenzoate (2): to a solution of methyl 5-cyano-2-fluorobenzoate (2) (450 mg, 2.51 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMSO (5 mL) at RT was added morpholine (262 mg, 3.01 mmol, 1.2 eq), DIPEA (972 mg, 7.53 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured in ice water and then filtered the compound to afford methyl 5-cyano-2-morpholinobenzoate (2) (700 mg, 99 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000351_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-morpholino-5-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)benzoate (3): to a solution of methyl 5-cyano-2-morpholinobenzoate (2) (250 mg, 1.016 mmol, 1 eq) in IPA (5 mL) at RT was added sodium azide (200 mg, 3.048 mmol, 3 eq), ZnBr2 (343 mg, 1.524 mmol, 1.5 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. After completion, evaporated the solvent, the residue was taken in water and extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 2-morpholino-5-(lH- tetrazol-5-yl)benzoate (3) (150 mg, 62 %) as yellow solid.
Figure imgf000352_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(5-methyl-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-morpholinobenzoate (4): a solution of methyl 2-morpholino-5-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)benzoate (3) (150 mg, 0.52 mmol, 1 eq) in acetic anhydride (5 mL) was stirred at 140 °C for 16 h. After
completion, evaporated the solvent, the residue was taken in water and extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: pet ether (70: 30) to afford methyl 5-(5-methyl-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-morpholinobenzoate (4) (80 mg, 49 %) as brown sticky solid.
Figure imgf000352_0002
Preparation of 5-(5-methyl-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-morpholinobenzoic acid (5): to a solution of methyl 5-(5-methyl-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-morpholinobenzoate (4) (80 mg, 0.198 mmol, 1 eq) in methanol (5 mL) at RT was added LiOH (17 mg, 0.396 mmol, 2 eq) in water (1 mL) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken in water and acidified with IN HC1. The solid formed was filtered and dried to afford 5-(5-methyl-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-morpholinobenzoic acid (5) (70 mg, 92 %) as pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000353_0001
compound-201
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(5-methyl- l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-morpholinobenzamide (COMPOUND-201): to a solution of 5- (5-methyl-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-morpholinobenzoic acid (Compound-5) (70 mg, 0.242 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (1 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-7-methoxy-4- methylquinolin-2-ol (44 mg, 0.217 mmol, 0.9 eq), HO At (66 mg, 0.484 mmol, 2 eq ), EDC (93 mg, 0.484 mmol, 2 eq), DIPEA (124 mg, 0.968 mmol, 4 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and filtered the solid, washed with water and dried to afford N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4- methylquino lin-6-yl)-5 -(5 -methyl- 1 ,3 ,4-oxadiazo l-2-yl)-2-morpho linobenzamide (compound-201) (40 mg, 34 %) as an Off white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.52 (s, 1H), 11.07 (s, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J = 2.2, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 4H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of compound-202 and compound-203
Figure imgf000353_0002
compound-203 compound-202
Figure imgf000354_0001
compound-202
Preparation of N4-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyridine- 2,4-dicarboxamide (compound-202): to a solution of 2-carbomyl-5-(pyrrolidin-l- yl)isonicotinicacid (Compound-5A) (100 mg, 0.425 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (2 mL) was added EDC.HC1 (162 mg , 0.85mmol, 2 eq), HOAT (115 mg, 0.85 mmol, 2 eq), DIEA (3 eq), followed by 6-amino-4-methylquinlin-2-ol (6) (88 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1.2 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered. The crude residue was purified by column
chromatography (100 -200 mesh silca, MeOH: DCM (4: 96)) to afford N4-(2-hydroxy- 4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) pyridine-2,4-dicarboxamide (compound-202) (24 mg) as pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.68 (s, 1H), 8.13 - 8.07 (m, 2H), 7.87 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 2H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.49 - 3.34 (m, 4H), 2.40 s, 3H), 1.98 - 1.86 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000354_0002
compound-203
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-2-(lH- tetrazol-5-yl) isonicotinamide (compound-203): to a solution of 2-Cyano-N-(2-hydroxy- 4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinamide (60 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1 eq) in IPA: H20 (10 vol) was added NaN3 (3 eq), ZnBr2 (1 eq) and stirred at 100 °C for 20 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered. The crude residue was triturated with diethyl ether and pentane to afford to N- (2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)
picolinamide (compound-203) (22 mg) as Pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.74 (m, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.56 - 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.26 - 3.15 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.96 - 1.85 (m, 4H).
Synthesis of compound-204
Figure imgf000355_0001
Figure imgf000355_0002
2 Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (2):
To a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-formylbenzoate (1) (7 g, 38.46 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (5 mL) was added NaBH4 (2.84 g 76.92 mmol, 2.0 eq) and stirred at RT for 1 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, residue was taken in water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 2- fluoro-5-(hydroxymethyl)benzoate (2) (5 g, 70 %) as a pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000356_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(bromomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate (3): to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(hydroxymethyl)benzoate (2) (5 g, 27.17 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DCM (50 mL) was added PBr3 (2.19 g, 8.12 mmol, 0.3 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NaHC03 solution and extracted with DCM (3 x 100 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (3 x 30 mL), brine (1 x 30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford methyl 5-(bromomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate (3) (4.8 g, 71 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000356_0002
Preparation of methyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate and ethyl 5-
(cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate (4&4A): to a solution of methyl 5-(bromomethyl)-2- fluorobenzoate (3) (4.8 g, 19.51 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (25 mL) and H20 (25 mL) was added NaCN (1.91 g, 39.02 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet ether (15: 85) to afford methyl 5- (cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate and ethyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate (4&4A) (2.3 g, 61 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000357_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate and ethyl 5- (cyanomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (5&5A): to a solution of methyl 5- (cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate and ethyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate (4&4A) (2.3 g, 11.917 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMSO (23 mL) at RT was added pyrrolidine (0.847 g, 11.917 mmol, 1 eq), DIPEA (4.61 g, 35.75 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water, extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Pet ether (15: 85) to afford methyl 5-
(cyanomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate and ethyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl) benzoate (5&5A) (2.1 g, 72 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000357_0002
compound-204
Preparation of 5-(cyanomethyl)-N-(4-methyl-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2- (pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (compound-204): to a solution of methyl 5-(cyanomethyl)- 2-fluorobenzoate and ethyl 5-(cyanomethyl)-2-fluorobenzoate (5&5A) (50 mg, 0.204 mmol, 1 eq) in dry DCM (2 mL) at RT was added 6 (35.49 mg, 0.204 mmol, 1 eq), Tri methyl aluminum 2M solution in toluene (29.4 mg, 0.408 mmol, 2 eq), and stirred at RT for 48 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ice water and extracted with 10 % MeOH: CHCI3 (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting MeOH: CHCI3 (5:95) to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(morpholine-4- carbonyl)-2-morpholinobenzamide (compound-204) (25 mg, 30%) as Off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- ¾) δ 11.56 (s, 1H), 10.47 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.47 - 7.08 (m, 3H), 6.80 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.28 - 3.19 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.90 - 1.82 (m, 4H).
Synthesis of compound-205
Figure imgf000358_0001
Preparation of l-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl) cyclopropanamine: to a solution of 3- bromo-4-fluorobenzonitrile (1) (10 g, 50 mmol, 1 eq) in dry ether (400 mL) at -78 °C was added Titanium isopropoxide (15.63 mL, 55 mmol, 1.1 eq), EtMgBr (36.6 mL, 110 mmol, 2.2 eq) as drop wise, the resulting yellow suspension was warmed to RT over 1 h. After stirring for additional 30 min, BF3.Et20 (12.34 mL, 100 mmol, 2 eq) was added to reaction mixture at RT and the mixture was further stirred for 1 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with IN HC1 (200 mL) and then basified with 5N NaOH. The aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (2 X 200 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by combif ash to get l-(3-bromo-4-f uorophenyl) cyclopropanamine (2) (8 g, 72 %) as a brown liquid.
Figure imgf000359_0001
Preparation of 4-(l-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl) cyclopropyl) morpholine (3): to a solution of l-(3-bromo-4-f uorophenyl) cyclopropanamine (2) (8 g, 34.78 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (50 mL) was added K2C03 (24 g, 173.9 mmol, 5 eq) and l-bromo-2-(2- bromoethoxy) ethane (9.67 g, 41.73 mmol, 1.2 eq), stirred for 5 h at 80 °C. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica EtOAc: Hexane (1 :9)) to get 4-(l-(3-bromo-4-f uorophenyl) cyclopropyl) morpholine (3) (5.1 g, 53 %) as a pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000359_0002
Preparation of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl) benzoate (4): to a solution of 4-(l-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl) cyclopropyl) morpholine (3) (3.0 g, 10 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: DMF (DMF (2.5 vols) & MeOH (4 vols)) was added TEA (2 g, 20 mmol, 2 eq), dppf (0.55 g, 1.0 mmol, 1 eq) and degassed for 15 min then added Pd(OAc)2 (336 mg, 5 mmol, 0.05 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 24 h under CO pressure (100 psi). After completion, the solvent was evaporated; the crude was taken in water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (100 mL), brine solution (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated, The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, EtOAc: Hexane (15: 85)) to get methyl 2- fluoro-5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)benzoate (4) (2.0 g, 98.7 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000360_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (5): to a solution of methyl 2-fluoro-5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)benzoate (4) (1. 0 g, 3.58 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMSO (10 mL) was added pyrrolidine (0.508 gm, 7.16 mmol, 2 eq), K2C03 (2.4 gm, 17.9 mmol, 5 eq) and stirred at 50 °C for 16 h. After completion the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (100 -200 mesh silica, EtOAc: Hexane (1 : 9)) to afford methyl 5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (5) (1.1 g, 90 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000360_0002
Preparation of 5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoic acid (6): to a solution of methyl 5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl) benzoate (5) (1.1 g, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (20 mL) at RT was added LiOH (419 mg, 9.99 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at 80 °C for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken in water and neutralized with IN HC1. The solid formed was filtered and washed with ether to afford 5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l- yl) benzoic acid (6) (0.7 g, 70 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 13.38 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 3.47 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.25 - 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.39 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 4H), 1.90 (q, J= 4.6, 3.3 Hz, 4H), 0.84 (q, J = 3.8, 3.3 Hz, 2H), 0.68 (q, J= 3.9 Hz, 2H).
Figure imgf000361_0001
compound-205
Preparation of N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l- morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (compound-205): to a solution of 5-(l-morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoic acid (6) (200 mg,0.632 mmoLl eq), in Dry DMF (5 mL) added EDC.HC1 (241 mg , 1.26 mmol, 2 eq), HO AT (171 mg, 1.26 mmol, 2 eq) and DIEA ( 3 eq) allowed to stir at RT for 15 min's next added 6-amino-4-methylquinlin-2-ol ( Compound-7) (132 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.2 eq), and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and precipitated solid was filtered. The crude compound was purified by column
chromatography (100 -200 mesh silica, MeOH: DCM (4: 96)) to afford N-(4-methyl-2- oxo- 1 , 2-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l -morpholino cyclopropyl)-2-(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl) benzamide (compound-205) (210 mg, 70 %) as Pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-dg) δ 11.55 (s, 1H), 10.41 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.13 (m, 3H), 6.76 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 3.48 (t, J= 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.28 - 3.18 (m, 4H), 2.53 - 2.37 (m, 7H), 1.93 - 1.65 (m, 4H), 0.86 - 0.82 (m, 2H), 0.70 (m, 2H). Synthesis of compound-206
Figure imgf000362_0001
Figure imgf000362_0002
Preparation of methyl 5-acetyl-2-fluorobenzoate (2): to a solution of l-(3-bromo-
4-fluorophenyl)ethanone (1) (2 g, 9.24 mmol, 1 eq ) in dry MeOH (25 mL) and Dry DMF (45 mL) in autoclave was added dppf (256 mg, 0.462 mmol, 0.05 eq), Palladium acetate (58 mg, 0.258 mmol, 0.028 eq) and Triethyl amine (1.86 g, 18.48 mmol, 2.0 eq) and stirred at 80 Psi of CO gas and 80 °C for 24 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography using (Si02) by eluting EtOAc: Pet ether (6: 94) to afford 5-acetyl-2-fluorobenzoate (2) (1.2 g, 66 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000363_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-acetyl-2-(2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoate (3): to a solution of methyl 5-acetyl-2-fluorobenzoate (2) (1 g, 2.55 mmol, 1 eq) in Dry DMF (20 mL) at RT was added 2-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)pyridine (452 mg, 3.06 mmol, 1.2 eq), DIPEA (986 mg, 7.65 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) by using EtOAc: Pet ether (50: 50) to afford methyl 5- acetyl-2-(2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoate (3) (300 mg, 36 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000363_0002
Preparation of 5 -acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-2-(2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (4): to a solution of methyl 5-acetyl-2-(2-(pyridin-2- yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzoate (3) (300 mg, 0.925 mmol, 1 eq) in dry Toluene (20 mL) at RT was added 6-amino-4-methylquinolin-2-ol (323 mg, 1.851 mmol, 2 eq), trimethylaluminium (200 mg, 2.77 mmol, 3 eq ) and stirred at 100 °C for 3 h. After completion, the reaction mixture poured into ammonium chloride solution and filtered the solid. The crude compound was purified column chromatography (Si02) using DCM: MeOH (90: 10) to afford 5-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(2- (pyridin-2-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (4) (100 mg, 23 %) as an off white solid.
Figure imgf000364_0001
compound-206
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l -hydroxy ethyl)-2-(2- (pyridin-2-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (compound-206): to a solution of 5-acetyl-N- (2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)benzamide (4) (100 mg, 0.214 mmol, 1 eq) in methanol (10 mL) was added sodium borohydride (16 mg, 0.428 mmol, 2 eq) at 0 °C and stirred at RT for 1 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and then filtered the solid. The solid was washed with water, pentane and dried to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-(l- hydroxyethyl)-2-(2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzamide (compound-206) (60 mg, 60 %) as yellow solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 11.30 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.77 - 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J= 4.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 - 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.91 (dd, J= 8.5, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.00 (d, J= 4.2 Hz, 2H), 4.70 - 4.51 (m, 1H), 3.76 - 3.63 (m, 1H), 3.23 - 3.07 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.07 - 1.77 (m, 4H), 1.27 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of compound-207 & compound-208
Figure imgf000364_0002
compound-207 compound-208
Figure imgf000365_0001
compound-207
Preparation of 2-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5- morpholinoisonicotinamide (compound-207): to a solution of 2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-morpholinoisonicotinamide (100 mg, 0.257 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF was added MeMgBr (3M in THF) (0.25 ml, 0.771 mmol, 3 eq), and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated> the crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Hexane (15: 85) to afford 2-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-5- morpholinoisonicotinamide (compound-207) (30 mg, 30 %).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6): δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 10.70 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 3.68 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.27 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s,
3H).
Figure imgf000365_0002
compound-208
Preparation of N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(l -hydroxy ethyl)-5- morpholinoisonicotinamide (compound-208): to a 2-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-5-morpholinoisonicotinamide (compound-207) (200 mg, 0.492 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (10 vol) was added NaBH4 (37.4 mg, 0.985 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at RT for 2 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, the residue was taken in water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(l-hydroxyethyl)-5-morpholino isonicotinamide (compound- 208) (90 mg 45 %).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.99 (s, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.82 - 4.65 (m, 1H), 3.68 (t, J = 4.5 Hz, 4H), 3.09 - 2.94 (m, 4H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of compound-209 and compound-210:
Figure imgf000366_0001
compoun - Preparation of 2-acetyl-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl isonicotinamide (compound-209): to a solution of 2-cyano-5-(3- fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl) isonicotinamide (300 mg, 0.769 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF was added MeMgBr (3 M) (0.769 ml, 2.307 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) MeOH: DCM (5: 95) to afford 2-acetyl-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl isonicotinamide (compound-209) (200 mg, 63.89 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 10.74 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J= 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 5.67 - 5.15 (m, 1H), 3.89 - 3.40 (m, 4H), 2.54 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.38 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000367_0001
compoun -
Preparation of 5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)- 2-(l -hydroxy ethyl) isonicotinamide (compound-210): to a solution of 2-acetyl-5-(3- fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl isonicotinamide
(compound-209) (160 mg, 0.392 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (10 vol) at 0 °C was added NaBH4 (29.8 mg, 0.784 mmol, 2 eq) and stirred at RT for 2 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated, residue was taken in water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated to afford 5 -(3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-2-( 1 - hydroxy ethyl) isonicotinamide (compound-210) (30 mg, 18.75 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSC 6) δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 10.67 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 2H), 7.85 - 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.38 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.47 (s, 1H), 5.32 - 5.17 (m, 1H), 4.70 (m, 1H), 3.80 - 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.66 - 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.55 - 3.37 (m, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.32 - 2.10 (m, 2H), 1.41 - 1.34 (m, 3H). Synthesis of compound-21 1, compound-212, and compound-213
Figure imgf000368_0001
compoun - compound-212 compound-213
Figure imgf000368_0002
Preparation of methyl-2-chloro-5-(2-((dimethylamino) methylpyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (2): to a solution of methyl-2-chloro-5-fluroisonicotinate (1) (2 g, 10.58 mmol, 1 eq) in DMSO was added 1A (2.12 g, 10.58 mmol, 1 eq), DIEA (5.51 mL, 31.74 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using EtOAc: Hexane (15: 85) to afford methyl-2-chloro-5-(2-((dimethylamino) methylpyrrolidin-l-yl) isonicotinate (2) (1.5 g, 47.61 %) as a pale yellow liquid.
Figure imgf000369_0001
Preparation of 2-chloro-5-(2-((dimethylamino)methylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)isonicotinic acid (3): to a solution of methyl-2-chloro-5-(2-((dimethylamino)methylpyrrolidin-l- yl)isonicotinate (Compound-2) (1.1 g, 3.70 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH: H20 (1 : 1) (10 vol) was added LiOH.H20 (380 mg, 10.10 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the solvent was evaporated to afford 2-chloro-5-(2- ((dimethylamino)methylpyrrolidin-l-yl)isonicotinic acid (3) as Li salt (1 g) as pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000369_0002
Preparation of 2-chloro-5-(2-((dimethylamino)methylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)isonicotinamide (4): to a solution of 2-chloro-5-(2- ((dimethylamino)methylpyrrolidin-l-yl)iso nicotinic acid (3) as Li salt (1 g, 3.53 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF was added EDC.HC1 (1.3 g, 7.06 mmol, 2eq), HOAT ( 961 mg, 7.03 mmol, 2 eq) and DIEA (1.89 mL, 10.59 mmol, 3 eq) and 6-amino-4-methylquinlin-2-ol (3 A) (610 mg, 3.53 mmol, 1 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with ice water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (5: 95) to afford 2-chloro-5-(2- ((dimethylamino)methylpyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6- yl)isonicotinamide (4) (350 mg, 23.3 %) as pale yellow solid.
Figure imgf000370_0001
compound-21 1
Preparation of 2-cyano-5-(2-((dimethylamino)methylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)iso nicotinamide (compound-211): a suspension of 2- chloro-5 -(2-((dimethylamino)methylpyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6- yl)isonicotinamide (4) (350 mg, 0.79 mmol, 1 eq), Zn(CN)2 (111.9 mg, 0.95 mmol, 1.2 eq) in DMF (10 vols) was degassed for 10 min. Then added PdCl2.dppf (195 mg, 0.23 mmol, 0.3 eq) stirred at 150 °C for 1 h in a microwave. After completion, The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with MeOH: DCM (1 : 9) (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with ice water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Si02) using MeOH: DCM (8: 92) to afford 2-cyano-5-(2- ((dimethylamino)methylpyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6- yl)isonicotinamide (compound-211) (230 mg, 67 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 10.70 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.49 - 4.11 (m, 1H), 3.58 - 3.46 (m, 1H), 3.29 - 3.18 (m, 1H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 3H), 2.39-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 6H), 2.07 - 1.75 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000371_0001
compound-212
Preparation of 2-acetyl-5-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6-yl)iso nicotinamide (compound-212): to a solution of 2- cyano-5-(2-((dimethylamino)methylpyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquinolin-6- yl)isonicotinamide (compound-211) (225 mg, 0.511 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF (10 vol) at 0 °C was added MeMgBr (0.85 mL, 2.55 mmol, 5 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by combifiash using MeOH: DCM (8 : 92) to afford 2-acetyl-5-(2- ((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methylquino lin-6- yl)isonicotinamide (compound-212) (140 mg, 53.2 %) as an pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.72 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 3.60 - 3.47 (m, 1H), 3.45 - 3.34 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.25 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.39 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 3H), 2.19 (s, 6H), 2.04-1.80 (m, 4H).
Figure imgf000371_0002
compound-213 Preparation of 5-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)-2-(l -hydroxy ethyl)isonicotinamide (compound-213): to a solution of 2-acetyl-5-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methylquinolin-6-yl)iso nicotinamide (compound-212) (100 mg, 0.223 mmol, 1 eq) in MeOH (10 vol) at 0 °C was added NaBH4 (26.17 mg, 0.671 mmol, 3 eq) and stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion reaction was quenched with NH4C1 solution and extracted with ethylactate (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by combiflash using MeOH: DCM (8: 92) to afford N-(2- hydroxy4-methylquino lin-6-yl)-6-( 1 -hydroxymethyl)-3 -(pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pico linamide (compound-213) (40 mg, 40 %) as an off white solid.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) δ 11.59 (s, 1H), 10.87 (d, J= 11.8 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J= 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36 - 7.19 (m, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.23 (dd, J= 9.5, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (q, J= 6.1 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (s, 1H), 3.57 - 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.11 (s, 1H), 2.46 - 2.25 (m, 4H), 2.12 (s, 7H), 1.84 (m, 3H), 1.47 - 1.31 (m, 4H).
Additional compounds are prepared according to the general procedures described below.
General procedure 1 (acylation):
1.2μιηο1 of acid building block (BB1) and 1.2μιηο1 of amine building block (BB2) were dissolved in 6 μΐ 200 mM HO At in dry DMF in an Eppendorf Twin.Tec plate. Add 6 μί of a solution which is 200 mM EDC and 400 mM DIPEA in dry DMF was added and the mixture was shaken at RT overnight. The mixture was transferred to a filter plate for purification. ΙΟΟμί of dry THF was added to the well, washed down and transferred to a filter plate. Evaporated and analyzed by CLND.
General procedure 2 (Nucleophilic aromatic substitution):
2.4 μιηοΐ of electrophile NAS building block (BB1) and 2.4 μιηοΐ of amine (BB2) were dissolved in 48 μΐ, dry DMSO in an Eppendorf Twin.Tec plate. 9.6μιηο1 Cs2C03 were added and the mixture shaken at 80°C and then at 100°C for 4 hrs, cool and spun down. 100 μΙ_, of dry THF was added to the well and spun down and collect supernatant. The precipitate was washed with 100 μΙ_, of THF, spun down and the supernatant collected. The combined supernatants were concentrated and analyzed by CLND.
General procedure 3 (reductive amination):
2.4 μιηοΐ of amine (BB2) was dissolved in an Eppendorf Twin.Tec plate in 24 μΐ^ of a 300 mM solution of the aldehyde (BB1) in dry THF. 6.0 μιηοΐ SiliaBond Cyanoborohydride was placed in a filterplate and the solution above was added. The Twin.Tec plate was washed with 12 μΐ^ of 300 mM acetic acid in dry THF and the solution transferred to the filter plate. Shake at RT overnight, then add 100 μί THF to the well. Drain and collect the reaction mixture and wash with 100 μί acetonitrile and evaporate the combined solvents.
The following table discloses the additional compounds, their starting materials, their MS as well as the general procedure that were used for their preparation. The numbers: 1, 2, and 3, in the last column in the table relates to general procedures 1, 2 or 3 respectively.
Figure imgf000373_0001
Figure imgf000374_0001
Figure imgf000375_0001
Figure imgf000376_0001
Figure imgf000377_0001
Figure imgf000378_0001
Figure imgf000379_0001
Figure imgf000380_0001
Figure imgf000381_0001
Figure imgf000382_0001
Figure imgf000383_0001
Figure imgf000384_0001
Figure imgf000385_0001
Figure imgf000386_0001
Figure imgf000387_0001
Figure imgf000388_0001
Figure imgf000389_0001
Figure imgf000390_0001
Figure imgf000391_0001
Figure imgf000392_0001
Figure imgf000393_0001
Figure imgf000394_0001
Figure imgf000395_0001
Figure imgf000396_0001
Figure imgf000397_0001
Figure imgf000398_0001
Figure imgf000399_0001
Figure imgf000400_0001
Figure imgf000401_0001
Figure imgf000402_0001
Figure imgf000403_0001
Figure imgf000404_0001
Figure imgf000405_0001
Figure imgf000406_0001
Figure imgf000407_0001
Figure imgf000408_0001
Figure imgf000409_0001
Figure imgf000410_0001
Figure imgf000411_0001
Figure imgf000412_0001
Figure imgf000413_0001
Figure imgf000414_0001
Figure imgf000415_0001
Figure imgf000416_0001
Figure imgf000417_0001
Figure imgf000418_0001
Figure imgf000419_0001
Figure imgf000420_0001
(morpholinomethyl) pyridine- 3-carboxamide
* comparative compound
Biological evaluation
The compounds were biologically evaluated by determining the half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC50) by FRET assay. The IC50 is a measure of the effectiveness of a substance in inhibiting a specific biological or biochemical function.
For IC50 determinations, dose-response curves were generated, using a top concentration of 50μΜ compound in 12.5% DMSO, followed by 10-fold dilutions in 12.5% DMSO. The composition of the reaction buffer was 50mM HEPES, pH 7.5;
lOOmM NaCl, 0.05% CHAPS.
The reaction was run in a final volume of 25μ1. The BRD4 protein (16.5μ1) was added to wells of 384w white Optiplates (Perkin Elmer) (50nM final concentration) and Ι μΐ of compound dilution of DMSO control. Incubation time was 30 minutes at room temperature. In the next step, 2.5μ1 Biotin-H4KAc4 peptide (Millipore 13-379) was added to the wells (final concentration was 12.5nM), and the plates were incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. Detection was performed by addition of 5μ1 of a mix of mAb GST-XL665 (Cisbio 61GSTXLB) (ΙΟηΜ final concentration) and Streptavidin Cryptate (Cisbio 610SAKLB) (2.4nM final cone.) in reaction buffer with 0.4M KF and 0.05% BSA). The plates were incubated for one hour prior to reading on an Envision reader (Perkin Elmer)
Data was analyzed using GraphPad Prism, and IC50 data was obtained using non-linear regression curve fit using log(inhibitor) vs response (variable slope).
All compounds were considered active although classified (according to the half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC50) by FRET assay) as follows:
IC50 ranges Activity Classification
<0.200μΜ Highly active 1
0.2<>0.5μΜ More active 2
0.5<>1μΜ Active 3
ΙμΜοΙΟμΜ Moderately 4
active
>10μΜ Less active 5 List of classification:
Compound# IUPAC NAME Classification
1 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-[(4- 1
methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)methyl]-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide
2 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(piperazin- 1 - 1
ylmethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
3 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - 1
(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
4 5 - [(4-acetylpiperazin- 1 -yl)methyl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4- 1
methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrro lidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
5 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(4- 1
methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)sulfonyl-2-morpholino-benzamide
6 5-[3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]sulfonyl-N-(2- 1
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
7 5-[3-(dimethylamino)azetidin- 1 -yl]sulfonyl-N-(2- 1
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
8 5 -(3 -aminoazetidin- 1 -yl)sulfonyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4- 1
methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
9 N3 -(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-N 1 ,N 1 -dimethyl- 1
4-morpholino-benzene- 1 ,3-dicarboxamide
10 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(4- 1
methylpiperazine- 1 -carbonyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
11 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(morpholine-4- 2
carbonyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
12 N3 -(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-4-morpho lino- 2
benzene- 1 ,3-dicarboxamide
13 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - 1
(methoxymethyl)-2-pyrro lidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
14 5-(hydroxymethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)- 2
2-pyrro lidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
15 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quinolyl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)benzamide
16 2- [3 -(dimethylamino)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -5 - 2
(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide
17 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)-2-(3 -hydroxypyrro lidin- 1 -yl)benzamide
18 2-(2-dimethylaminoethylamino)-5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)- 5
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)benzamide
19 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(2-hydroxyethylamino)-N-(2- 5
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)benzamide Compound# IUPAC NAME Classification
20 2- [3 -(dimethylamino)azetidin- 1 -yl] -5 - 2
(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide
21 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 5
quino lyl)-N-methyl-2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 - yl)benzamide
22 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-N-methyl-5 - 5
morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
23 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-nitro-2- 4
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3-carboxamide
24 5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2- 1
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3-carboxamide
25 5-[(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)amino]-N-(2-hydroxy-4- 2
methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 - carboxamide
26 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2- 1
(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -5 - (morpholinomethyl)benzamide
27 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - 4
(morpholinomethyl)-2- [2-( 1 H-pyrazo 1-3 -yl)pyrrolidin- l-yl]benzamide
28 N- [2-hydroxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)-6-quino lyl] -5 - 3
(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
29 N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5- 1
(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
30 2- [2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4- 1
methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)benzamide
31 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3- 1
hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)benzamide
32 2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2- 1
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)benzamide
33 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-6- 4
( 1 H-tetrazol-5 -yl)pyridine-2-carboxamide
34 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - 3
(morpholinomethyl)-2-(2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)benzamide
35 6-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3- 3
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-2-carboxamide
36 6-(aminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-3 - 4
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-2-carboxamide
37 6-(dimethylaminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 4
quino lyl)-3 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-2-carboxamide Compound# IUPAC NAME Classification
38 6-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-3 - 1
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-2-carboxamide
39 6-( 1 -hydroxyethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)- 3
3-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-2-carboxamide
40 N2-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 2
pyridine-2,6-dicarboxamide
41 2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5- 1
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-4-carboxamide
42 2-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - 1
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-4-carboxamide
43 2-( 1 -hydroxyethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)- 1
5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-4-carboxamide
44 N4-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 1
pyridine-2,4-dicarboxamide
45 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-2- 1
( 1 H-tetrazol-5 -yl)pyridine-4-carboxamide
46 5 -( 1 -hydroxyethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)- 1
2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
47 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -( 1 - 1
methoxyethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
48 2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2- 2
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (methoxymethyl)benzamide
50 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - 1
(isopropoxymethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
51 2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2- 1
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (trifluoromethoxy)benzamide
54 5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2- 3
morpholino-benzamide
55 5-[(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)amino]-N-(2-hydroxy-4- 2
methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
67 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -( 1 - 1
piperidylsulfonyl)benzamide
68 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 - 1
morpholino sulfonyl-benzamide
69 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-methoxy- 5
benzamide
70 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 - 1
sulfamo yl-benzamide
72 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
73 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-benzamide Compound# IUPAC NAME Classification
74 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - 1
morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
76 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 - 4
nitro-benzenesulfonamide
77 5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2- 5
morpholino-benzenesulfonamide
79 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-morpholino-N-[2-oxo-4- 4
(trifluoromethyl)- 1 H-quino lin-6-yl]benzamide
80 N3 -(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-4-morpho lino- 5
benzene- 1 ,3-disulfonamide
82 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-nitro-2-
1
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
84 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)- 1 -(oxazo lidin-2-
1
ylmethyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-indo le-6-carboxamide
85 3-(dimethylaminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-
1
quino lyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 1 H-indo le-6-carboxamide
86 l-(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-
1
quino lyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-indo le-6-carboxamide
87 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -
1
(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3- carboxamide
88 2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-
1
quino lyl)-5 -(morpho lino methyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
89 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-
1
hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 -(morpho lino methyl)pyridine- 3 -carboxamide
90 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -
1
(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide
91 N-(4-chloro-2-hydroxy-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-5 -
1
(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide
92 N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrimidin-7-yl)-5- 5
(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3- carboxamide
93 N-(8-methyl-6-oxo-5H- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-2-yl)-5- 4
(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3- carboxamide
94 N-(8-methyl-6-oxo-5H- 1 ,5-naphthyridin-2-yl)-5- 5
morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
95 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 1
pyridine-4-carboxamide
96 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 1
pyridine-3 -carboxamide
97 2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2- 1
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide Compound# IUPAC NAME Classification
98 N-(4-methoxy-2-oxo-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-5-[(4- methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)methyl]-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 1 benzamide
99 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-
1
quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-benzamide
100 5-morpholinosulfonyl-N-(2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH- quinolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
101 N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide 1
102 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-
1
1 H-quino lin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
103 N-(4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo- 1 ,3-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
104 N-(4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo- 1 ,3-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-5- (dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide 1
105 5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrazol- 1 -yl-benzamide
106 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(8-fluoro-4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo- 1 ,3-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide 1
107 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6- quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide 1
108 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-8-methoxy-4-
1
methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
109 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-5-
1
(trifluoromethyl)benzamide
110 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-
1
hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 -morpho linosulfonyl- benzamide
111 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3- methoxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 -morpholino sulfonyl- 1 benzamide
112 5 -(cyanomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-
1
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
113 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -( 1 -
1
morpho linocyclopropyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
114 2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-
1
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -( 1 - morpholinocyclopropyl)benzamide
115 2-cyano-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-
1
methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-4-carboxamide
116 2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-
1
morpholino-pyridine-4-carboxamide
117 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-
1
pyridine-3 -carboxamide Compound# IUPAC NAME Classification
118 N-(4-methoxy-2-oxo-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-5-[(4- methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)methyl]-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 1 benzamide
119 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-
1
pyridine-3 -carboxamide
120 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-
1
methylmorpho lin-4-yl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
121 2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-
1
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
122 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-
1
quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-benzamide
123 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-4-morpho lino -
1
pyridine-3 -carboxamide
124 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 2
pyridine-3 -carboxamide
125 N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- 3
pyridine-3 -carboxamide
126 2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl- 3
6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide
127 2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7- 2
dimethyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
128 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino - 1
pyridine-3 -carboxamide
129 N-(2-hydroxy-4-isopropyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- 4
pyridine-3 -carboxamide
130 N-(3-methyl-2-oxo- 1 ,4-dihydroquinazolin-6-yl)-2- 4
morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide
131 N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2- 4
morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide
132 2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
133 2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl- 1
6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide
134 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-6- 1
(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide
135 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -6- 2
(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide
136 N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- 1
pyridine-3 -carboxamide
137 N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl-2- 4
morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide
138 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl-2- 4
morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide Compound# IUPAC NAME Classification
139 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 - 1
(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide
140 5-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2- 1
morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide
141 NT
142 2-(3,4a,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3,4- 1
b] [ 1 ,4]oxazin-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
143 2-(2,3,4a,5,7,7a-hexahydrofuro[3,4-b][l,4]oxazin-4-yl)- 3
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide
144 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-oxa-8- 1
azabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octan-8-yl)pyridine-3-carboxamide
145 2- [3 -(hydroxymethyl)morpho lin-4-yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4- 1
methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
146 2-(4,4-difluoro- 1 -piperidyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
147 2-(6,8-dihydro-5H-imidazo[ 1 ,2-a]pyrazin-7-yl)-N-(2- 3
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
148 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-oxopiperazin- 3
1 -yl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
149 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- 3
pyridine-3 -carboxamide
150 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2- NT
morpholino-benzamide
151 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2- 1
morpholino-benzamide
152 5- (3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl- 1
6- quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
153 N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2- NT
morpholino-benzamide
154 N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l- 1
methylpyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
155 5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7- 1
dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
156 N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2- NT
morpholino-benzamide
157 5 -(3 -furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4, 8-dimethyl-6-quino lyl)-2- 1
morpholino-benzamide
158 N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo- NT
2-morpholino-benzamide
159 N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l- 1
methylpyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino-benzamide Compound# IUPAC NAME Classification
160 5 -(3 -furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6- 3
quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-benzamide
161 5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-7-
1
methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- benzamide
162 2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5-(3-furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-
1
methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
163 N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-
1
2-morpholino-benzamide
164 2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-
1
morpholino-pyridine-4-carboxamide
165 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-isopropyl-6- quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide 1
166 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -( 1 -
1
methylpyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
167 5 -(3 -furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-
1
morpholino-benzamide
168 5 -( 1 -hydroxyethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-
1
2-morpholino-benzamide
169 N-(2-hydroxy-8-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l-
1
methylpyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide
170 N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l-
1
methylpyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide
171 N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l-
1
methylpyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide
172 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-[(3R)-3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl]-
1
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)benzamide
173 5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- [(3 S)-3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -
1
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)benzamide
174 5 -(3 -furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide
175 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -( 1 -
1
methylpyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide
176 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-
1
morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide
177 5- (3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-
1
6- quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide
178 5-(3-furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(6- 3
oxa-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl)pyridine-3-carboxamide Compound# IUPAC NAME Classification
179 5 -(3 -furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4, 8-dimethyl-6-quino lyl)-2- 1
morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide
180 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5 -(5 -methyl- 1 ,3 ,4- 1
oxadiazo l-2-yl)-2-morpho lino-benzamide
181 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 - 1
( 1 H-tetrazol-5 -yl)benzamide
182 3 - [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoyl] -4- 1
morpholino-benzoic acid
183 5-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2- 3
morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide
184 5-bromo-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- 3
methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
185 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(4- 1
methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide
186 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2,5-dimorpholino- 1
pyridine-3 -carboxamide
187 5 - [4-(dimethylamino)- 1 -piperidyl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4- NT
methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-pyridine-3 - carboxamide
188 5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7- 1
dimethyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-pyridine-3 - carboxamide
189 5-(3-furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-8-methoxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-pyridine-3 -carboxamide
190 5-(3-furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6- 4
quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-pyridine-3 -carboxamide
191 5-(3-furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2- 1
morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide
192 5 -(azetidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- NT
morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide
193 5 - [(3 S)-3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4- NT
methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-pyridine-3 - carboxamide
194 5-[(3R)-3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl]-N-(2-hydroxy-4- NT
methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-pyridine-3 - carboxamide
195 N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(2- 1
methyltetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide
196 N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l- 5
methyltetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide Compound# IUPAC NAME Classification
197 2-cyano-5-(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- 3
methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-4-carboxamide
198 2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5- 1
morpholino-pyridine-4-carboxamide
199 5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3 -fluoropyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2- 1
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
200 N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(3- 2
methylisoxazol-5 -yl)-2-morpho lino-pyridine-3 - carboxamide
201 N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(5- 1
methyl-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
202 N4-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-pyrro lidin- 1 -yl- 1
pyridine-2,4-dicarboxamide
203 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-pyrro lidin- 1 -yl-2- 1
( 1 H-tetrazol-5 -yl)pyridine-4-carboxamide
204 5 -(cyanomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- 1
pyrro lidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
205 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -( 1 - 1
morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-pyrro lidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
206 5 -( 1 -hydroxyethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)- 1
2-[2-(2-pyridyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yljbenzamide
207 2-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - 1
morpholino-pyridine-4-carboxamide
208 2-( 1 -hydroxyethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)- 1
5-morpholino-pyridine-4-carboxamide
209 2-acetyl-5 -(3 -fluoropyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- 1
methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-4-carboxamide
210 5 -(3 -fluoropyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-2-( 1 -hydroxy ethyl)-N-(2- 1
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-4-carboxamide
211 2-cyano-5-[2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl]- 2
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-4- carboxamide
212 2-acetyl-5 - [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] - 1
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-4- carboxamide
213 5 - [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -2-( 1 - 1
hydroxyethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-4-carboxamide A further list of classification:
Compound# IUPAC Name Classification
SI N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2- 4
morpholino-benzamide
S2 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino - 2
benzamide
S3 3-(cyclopentylsulfamoyl)-4-methyl-N-(l-methyl-2- 4
oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)benzamide
S4 N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2- 4
morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide
S5 2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)-N-(3-oxo-4H- 1 ,4- 5
benzoxazin-7-yl)benzamide
S6 N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2-(4- 5
methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S7 N-(4-methyl-3-oxo- 1 ,4-benzoxazin-7-yl)-2-(4- 5
methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S8 N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2-(4- 5
pyrazin-2-ylpiperazin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S9 N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2- 5
morpholino-5-nitro-benzamide
S10 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(4- 4
methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)benzamide
Sl l N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(4-pyrazin-2- 4
ylpiperazin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S12 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 - 1
sulfamoyl-benzamide
S13 N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2- 4
morpholino-5-sulfamoyl-benzamide
S14 5-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 2
quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-benzamide
S15 5-(benzenesulfonamido)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 3
quinolyl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S16 5-(ethylsulfonylamino)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 4
quinolyl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S17 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 - 1
nitro-benzamide
S19 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 - 1
( 1 -piperidylsulfonyl)benzamide
S20 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 - 1
morpholino sulfonyl-benzamide
S21 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-(piperazin- 1 - 3
ylmethyl)benzamide
S22 2-(dimethylamino)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 2
quino lyl)-5 -nitro-benzamide Compound# IUPAC Name Classification
S23 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-3 - 5
(methylsulfamoyl)benzamide
S24 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-[(2- 5
oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)methyl]benzamide
S25 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-nitro-2- 1
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
S26 3-[(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)sulfamoyl]-N-(2-hydroxy-4- 5
methyl-6-quino lyl)benzamide
S27 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
S28 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2- 2
(methanesulfonamido)-5-morpholino-benzamide
S29 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 5
benzamide
S30 4-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-nitro- 5
benzamide
S32 2-morpholino-N-[2-oxo-4-(trifluoromethyl)-lH- 4
quino lin-6-yl] -5 -sulfamoy 1-benzamide
S33 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4- 5
methyl-6-quino lyl)benzamide
S34 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5- 5
morpholino sulfonyl-benzamide
S35 N-(4-hydroxy-2-oxo-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino- 1
5 -morpholinosulfonyl-benzamide
S36 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-(4- 5
methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)sulfonyl-benzamide
S37 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2,4-dioxo-lH-quinazolin-6- 5
yl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
S39 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(3-methyl-2-oxo- 1 ,4- 1
dihydroquinazolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-benzamide
S41 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 3
quino lyl)-2-(3 -methylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S42 5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3 -fluoropyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-N- 1
(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)benzamide
S43 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 3
quino lyl)-2-(3 -methoxypyrro lidin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S44 l-[4-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-[(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)carbamoyl]phenyl]pyrro lidine-3 -carboxamide
S45 2- [3 -(dimethylamino)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -5 - 3
(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide
S46 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 3
quino lyl)-2-(3 -isobutylpyrro lidin- 1 -yl)benzamide Compound# IUPAC Name Classification
S47 2- [3 -(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -5 - 1
(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide
S48 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)-2-(3 -ureidopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S49 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 3
quino lyl)-2-(3 -pyrrolidin- 1 -ylpyrrolidin- 1 - yl)benzamide
S50 2-[3-(2-amino-2-oxo-ethoxy)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]-5- 3
(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide
S51 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)-2-(3 -phenylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S52 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 3
quinolyl)-2-(2-methylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S53 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)-2- [2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 - yljbenzamide
S54 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 4
quinolyl)-2-(5-methyl-2,3,3a,4,6,6a- hexahydropyrrolo[3 ,4-b]pyrrol- 1 -yl)benzamide
S55 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 2
quinolyl)-2-(2-isobutylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S56 2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -5 - 1
(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide
S57 5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- [2-( 1 -hydroxy- 1 -methyl- 4
ethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide
S58 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- NT
quino lyl)-2- [2-( 1 H-imidazo l-2-yl)pyrrolidin- 1 - yljbenzamide
S59 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)-2- [2-( 1 H-pyrazo 1-3 -yl)pyrrolidin- 1 - yljbenzamide
S60 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)-2- [2-( 1 H-tetrazol-5 -yl)pyrrolidin- 1 - yljbenzamide
S61 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 3
quinolyl)-2-(4-methyl-3,3a,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-2H- pyrrolo[3 ,2-b]pyridin- 1 -yl)benzamide
S62 1- [4-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-[(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quino lyl)carbamoyl]phenyl] -N,N-dimethyl-pyrrolidine-
2- carboxamide Compound# IUPAC Name Classification
S63 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- NT
quinolyl)-2-[2-(3-pyridyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yljbenzamide
S64 1 - [4-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- NT
quino lyl)carbamoyl]phenyl] -4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2- carboxamide
S65 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3-hydroxy-3-methyl-8- 3
azabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octan-8-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide
S66 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(4-hydroxy-2,5-dimethyl- 1 - 3
piperidyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide
S67 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 1
quinolyl)-2-(2 -phenyl- 1 -piperidyl)benzamide
S68 2-(2,3,4,4a,5,7,8,8a-octahydropyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-l- NT
yl)-5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide
S69 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- NT
quinolyl)-2-[2-(5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)- 1 - piperidyl]benzamide
S71 5-(diethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 3
quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
S72 5-(diethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- 3
quino lyl)-2-( 1 -piperidyl)benzamide
S74 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(2-methyl- 1 - 3
piperidyl)-5-nitro-pyridine-3-carboxamide
S76 5-nitro-N-(2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-2- 4
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
S77 N-(4-methyl-3-oxo- 1 ,4-benzoxazin-7-yl)-5-nitro-2- 4
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
S78 5-morpholinosulfonyl-N-(2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH- 4
quinolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
S79 N-(4-methyl-3-oxo- 1 ,4-benzoxazin-7-yl)-5- 4
morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
S80 5-[(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)methyl]-N-(2-oxo-3,4- 4
dihydro- 1 H-quinolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
S81 5 - [ [2-hydroxyethyl(methyl)amino]methyl] -N-(2- 1
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide
S82 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 1
5 - [(tetrahydrofuran-2- ylmethylamino)methyl]benzamide
S83 5-[[3-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]methyl]-N-(2- 1
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide Compound# IUPAC Name Classification
S84 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-[(3-
1
hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide
S85 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-[[(2S)-2- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]methyl]-2-pyrrolidin- 1
1-yl-benzamide
S86 5-[[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin- 1 -yl]methyl]-N-(2-
1
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide
S87 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-[(4-methyl- 1 ,4-
1
diazepan- 1 -yl)methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide
S88 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-[(3-
1
methoxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide
S89 5 - [(3 -hydroxyazetidin- 1 -yl)methyl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide 1
S90 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [ [3 - (methoxymethyl)azetidin- 1 -yl]methyl]-2-pyrrolidin- 1 - 1
yl-benzamide
S91 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [ [3 -
1
(methoxymethyl)- 1 -piperidyl]methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 - yl-benzamide
S93 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-
1
methylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine- 3-carboxamide
S94 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(2- 2
methylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine- 3-carboxamide
S97 2-(3-fluoro-3-methyl-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- 2
methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide
S98 2-(3-carbamoylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- 3
methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide
S101 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3- 4
isobutylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide
S107 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - 4
(morpholinomethyl)-2-(3 -pyrrolidin- 1 -ylpyrrolidin- 1 - yl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide
S109 2- [2-(dimethylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2- 3
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide Compound# IUPAC Name Classification
Si l l N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - 3
(morpholinomethyl)-2- [3 -(4-pyridyl)pyrro lidin- 1 - yl]pyridine-3-carboxamide
S114 2- [2-(hydroxymethyl)morpho lin-4-yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4- 5
methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide
S115 2- [2-(hydroxymethyl)-5 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl] -N-(2- 5
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide
S116 N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-[2- NT
(methoxymethyl)morpholin-4-yl] -5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide
S117 2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)morpho lin-4-yl] -N-(2- 5
hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide
S118 2- [3 -(hydroxymethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4- 5
methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide
As can be seen from the table above, the compounds were found to show beneficial activity.
Compounds were assayed for binding affinity using a FRET assay or the Bromoscan assay, and for cellular efficacy using either a cell viability assay or a cytokine release inhibition assay and the assays are described herein and results reported in the table below.
According to some embodiments the compounds disclosed herein display a FRET inhibition of < 10 μΜ, e.g. between 1 μΜ and 10 μΜ; such as < 1 μΜ, e.g. between 0.5 μΜ and 1 μΜ; such as < 0.5 μΜ, e.g. between 0.2 μΜ and 0.5 μΜ; such as < 0.2 μΜ.
Bromoscan assays were run by DiscoveRx Corporation. The relevant assay names are BRD4(1) for the first bromodomain of BRD4 and BRD4(2) for the second
bromodomain of BRD4. Further Bromoscan assays covering other bromodomains could be employed to establish the selectivity profile of a compound of interest. To run the
Bromoscan assay, a T7 phage strain displaying the relevant bromodomain was grown in parallel in 24-well blocks in an E. coli host derived from the BL21 strain. E. coli were grown to log-phase and infected with T7 phage from a frozen stock (multiplicity of infection = 0.4) and incubated with shaking at 32°C until lysis (90-150 minutes). The lysates were centrifuged (5,000 x g) and filtered (0.2μιη) to remove cell debris.
Streptavidin-coated magnetic beads were treated with biotinylated small molecule or acetylated peptide ligands for 30 minutes at room temperature to generate affinity resins for bromodomain assays. The liganded beads were blocked with excess biotin and washed with blocking buffer (SeaBlock (Pierce), 1 % BSA (bovine serum albumin), 0.05 % Tween 20, 1 mM DTT (dithiothreitol)) to remove unbound ligand and to reduce non-specific phage binding. Binding reactions were assembled by combining bromodomains, liganded affinity beads, and test compounds in lx binding buffer (17% SeaBlock, 0.33x PBS, 0.04% Tween 20, 0.02% BSA, 0.004% Sodium azide, 7.4 mM DTT). Test compounds were prepared as 1000X stocks in 100% DMSO and subsequently diluted 1 : 10 in monoethylene glycol (MEG) to create stocks at 100X the screening concentration (resulting stock solution is 10% DMSO/90% MEG). The compounds were then diluted directly into the assays such that the final concentration of DMSO and MEG were 0.1% and 0.9%, respectively. All reactions were performed in polystyrene 96-well plates in a final volume of 0.135 ml. The assay plates were incubated at room temperature with shaking for 1 hour and the affinity beads were washed with wash buffer (lx PBS, 0.05%> Tween 20). The beads were then re-suspended in elution buffer (lx PBS, 0.05%> Tween 20, 2 μΜ nonbiotinylated affinity ligand) and incubated at room temperature with shaking for 30 minutes. The bromodomain concentration in the eluates was measured by qPCR
(quantitative real-time polymerase chain reaction).
Cell Viability assay
Grow MV-4-1 1 tumor cells (ATCC CRL-9591) in suspension at 37 °C in a humidified atmosphere (5% C02, 95% air, IMDM (Iscove's Modified Dulbecco's
Medium) medium supplemented with 10%> FBS (fetal bovine serum)) Seed cells at a density of 10.000 cells per well of a flat-bottomed 96 well plate in 50 of medium. After 24 hours, add 50 of test compound or DMSO control from a pre-generated compound dilution series in medium. After an additional 72 hours, add 100 μΐ^ of pre-mixed
CellTiter-Glo reagent (Promega G7570) to each well, shake for two minutes to allow cell lysis followed by 10 minutes of incubation at room temperature without shaking. Read luminescence on an Envision reader (Perkin Elmer). The inhibition of cell viability (IC) can be expressed as follows:
OD compound -exposed wells
%IC •)xl00
OD DMSO control wells IC data can be analyzed using GraphPad Prism, and IC50 data can be obtained using nonlinear regression curve fit using log(compound) vs response (variable slope). The effect of compound on the viability of other cell lines can be assayed under similar conditions, taking into account the growth requirement of the individual cell line.
Cytokine release inhibition assay: LPS-induced cytokine release from human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs)
200,000 PBMCs were seeded per well of a 96-well plate in 160 μΐ, of medium. Afterwards, 20 μΐ, of ten times concentrated working dilutions of compound or DMSO control were added per well. Cells were pre-incubated with compounds for 1 h at 37°C, 5% C02, 95% humidity and 20 μΐ, of ten times concentrated LPS was added to cells (Sigma L4391, final concentration 1 ng/niL). Following 18 h incubation at 37°C, 5% C02, 95% humidity, plates were centrifuged for 10 minutes at 300xg. 150 μΐ, of supernatants were collected for IL-12p40 determination. The concentration of IL-12p40 in supernatants was determined by sandwich ELISA (enzyme- linked immunosorbent assay) using capture and detection antibodies according to the manufacturer's instructions (R&D Systems DY1240). Data can be analyzed using GraphPad Prism, and IC50 data can be obtained using nonlinear regression curve fit using log(compound) vs response (variable slope).
Table of results:
Cell
viability LPS
BromoScan BromoScan assay IC50
BRD4 1 BRD4 2 BromoScan MV4;11 IL12p40
Compound # Kd/nM Kd/nM BRD4 2/1 (μΜ) μΜ
107 3.6 28.0 7.8 0.7
67 6.2 1183.3 190.9 1.2
113 16.0 190.0 11.9 0.6
43 2.4 79.0 32.9 0.4
1 13.0 330.0 25.4 0.6 0.3
128 15.0 2500.0 166.7 0.3
99 12.0 5600.0 466.7 0.4 The table shows that compounds disclosed herein may be selective compounds, such as compounds having less than 30-fold selectivity, between 30 and 100-fold selectivity and more than 100-fold selectivity for BRD4 1 over BRD4 2. The compounds disclosed herein may also be non-selective.
The cell viability assay is used to demonstrate the compounds ability to kill cancer cells.
The LPS induced cytokine release assay demonstrates the compounds ability to inhibit the production of IL12p40 following an inflammatory stimulus (LPS), and as can be seen compounds disclosed herein are able to inhibit the production of IL12p40.
In summary, compounds disclosed herein, have been found to likely bind and thereby modulate or inhibit the function of bromodomains, and compounds disclosed herein may be selective as well as non-selective, and usefulness to treat a wide range of diseases, disorders, or conditions have been demonstrated, for example by the cell viability assay and the LPS induced cytokine release assay.

Claims

1. A compound according to formula (I)
Figure imgf000441_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, polymorphs, stereoisomers, and tautomers thereof, wherein
Yi, Y2, Y3, and Y4 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N or C;
Y5 is selected from C or O;
Xi, X2, X3, X4, and X5 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of N, O, S or C; n is an integer selected from 0 or 1 ;
R is absent or selected from the group of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_4 alkyl;
Ri is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_4 alkyl;
R2a, R2b, R3a, and R¾ are independently of each other either absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -OR31, or R2a and R2b taken together with Y4, and/or R3a and R3b taken together with Y5 form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl;
R4, R5, Re, Rsa, Rsb Rga, R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub and R32 are independently of each other absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -NO2, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -NRi2Ri3,
Figure imgf000442_0001
-
Figure imgf000442_0002
-OC(=0)R2i, - C(=0)NR22R23, -S(=0)R24, -S02R25, -S02NR26R27, and -OR3i; or
R5, Re, Rsa, Rsb Rga, R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub are taken together with an adjacent R5, Re, R8a, Rsb, Rga, R%, Rioa, Riob, Ri ia, Rub group to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; or
R8a, Rsb and Xi; R9a, R% and X4; R10a, Riob and X3; Rl la, Rub and X2 are taken together to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -OH, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl; Ri2, Ri3, Ri6, Ri7, Ri8, R22, R23, R26, and R27 are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, or
Ri2 and R13, Ri6 and Ri7, Ri7 and Ris, R22 and R¾, R26 and R27 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
Ri4, Ris, Ri9, R2o, R2i , R24, R25, R28, R29, R30, and R31 are independently of each other absent or selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;
A is selected from CR32 or N;
Rx and Ry are independently of each other selected from hydrogen,
unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=O)R20 and -S02R25; or
Rx and Ry are both taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; or one of Rx or Ry is taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl; and whenever Rx and Ry independently of each other are selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cyclo alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and , unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=0)R2o and -S02R25, then both Rl la and Rub cannot be hydrogen; whenever one or more heteroatom(s) is/are present it is/they are selected from 0, N and S; and with the proviso that the compound of Formula (I) is not
Figure imgf000444_0001
Figure imgf000445_0001
2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein Yl s Y2, Y3 are C and Y4 is selected from C or N.
3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein Y4 is C.
4. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-3, wherein R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or methyl.
5. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-4, wherein Ri is absent or hydrogen.
6. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-5, wherein R2a and R¾ independently of each other are absent or independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-6 cycloalkyl and unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy.
7. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-6, wherein R2a is selected from hydrogen or methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH2F, - CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, cyclopropoxy, - OCF3, - OCHF2, -OCH2F, -OCHFCF3, and halogen and R¾ and R3b are absent.
8. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-7, wherein R3a and R¾ independently of each other are absent or independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_6 cycloalkyl and unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy.
9. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-8, wherein R3a is selected from hydrogen or methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH2F, - CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CF3, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, cyclopropoxy, -OCF3, - OCHF2, -OCH2F, -OCHFCF3, and halogen and R3b is absent.
10. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-9, wherein R4, R5 and R6 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, -CN, - OR3i, halogen, -NRi2Ri3,
Figure imgf000446_0001
- NR33(CR34R35)mC(=0)NR36R37, -(CR38R39)mNR40R4i, -(CR42R43)mC(=0)NR44R45, and - 0(C=0)R21; wherein Ri2, Ri3, Ri4i Ris, Ri6, Ri7, Ris, R19, R2i, R28, R30, R33, R34, R35, R36, R37, R38, R39, R40, R41 , R42, R43, R44, and R45 independently of each other are absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3_8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, or
Ri2 and Ri3, R17 and Ris, R36 and R37, R40 and R41 , and R44, R45 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4.
11. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-10, wherein Yl s Y2, and
Y3 are C.
12. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-11, wherein Yi, Y2, Y3,
Y4 and Y5 are selected according to Formulas (II)-(VI)
Figure imgf000447_0001
Figure imgf000448_0001
Figure imgf000448_0002
wherein R is absent or selected from the group of hydrogen, methyl;
R2a, R2b, R3a, and R¾ are independently of each other absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy;
R4, R5, 5 are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, -OR31, -NR12R13, -NRi4(C=0)Ri5,
Figure imgf000449_0001
-
Figure imgf000449_0002
(CR42R43)mC(=0)NR44R45, and -0(C=0)R2i; wherein Ri2, Ri3, Ri4i Ri6, Ri7, Ris, R19, R2i, R28, R30, R33, R34, R35, R36, R37, R38, R39, R40, R41 , R42, R43, R44, and R45 independently of each other are absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl , unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3_8 cyclo alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, or
Ri2 and Ri3, R17 and Ris, R36 and R37, R4o and R4i, R44 and R45 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4.
13. A compound according to claim 12 wherein the compound is selected from a compound according to any one of formulae (II), (III) or (IV).
14. A compound according to any one of the claims 10, 12, and 13 wherein Ri4, Ris, Ri6, Ri7, Ris, Ri9, R2i and R28 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, -CF3, tert-butyl, and cyclopropyl.
15. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-14, wherein R7 is hydrogen.
16. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-15, wherein R8a, R9a, Rioa, and Rna are absent and the ring comprising Xl s X2, X3, X4 and X5 is a substituted aryl or substituted heteroaryl ring.
17. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-16 wherein R8b, Rub, Xi and X2; Riob, Rub, X2 and X3; and/or R%, Riob, X3 and X4 are taken together to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkenyl.
18. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-17, wherein A is N.
19. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-18, wherein n is 1.
20. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-19, wherein the compound is a compound according to any one of the formulae II to VI in claim 12, wherein Xl s X2, X3 and X4 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of N or C, and X5 is C.
21. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-20, wherein the compound is a compound according to any one of the formula II to VI in claim 12, wherein n is 1 and one of X2, X3, and X4 is N, the two of X2, X3, and X4 not being N are C; and Xi and X5 are C.
22. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-21 wherein the compound is a compound according to any one of the formulae II to VI in claim 12, wherein R8a, Rsb, R-9a, Rs>b, Rioa and Riob independently of each other are absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, C3_5 cycloalkyl, -CN, -OH, -CF3, and -OCF3, or R8b, Rub, Xi and X2; Riob, Rub, X2 and X3; and/or R%, Riob, X3 and X4 are taken together to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl, and unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkenyl.
23. A compound according to claim 22 wherein said Ci_4 alkyl is methyl or ethyl and, said Ci_4 alkoxy is methoxy.
24. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-23, wherein R8a, R a, Rioa, and Rna are absent and Rub is selected from the group consisting of halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6
hydroxyalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 aminoalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 cyanoalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy-Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, -OH, -CN, -N02, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -NR12R13 , -C(=0)NR22R23, -SO2R25, - SO2NR26R27,
Figure imgf000451_0001
-(CR38R39)mNR4oR4i, and -
(CR42R43)mC(=0)NR44R45, wherein R12, Ri3, R22, R23, R25, R26, R27, R36, R37, R40, R41, R44, R45
independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9
heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; or Ri2 and Ri3, R22 and R23, R26 and R27, R36 and R37, R40 and R41; R44 and R45 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl,
R33, R34, R35, R38, R39, R42, and R43 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_6 alkyl, and m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4.
25. A compound according to the claim 1, having the general Formula (XI):
Figure imgf000451_0002
wherein R2a is hydrogen or methyl;
R3a is hydrogen or methyl; R7 is hydrogen;
R4, R5, 5 and Rsb independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, C3-5 cycloalkyl, -CN, -OH, - CF3, and -OCF3;
X3 and X4 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of N and C;
when X4 is N, Rgb is absent, when X4 is C, Rgb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, C3_5 cycloalkyl, -CN, -OH, - CF3, and -OCF3 ;
when X3 is N, Riob is absent, when X3 is C, Riob is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, C3_5 cycloalkyl, -CN, -OH, - CF3, and -OCF3; Rub is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkynyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, -OH, -CN, -NO2, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -NRi2Ri3,
Figure imgf000452_0001
-
Figure imgf000452_0002
-C(=O)R20, -C(=0)OR2i , -OC(=0)R2i, - C(=0)NR22R23, -S(=0)R24, -S02R25, -S02NR26R27, and -OR3i ;
A is selected from CR32 or N;
Rx and Ry are independently of each other selected from hydrogen,
unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=O)R20 and -S02R25; or
Rx and Ry are both taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; or one of Rx or Ry is taken together with A to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, and unsubstituted or substituted aryl; and whenever Rx and Ry independently of each other are selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -C(=0)R2o and -S02R25, then Rub cannot be hydrogen; whenever one or more heteroatom(s) is/are present it is/they are selected from O, N and S.
26. A compound according to claims 24 or 25, wherein Rub is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl and
unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
27. A compound according to claims 24-25, wherein Rub is selected from the group consisting of:
453
Figure imgf000454_0001
Figure imgf000455_0001
wherein R83a and Rs3b are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, Ci_6 alkyl, or R83a and Rs3b taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a C3_8 cycloalkyl;
Rso and Rsi independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OH, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 haloalkyl, Ci_4 hydroxyalkyl, Ci_4 aminoalkyl, -CF3, Ci_4 alkoxy, Ci_4 alkoxy-Ci_4 alkyl, -OCF3, -NR52R53, -C(=0)NR52R53, -C(=0)OR52; r and s are integers selected from 0, 1 or 2;
R47, R48, R4 , and R50 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy-Ci_6 alkyl, -NR52R53, Ci_6 aminoalkyl, - OH , -C(=0)NR55R56;
Rs2 is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy, -NRssRse, and -OH;
R52, R53, and R54 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci_6 aminoalkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy, Ci_4 alkoxy-Ci_4 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and -C(=0)Rs2; R55 and R56 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, and Rs5 and Rs6 independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl or R85 and Rs6 taken together with the nitrogen atom form a ring system selected from unsubstituted or substituted
heteroalicyclyl.
28. A compound according to claim 27, wherein R8o and Rsi are hydrogen.
29. A compound according to any one of the claims 24-27, wherein said Ci_6 haloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of -CF3, -CHF2, - CH2F, -CH2CH2F, -CH2CHF2, -CHFCF3,-CH2CF3; said Ci_6 haloalkoxy is selected from the group consisting of -OCF3, -OCHF2, - OCH2F, -OCH2CH2F, -OCH2CHF2, -OCH2CF3; said unsubstituted or substituted C3_s cycloalkyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted cyclopropyl, unsubstituted or substituted cyclobutyl and unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentyl; said unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted morpholinyl, unsubstituted or substituted pyrrolidinyl, unsubstituted or substituted pyrrolidinonyl, unsubstituted or substituted piperidinyl, unsubstituted or substituted piperazinyl, unsubstituted or substituted azetidinyl, unsubstituted or substituted oxazepanyl, and unsubstituted or substituted diazepanyl; said unsubstituted or substituted aryl is unsubstituted or substituted phenyl; and said unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted pyridinyl, unsubstituted or substituted imidazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted isoxazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted pyrazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted furanyl and unsubstituted or substituted tetrazolyl,
30. A compound according to any one of the claims 25-28, wherein said substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl , substituted aryl and substituted heteroaryl is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, -CN, -OH, oxo, Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 haloalkyl, Ci_4 hydroxyalkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, Ci_4 haloalkoxy-Ci_4 alkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy-Ci_4 alkyl, -NR52R53, -C(=0)NR52R53, - C(=0)OR52, -C(=0)R82, and Ci_4 aminoalkyl.
31. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-30, wherein Rx and Ry independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl,
Figure imgf000457_0001
alkyl, and wherein at least one of Rx an Ry is not hydrogen.
32. A compound according to claim 31, wherein Ci_6 alkyl is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of -OH, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
33. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-30, wherein Rx and Ry taken together with A form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8
cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
34. A compound according to claim 33, wherein Rx and Ry taken together with A form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
35. A compound according to claim 34, wherein Rx and Ry taken together with
A form a ring system selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000458_0001
Figure imgf000458_0002
which ring system is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 aminoalkyl, halogen, -OH, -CN, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2-9 heteroalicyclyl-Ci_6 alkyl,
unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl-Ci_6 alkyl, -(CR64R65)tNR62R63,
Figure imgf000458_0003
and -C(=0)OR69; wherein Rso, Rsi, R<¾ R03, R04, Res, R<¾, R07, Res and Reg are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl; or the ring system is part of a bicyclic ring system; and t is selected from an integer selected from 0, 1 , 2 and 3.
36. A compound according to claim 35, wherein said unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, tert-butyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 aminoalkyl,-CH2NR7oR7i , Ci_6 hydroxyalkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy-Ci_6 alkyl, aryl-Ci_6 alkyl, wherein R70 and R7i independently of each other are selected from hydrogen or Ci_4 alkyl, and; said unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl is selected from
unsubstituted or substituted pyrrolidinyl, and unsubstituted or substituted pyrrolidinyl-2- one; said unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted imidazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted pyrrolyl, unsubstituted or substituted pyrazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted tetrazolyl,and unsubstituted or substituted pyridyl; and said unsubstituted or substituted aryl is selected from unsubstituted or substituted phenyl.
37. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-24, wherein R8a, R a,
Rioa, and Rl la are absent and Rub is selected from the group consisting of halogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 haloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6
hydroxyalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 aminoalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 cyanoalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy-Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 haloalkoxy, -OH, -CN, -N02, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl, -NRi2Ri3 , -C(=0)NR22R23, -S02R25, - S02NR26R27, -NR33(CR34R35)mC(=0)NR36R37, -(CR38R39)mNR40R4i, and - (CR42R43)mC(=0)NR44R45, wherein Ri2, R13, R22, R23, R25, R26, R27, R36, R37, R40, R41 , R44, R45
independently of each other are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted Ci_6 alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9
heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl; or Ri2 and R13, R22 and R¾, R26 and R27, R36 and R37, R40 and R41, R44 and R45 taken together with the atom to which they are simultaneously attached form a ring selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl,
R33, R34, R35, R36, R38, R39, R42, and R43 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_6 alkyl, and m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; and
A is N; and
Rx and Ry taken together with A form a ring system selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted C3-8 cycloalkenyl, and unsubstituted or substituted C2_9 heteroalicyclyl or unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl.
38. A compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 - yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(piperazin- 1 -ylmethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
5-[(4-acetylpiperazin- 1 -yl)methyl]-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 - yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)sulfonyl-2-morpholino- benzamide, 5 - [3 -(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]sulfonyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- morpholino-benzamide,
5 - [3 -(dimethylamino)azetidin- 1 -yl]sulfonyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- morpholino-benzamide,
5 -(3 -aminoazetidin- 1 -yl)sulfony l-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino- benzamide,
N3 -(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-N 1 ,N 1 -dimethyl-4-morpho lino-benzene- 1,3- dicarboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(4-methylpiperazine- 1 -carbonyl)-2-morpho lino- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)-2-morpholino- benzamide,
N3 -(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-4-morpho lino-benzene- 1 ,3 -dicarboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(methoxymethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
5 -(hydroxymethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 - yl)benzamide,
2- [3 -(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 - yl)benzamide,
2-(2-dimethylaminoethylamino)-5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(2-hydroxyethylamino)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide,
2- [3 -(dimethylamino)azetidin- 1 -yl] -5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-N-methyl-2-(4- methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-N-methyl-5 -morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -nitro-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide, 5 -amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
5 - [(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)amino] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -5 - (morpholinomethyl)benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- [2-( 1 H-pyrazo 1-3 - yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yljbenzamide,
N- [2-hydroxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)-6-quino lyl] -5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl- benzamide,
2- [2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)benzamide,
2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-3 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-6-( 1 H-tetrazol-5 -yl)pyridine-2- carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2-(2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 - yl)benzamide,
6-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-2-carboxamide,
6-(aminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-3 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-2- carboxamide,
6-(dimethylaminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-3 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- pyridine-2-carboxamide,
6-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-2-carboxamide,
6-( 1 -hydroxy ethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-2- carboxamide,
N2-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-2,6-dicarboxamide, 2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-4-carboxamide, 2-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-4-carboxamide,
2-( 1 -hydroxy ethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-4- carboxamide,
N4-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-2,4-dicarboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-2-( 1 H-tetrazol-5 -yl)pyridine-4- carboxamide,
5 -( 1 -hydroxy ethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -( 1 -methoxyethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (methoxymethyl)benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(methoxymethyl)-2- [2-( 1 H-pyrazol-3 - yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yljbenzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(isopropoxymethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (trifluoromethoxy)benzamide,
3 -(dimethylaminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)- 1 H-indo le-7- carboxamide,
3- (dimethylaminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-lH-indole-4- carboxamide,
5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide,
5 - [(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)amino] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino- benzamide,
5 -fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-benzamide, N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -( 1 -piperidylsulfonyl)benzamide, N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -morpho linosulfonyl-benzamide, N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-methoxy-benzamide, N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -sulfamo yl-benzamide,
5-acetamido-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -morpho lino sulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -nitro-benzenesulfonamide,
5-amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzenesulfonamide,
2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-morpholinosulfonyl-benzamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-morpholino-N-[2-oxo-4-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-quinolin-6- yljbenzamide,
N3 -(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-4-morpho lino-benzene- 1 ,3 -disulfonamide,
5- (dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(4-hydroxy-2-oxo-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -nitro-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)- 1 -(oxazo l-2-ylmethyl)-5-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-indo le-6- carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)- 1 -(oxazo lidin-2-ylmethyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-indo le-
6- carboxamide,
3 -(dimethylaminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- 1 H- indole-6-carboxamide,
1 -(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-indo le- 6-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpho linomethyl)-2-pyrro lidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 - carboxamide, 2-(3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -(morpho lino methyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
N-(4-chloro-2-hydroxy-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-5 -(morpho linomethyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrimidin^
yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(8-methyl-6-oxo-5H- 1 ,5 -naphthyridin-2-yl)-5 -(morpho lino methyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(8-methyl-6-oxo-5H- 1 ,5 -naphthyridin-2-yl)-5 -morpho linosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-3 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-4-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(4-methoxy-2-oxo-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-5-[(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)methyl]-2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- benzamide,
5-morpholinosulfonyl-N-(2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-l -yl- benzamide,
N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(4-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo- 1 ,3-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 - yl-benzamide,
N-(4,4-dimethyl-2-oxo- 1 ,3-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 - yl-benzamide,
5 -amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrazol- 1 -yl-benzamide, 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(8-fluo
pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl- benzamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-8-m
yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-5 -(trifluoromethyl)benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -hydroxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - morpholino sulfonyl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -methoxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - morpholino sulfonyl-benzamide,
5 -(cyanomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -( 1 -morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -( 1 - morpholinocyclopropyl)benzamide,
2-cyano-5 -(3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-4- carboxamide,
2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-morpholino-pyridine-4-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-4-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(4-methoxy-2-oxo-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-5-[(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)methyl]-2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -methylmorpholin-4-yl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-4-morpho lino -pyridine-3 -carboxamide, N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-4-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide,
2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-isopropyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(3-methyl-2-oxo-l,4-dihydroquinazolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2-(3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-4-methyl-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
5-chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide, 2-(3,4a,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-2H-pyrrolo[3,4-b][l,4]oxazin-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl- 6-quinolyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2-(2,3,4a,5,7,7a-hexahydrofliro[3,4-b][l,4]oxazin-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxaniide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octan-8-yl)pyridine-3- carboxamide,
2- [3 -(hydroxymethyl)morpho lin-4-yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 - carboxaniide,
2-(4,4-difluoro-l-piperidyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-3- carboxamide,
2-(6,8-dihydro-5H-imidazo[l,2-a]pyrazin-7-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-metliyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxaniide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -oxopiperazin- 1 -yl)pyridine-3 -carboxaniide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpliolino-benzaniide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -isoxazo l-4-yl-2-morpho lino-benzamide,
5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-rnethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpliolino- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dirnethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpliolino-benzaniide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l -methylpyrazo l-4-yl)-2-morpholino- benzamide,
5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpho lino- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpholino-benzamide,
5-(3-i iryl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,8-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpho lino-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-iodo-2-morpho lino-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -( 1 -methylpyrazo l-4-yl)-2-morpho lino- benzamide, 5-(3-i iryl)-N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzami
5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2- morpholino-benzamide,
2-(3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 -(3 -furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-isoxazol-4-yl-2-morpholino-benzamide,
2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-morpholino-pyridine-4-carboxamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-isopropyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l-methylpyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino-benzamide,
5 -(3 -furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide,
5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-8-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l -methylpyrazo l-4-yl)-2-morpholino- pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -( 1 -methylpyrazo l-4-yl)-2-morpho lino- pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l -methylpyrazo l-4-yl)-2-morpholino- pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- [(3 R)-3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- [(3 S)-3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide,
5 -(3 -furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l-methylpyrazol-4-yl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -isoxazo l-4-yl-2-morpho lino-pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpho lino- pyridine-3 -carboxamide, 5-(3-i iryl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(6-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2- yl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
5 -(3 -furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4, 8-dimethyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino-pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5 -(5 -methyl- 1 ,3 ,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-morpholino- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -( 1 H-tetrazol-5 -yl)benzamide,
3 - [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoyl] -4-morpholino-benzoic acid,
5-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide,
5 -bromo-2-(3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)-2-morpho lino-pyridine- 3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2,5-dimorpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide,
5 - [4-(dimethylamino)- 1 -piperidyl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino- pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpho lino- pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
5-(3-furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-8-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide,
5 -(3 -furyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpho lino-pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
5-(3-i iryl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3- carboxamide,
5 -(azetidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
5 - [(3 S)-3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino- pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
5 - [(3 R)-3-fiuoropyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino- pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(2-methyltetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholino- pyridine-3 -carboxamide, N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l-methyltetrazol-5-yl)-2-morpholino- pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
2-cyano-5 -(3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-4- carboxamide,
2-cyano-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-morpholino-pyridine-4-carboxamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4,7-dimethyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(3 -methylisoxazol-5 -yl)-2-morpho lino- pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-7-methoxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(5-methyl-l,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2- morpholino-benzamide,
N4-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-pyridine-2,4-dicarboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-2-( 1 H-tetrazol-5 -yl)pyridine-4- carboxamide,
5 -(cyanomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -( 1 -morpholinocyclopropyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
5 -( 1 -hydroxy ethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2- [2-(2-pyridyl)pyrro lidin- 1 - yljbenzamide,
2-acetyl-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-morpholino-pyridine-4-carboxamide,
2-(l-hydroxyethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-morpholino-pyridine-4- carboxamide,
2-acetyl-5 -(3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)pyridine-4- carboxamide,
5 -(3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-2-( 1 -hydroxy ethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-4-carboxamide,
2-cyano-5 - [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-4-carboxamide,
2-acetyl-5 - [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)pyridine-4-carboxamide,
5 - [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -2-( 1 -hydroxyethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quinolyl)pyridine-4-carboxamide, N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -benzamide,
3-(cyclopentylsulfamoyl)-4-methyl-N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6- yl)benzamide,
N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)-N-(3-oxo-4H- 1 ,4-benzoxazin-7-yl)benzamide,
N-( 1 -methyl-2-oxo-3 ,4-dihydroquino lin-6-yl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)benzamide,
N-(4-methyl-3-oxo- 1 ,4-benzoxazin-7-yl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)benzamide,
N-( 1 -methyl-2-oxo-3 ,4-dihydroquino lin-6-yl)-2-(4-pyrazin-2-ylpiperazin- 1 - yl)benzamide,
N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-5-nitro-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(4-pyrazin-2-ylpiperazin-l-yl)benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -sulfamoyl-benzamide,
N-(l-methyl-2-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-5-sulfamoyl-benzamide,
5-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-morpholino- benzamide,
5-(benzenesulfonamido)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin-l- yl)benzamide,
5 -(ethylsulfonylamino)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 - yl)benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -nitro-benzamide, 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydro
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -( 1 -piperidylsulfonyl)benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -morpho linosulfonyl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-3 -(piperazin- 1 -ylmethyl)benzamide,
2-(dimethylamino)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-nitro-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-(methylsulfamoyl)benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-3 - [(2-oxopyrrolidin- 1 -yl)methyl]benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -nitro-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
3 - [(2-amino-2-oxo-ethyl)sulfamoyl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(methanesulfonamido)-5-morpholino-benzamide, N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
4- amino-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-nitro-benzamide,
3 -(dimethylaminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)- 1 H-indo le-6- carboxamide,
2-morpholino-N-[2-oxo-4-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-quinolin-6-yl]-5-sulfamoyl-benzamide,
5- (dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-fluoro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)benzamide, 2-bromo-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-morpholinosulfonyl-benzamide, N-(4-hydroxy-2-oxo-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-5-morpho linosulfonyl-benzamide, N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-3 -(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)sulfonyl-benzamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2,4-dioxo-lH-quinazolin-6-yl)-2-morpholino-benzamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2,4-dioxo-lH-quinazolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzam
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(3-meth^
benzamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(3-methyl-2-oxo- 1 ,4-dihydroquinazo lin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 - yl-benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -methylpyrrolidin- 1 - yl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3 -fluoropyrro lidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -methoxypyrro lidin- 1 - yl)benzamide,
1- [4-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-[(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)carbamoyl]phenyl]pyrro lidine-3 -carboxamide,
2- [3 -(dimethylamino)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -isobutylpyrro lidin- 1 - yl)benzamide,
2- [3 -(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -5 -(dimethylsulfamoy l)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quino lyl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -ureidopyrro lidin- 1 - yl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -pyrro lidin- 1 - ylpyrro lidin- 1 -yl)benzamide,
2- [3 -(2-amino-2-oxo-ethoxy)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quino lyl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -phenylpyrro lidin- 1 - yl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(2-methylpyrro lidin- 1 - yl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2- (methoxymethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl]benzamide, 5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(5-methyl-2
hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrrol-l-yl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(2-isobutylpyrrolidin- 1 - yl)benzamide,
2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4- methyl-6-quino lyl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- [2-( 1 -hydroxy- 1 -methyl-ethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-
4- methyl-6-quino lyl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2-( 1 H-imidazo 1-2- yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2-( 1 H-pyrazo 1-3 - yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2-( 1 H-tetrazol-5 - yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]benzamide,
5- (dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(4-methyl-3,3a,5,6,7,7a- hexahydro-2H-pyrro lo [3 ,2-b]pyridin- 1 -yl)benzamide,
1 - [4-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoyl]phenyl] -N,N- dimethyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2-(3 -pyridyl)pyrrolidin-
1- yl]benzamide,
1 - [4-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoyl]phenyl] -4- hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(3-hydroxy-3-methyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-8-yl)-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)benzamide,
5- (dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-(4-hydroxy-2,5-dimethyl-l-piperidyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-
6- quinolyl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(2 -phenyl- 1 - piperidyl)benzamide,
2- (2,3,4,4a,5,7,8,8a-octahydropyrano[4,3-b]pyridin-l-yl)-5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2- hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2-(5 -oxopyrrolidin-3 -yl)- 1 -piperidyl]benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-lH-indole-6-carboxamide,
5 -(diethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide, 5-(diethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(l-piperidyl)benzamide,
4- chloro-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-3-nitro-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(2-methyl-l-piperidyl)-5-nitro-pyridine-3- carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -4-(4-piperidyl)pyrimidine-5 - carboxamide,
5- nitro-N-(2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-benzamide,
N-(4-methyl-3-oxo- 1 ,4-benzoxazin-7-yl)-5-nitro-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
5-morpholinosulfonyl-N-(2-oxo-3,4-dihydro-lH-quinolin-6-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-l-yl- benzamide,
N-(4-methyl-3-oxo- 1 ,4-benzoxazin-7-yl)-5-morpholinosulfonyl-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
5 - [(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)methyl] -N-(2-oxo-3 ,4-dihydro- 1 H-quino lin-6-yl)-2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
5 - [ [2-hydroxyethyl(methyl)amino]methyl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-5 - [(tetrahydrofuran-2- ylmethylamino)methyl]benzamide,
5 - [ [3 -(dimethylamino)pyrro lidin- 1 -yljmethyl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [(3 -hydroxypyrro lidin- 1 -yl)methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [ [(2S)-2-(methoxymethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 - yljmethyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
5 - [ [4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin- 1 -yljmethyl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- pyrro lidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-[(4-methyl- 1 ,4-diazepan- 1 -yl)methyl]-2- pyrro lidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [(3 -methoxypyrro lidin- 1 -yl)methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
5-[(3-hydroxyazetidin- 1 -yl)methyl]-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrro lidin- 1 - yl-benzamide, N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [ [3 -(methoxymethyl)azetidin- 1 -yljmethyl] -2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [ [3 -(methoxymethyl)- 1 -piperidyl]methyl] -2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -methylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(2-methylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -hydro xypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -methoxypyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2-(3-fluoro-3-methyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2-(3 -carbamoylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [3 -(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(2-isobutylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -isobutylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2- [ 1 - [3- [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoyl] -5 -(morpho lino methyl)-2- pyridyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl] acetic acid,
2-(2-carbamoyl-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- [2-( 1 H-pyrazo 1-3 - yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpho linomethyl)-2- [2-( 1 H-tetrazol-5 - yl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpho linomethyl)-2-(3 -pyrrolidin- 1 - ylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide, N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(4-methyl-3,3a,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-2H- pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-l-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2- [2-(dimethylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(4-methyl-2,3,4a,5,7,7a-hexahydropyrrolo[3,4- b][l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- [3 -(4-pyridyl)pyrro lidin- 1 - yl]pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2-(imidazol- 1 -ylmethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- [2-(pyrazo 1- 1 - ylmethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl]pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
2- [2-(hydroxymethyl)morpho lin-4-yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2- [2-(hydroxymethyl)-5 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2-(methoxymethyl)morpho lin-4-yl] -5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2- [2-(dimethylaminomethyl)morpho lin-4-yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2- [3 -(hydroxymethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [methyl-(2-oxopyrrolidin- 3 -yl)amino]benzamide,
1 - [4-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)carbamoyl]phenyl]pyrrolidine-3 -carboxylic acid,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(7-oxo-2,3,3a,4,5,7a- hexahydropyrano [3 ,4-b]pyrrol- 1 -yl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- [2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrro lidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide,
1 - [4-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)carbamoyl]phenyl]pyrro lidine-2-carboxamide,
(2S)-l-[4-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2-[(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)carbamoyl]phenyl]pyrro lidine-2-carboxylic acid,
5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(8-oxa-4- azaspiro [4.5 ]decan-4-yl)benzamide, 2-(2,5-dimethyl-4-oxo-l-piperidyl)-5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2-(2H-tetrazol-5 -yl)- 1 - piperidyl]benzamide,
5 -(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2-(2-methoxyphenyl)- 1 - piperidyl]benzamide,
1 - [4-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-2- [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoyl]phenyl] -6- methyl-piperidine-3-carboxamide,
2-(2,5-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl)-5-(dimethylsulfamoyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6- quino lyl)benzamide,
5 - [(2-furylmethylamino)methyl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [(isobutylamino)methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
5 - [(cyclopropylamino)methyl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [(3 -pyridylmethylamino)methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 - yl-benzamide,
5 - [(cyanomethylamino)methyl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [ [isopropyl(methyl)amino]methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-5-[(2,2,2- trifluoroethylamino)methyl]benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [(3 -methoxy- 1 -piperidyl)methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 - yl-benzamide,
5 - [ [3 -(dimethylamino)azetidin- 1 -yljmethyl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [( 1 H-imidazol-2-ylmethylamino)methyl] -2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-5 - [ [ 1 -( 1 H-tetrazol-5 - yl)ethylamino]methyl]benzamide,
5 -(dimethylaminomethyl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [ [(2-methoxy-4-pyridy l)methylamino]methyl] -2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide, 5-[(3-cyano- 1 -piperidyl)methyl]-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
1 -[[3-[(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)carbamoyl]-4-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-phenyl] methyl] -N- methyl-pyrrolidine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [ [ 1 -( 1 H-imidazol-2-yl)ethylamino]methyl] -2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-5 - [(tetrahydrofuran-3 - ylamino)methyl]benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [(isoxazo l-4-ylamino)methyl] -2-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl- benzamide,
5-[(3-fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)methyl]-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-pyrrolidin- 1 - yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - [ [( 1 -methy lpyrazo l-4-yl)amino]methyl] -2- pyrrolidin- 1 -yl-benzamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(l,4-oxazepan-4-ylmethyl)-2-pyrrolidin-l -yl- benzamide,
2-(3 -fluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2- [2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2-(2-carbamoylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2- [3 -(dimethylamino)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
(2S)- 1 - [3 -[(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoyl] -5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- pyridyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid,
(2R)- 1 - [3- [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoyl] -5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- pyridyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid,
2- [(2S)-2-(difluoromethyl)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
1 - [3 - [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoyl] -5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- pyridyl]pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-[2-(lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]-5- (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(8-oxa-4- azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-yl)pyridine-3-carboxamide, N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- [2-(4-pyridyl)pyrro lidin- 1 - yl]pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- [2-(3 -pyridyl)pyrro lidin- 1 - yl]pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-morpho lino -5 -(morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3 - carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2-(3 -oxopiperazin- 1 - yl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2-(2,5-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2- [3 -(hydroxymethyl)morpho lin-4-yl] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2-(2-cyano-4-methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-5- (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
4- [3 - [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoyl] -5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- pyridyl]morpholine-3 -carboxamide,
4- [3 - [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoy 1] -5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- pyridyl]morpholine-2-carboxamide,
4- [3 - [(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)carbamoyl] -5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- pyridyl]morpholine-3-carboxylic acid,
2-(3,4a,5,7,8,8a-hexahydro-2H-pyrano[4,3-b][l,4]oxazin-4-yl)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl- 6-quinolyl)-5 -(morpho lino methyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [2-( 1 -methylpyrazo l-4-yl)morpho lin-4-yl] -5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-(3 -methyl-4-oxo-imidazo lidin- 1 -yl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [methyl(tetrahydrofuran-3 -yl)amino] -5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2- [( 1 -cyanocyclobutyl)-methyl-amino] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [methyl( 1 H-pyrazo l-4-ylmethyl)amino] -5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [methyl( 1 ,2,4-oxadiazo 1-5 -ylmethyl)amino] -5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide, N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [methyl-(2-oxopyrrolidin-3 -yl)amino] -5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2- [methyl(tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl)amino] -5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quinolyl)-2-(isoxazol-4-ylamino)-5- (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-2-( 1 H-imidazol-2-ylmethylamino)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- [(5 -oxopyrrolidin-3 - yl)amino]pyridine-3-carboxamide,
N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 -(morpholinomethyl)-2- [(5 -oxopyrrolidin-2- yl)methylamino]pyridine-3-carboxamide,
2- [ [2-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentyi] amino] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3 -carboxamide, and
2- [(2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylamino] -N-(2-hydroxy-4-methyl-6-quino lyl)-5 - (morpholinomethyl)pyridine-3-carboxamide.
39. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of the preceding claims and at least one pharmaceutical acceptable excipient.
40. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-38 or a composition according to claim 39 for use in treating diseases or conditions related to systemic or tissue inflammation, inflammatory responses to infection or hypoxia, cellular activation and proliferation, lipid metabolism, fibrosis and in the prevention and treatment of viral infections.
41. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-38 or a composition according to claim 39 for use in treating diseases or conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, acute gout, psoriasis, psoriatric arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, inflammatory bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, colitis, asthma, chronic obstructive airways disease, pneumonitis, myocarditis, pericarditis, myositis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, allergy, ankylosing spondylitis, lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's disease, pancreatitis, autoimmune ocular disease, Sjogren's disease, optic neuritis, neuromyelitis optica, Myasthenia Gravis, Guillain Barre syndrome, Graves' disease, alopecia, vitiligo, bullous skin diseases, nephritis, vasculitis, atherosclerosis,
Alzheimer's disease, depression, retinitis, uveitis, scleritis, hepatitis, pancreatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, sclerosing cholangitis, hypophysitis, thyroiditis, Addison's disease, type I diabetes and acute rejection of transplanted organs; or treating an acute inflammatory diseases or conditions such as acute gout, giant cell arteritis, nephritis including lupus nephritis, vasculitis with organ involvement such as glomerulonephritis, vasculitis including giant cell arteritis, Polyarteritis nodosa, Behcet's disease, Wegener's granulomatosis, Kawasaki disease, Takayasu's Arteritis, vasculitis with organ involvement and acute rejection of transplanted organs; or treating inflammatory responses to infections caused by bacteria, viruses, fungi, parasites or their toxins, such as sepsis, sepsis syndrome, septic shock, endotoxaemia, systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS), multi-organ dysfunction syndrome, toxic shock syndrome, acute lung injury, ARDS (adult respiratory distress syndrome), acute renal failure, fulminant hepatitis, burns, acute pancreatitis, post-surgical syndromes, sarcoidosis, Herxheimer reactions, encephalitis, myelitis, meningitis, malaria and SIRS associated with viral infections such as influenza, herpes zoster, herpes simplex and coronavirus; or treating ischaemia-reperfusion injury such as myocardial infarction, cerebrovascular ischaemia (stroke), acute coronary syndromes, renal reperfusion injury, organ transplantation, coronary artery bypass grafting, cardio-pulmonary bypass procedures, pulmonary, renal, hepatic, gastro -intestinal or peripheral limb embolism; or treating disorders or conditions of lipid metabolism such as
hypercholesterolemia, atherosclerosis and Alzheimer's disease; or treating fibrotic disorders or conditions such as idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, renal fibrosis, post-operative stricture, keloid formation, scleroderma and cardiac fibrosis; or treating or preventing viral infections such as herpes virus, human papilloma virus, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), adenovirus and poxvirus; or treating cancer, including hematological, epithelial including lung, breast and colon carcinomas, midline carcinomas, sarcomas, mesenchymal, hepatic, renal and neurological tumours; such as adenocarcinoma, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia, adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma, bladder cancer, blastoma, bone cancer, breast cancer, brain cancer, burkitts lymphoma, carcinoma, myeloid sarcoma, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, colorectal cancer, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer, follicular lymphoma, gastrointestinal cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, glioma, gallbladder cancer, gastric cancer, head and neck cancer, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, intestinal cancer, kidney cancer, laryngeal cancer, leukemia, lung cancer, lymphoma, liver cancer, small cell lung cancer, non- small cell lung cancer, melanoma, mesothelioma, multiple myeloma, ocular cancer, optic nerve tumor, oral cancer, ovarian cancer, pituitary tumor, primary central nervous system lymphoma, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, pharyngeal cancer, renal cell carcinoma, rectal cancer, sarcoma, skin cancer, spinal tumor, small intestine cancer, stomach cancer, T-cell lymphoma, testicular cancer, thyroid cancer, throat cancer, urogenital cancer, urothelial carcinoma, uterine cancer, vaginal cancer, or Wilms' tumor; or treating obesity, such as obesity associated with cancer treatment or obesity associated with diabetes and cardiac hypertrophy.
42. A compound according to any one of the claims 1-38 or pharmaceutical composition according to the claim 37 for use in modulating the activity of at least one bromodomain.
43. A compound or pharmaceutical composition according claim 42, wherein modulating the activity comprises inhibiting the bromodomain.
44. A compound or pharmaceutical composition according claim 42 or claim 42, wherein the bromodomain is a member of the BET (bromodomain and
extraterminal) family.
45. A compound or pharmaceutical composition according any one claims 41-44 wherein the bromodomain is contained in a human protein.
PCT/EP2015/067400 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active towards bromodomains WO2016016316A1 (en)

Priority Applications (19)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020237030114A KR102633122B1 (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active towards bromodomains
SG11201700776XA SG11201700776XA (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active towards bromodomains
DK15744908.3T DK3174868T3 (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 COMPOUNDS ACTIVE AGAINST BROMODOMAINS
RU2017104510A RU2743074C2 (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Active compounds with respect to bromo-domains
JP2017505176A JP6759514B2 (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active against bromodomain
MYPI2017000169A MY187540A (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active towards bromodomains
AU2015295405A AU2015295405B2 (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active towards bromodomains
MX2017001512A MX2017001512A (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active towards bromodomains.
NZ729136A NZ729136B2 (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active towards bromodomains
US15/501,058 US10752640B2 (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active towards bromodomains
BR112017002053-0A BR112017002053A2 (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 compound according to formula (i), pharmaceutical composition, and uses of a compound
KR1020177005648A KR20170038877A (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active towards bromodomains
CN201580041641.4A CN106573915B (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active against bromodomains
ES15744908T ES2896400T3 (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Active compounds against bromdomains
CA2956871A CA2956871C (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active towards bromodomains
EP15744908.3A EP3174868B1 (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active towards bromodomains
IL250320A IL250320B (en) 2014-08-01 2017-01-26 Compounds active toward bromodomains
ZA2017/00670A ZA201700670B (en) 2014-08-01 2017-01-26 Compounds active towards bromodomains
CONC2017/0001994A CO2017001994A2 (en) 2014-08-01 2017-02-28 Active compounds towards bromodomains

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
SE1450919 2014-08-01
SE1450919-4 2014-08-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016016316A1 true WO2016016316A1 (en) 2016-02-04

Family

ID=53765198

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2015/067400 WO2016016316A1 (en) 2014-08-01 2015-07-29 Compounds active towards bromodomains

Country Status (19)

Country Link
US (1) US10752640B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3174868B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6759514B2 (en)
KR (2) KR20170038877A (en)
CN (1) CN106573915B (en)
AU (1) AU2015295405B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112017002053A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2956871C (en)
CL (1) CL2017000240A1 (en)
CO (1) CO2017001994A2 (en)
DK (1) DK3174868T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2896400T3 (en)
IL (1) IL250320B (en)
MA (1) MA40551A (en)
MY (1) MY187540A (en)
RU (1) RU2743074C2 (en)
SG (2) SG10201900631TA (en)
WO (1) WO2016016316A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201700670B (en)

Cited By (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017140728A1 (en) 2016-02-15 2017-08-24 Cemm - Forschungszentrum Für Molekulare Medizin Gmbh Taf1 inhibitors for the therapy of cancer
JP2017530093A (en) * 2014-08-29 2017-10-12 ノバルティス ティーアゲズントハイト アーゲー New sulfonylaminobenzamide compounds as antiparasitic agents
WO2018075908A1 (en) * 2016-10-21 2018-04-26 University Of Miami Materials and methods for treating ophthalmic inflammation
WO2018124180A1 (en) 2016-12-27 2018-07-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Antitumor agent and bromodomain inhibitor
US20190077761A1 (en) 2015-07-17 2019-03-14 Fujifilm Corporation Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound
JP2019510782A (en) * 2016-04-07 2019-04-18 グラクソスミスクライン、インテレクチュアル、プロパティー、（ナンバー２）、リミテッドＧｌａｘｏｓｍｉｔｈｋｌｉｎｅ Ｉｎｔｅｌｌｅｃｔｕａｌ Ｐｒｏｐｅｒｔｙ （Ｎｏ．２） Ｌｉｍｉｔｅｄ Pyridyl Derivatives as Bromodomain Inhibitors
CN110300579A (en) * 2017-02-07 2019-10-01 詹森药业有限公司 Sulfamoyl aryl derivatives and its purposes for being used to treat liver fibrosis as drug
WO2020028461A1 (en) * 2018-07-31 2020-02-06 The Trustees Of Princeton University Tetrahydroquinolino derivatives for the treatment of metastatic and chemoresistant cancers
WO2020092667A1 (en) * 2018-11-02 2020-05-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2-amino-n-heteroaryl-nicotinamides as nav1.8 inhibitors
WO2021123785A1 (en) * 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 Artios Pharma Limited Dna polymerase theta inhibitors
US11053235B2 (en) 2018-08-09 2021-07-06 Janssen Sciences Ireland Unlimited Company Substituted 1,4-dihydropyrimidines for the treatment of HBV infection or HBV-induced diseases
WO2022103899A1 (en) * 2020-11-10 2022-05-19 Foghorn Therapeutics Inc. Compounds and uses thereof
WO2022123039A1 (en) 2020-12-10 2022-06-16 Cancer Research Technology Limited Aldehyde dehydrogenase inhibitors and their therapeutic use
WO2022159445A1 (en) * 2021-01-19 2022-07-28 Metrea Biosciences, Inc. Compounds and methods of activating lipoprotein lipase
WO2022222890A1 (en) * 2021-04-19 2022-10-27 Shanghai Yao Yuan Biotechnology Co., Ltd. Benzothiazole and quinoline derivatives for use in treating kawasaki disease
WO2023274418A1 (en) * 2021-07-02 2023-01-05 南京明德新药研发有限公司 Proteolysis-targeting chimeric compound
US11639350B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2023-05-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Heteroaryldihydropyrimidine derivatives and methods of treating hepatitis B infections
WO2023205475A1 (en) * 2022-04-21 2023-10-26 Nimbus Clotho, Inc. Ctps1 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023205251A1 (en) 2022-04-19 2023-10-26 Nuevolution A/S Compounds active towards bromodomains
WO2023248193A1 (en) * 2022-06-24 2023-12-28 Zydus Lifesciences Limited Treatment for glomerular diseases
EP4093400A4 (en) * 2020-01-24 2024-03-13 Univ Princeton Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3484856B1 (en) 2016-07-12 2023-11-15 Revolution Medicines, Inc. 2,5-disubstituted 3-methyl pyrazines and 2,5,6-trisubstituted 3-methyl pyrazines as allosteric shp2 inhibitors
KR20190111079A (en) 2017-01-23 2019-10-01 레볼루션 메디슨즈, 인크. Bicyclic Compounds as Allosteric SHP2 Inhibitors
RU2019126455A (en) 2017-01-23 2021-02-24 Революшн Медсинз, Инк. PYRIDINE COMPOUNDS AS ALLOSTERIC SHP2 INHIBITORS
AU2018347516A1 (en) * 2017-10-12 2020-05-07 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Pyridine, pyrazine, and triazine compounds as allosteric SHP2 inhibitors
TW201927791A (en) 2017-12-15 2019-07-16 美商銳新醫藥公司 Polycyclic compounds as allosteric SHP2 inhibitors
CA3090439A1 (en) * 2018-02-06 2019-08-15 Shanghai Haihe Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Compound having bet inhibitory activity and preparation method and use therefor
CN110386927B (en) * 2018-04-20 2022-09-23 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Histone Acetyltransferase (HAT) inhibitors and uses thereof
CN109053542A (en) * 2018-07-25 2018-12-21 南通大学 A kind of chemical synthesis process of the bromo- 5- hydroxyl 1-isoindolinone of 6-
CN114728936A (en) * 2019-10-29 2022-07-08 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Bifunctional compounds for the treatment of cancer
WO2023006893A1 (en) * 2021-07-30 2023-02-02 Confo Therapeutics N.V. Compounds for the treatment of pain, in particular neuropathic pain, and/or other diseases or disorders that are associated with at2r and/or at2r mediated signaling

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100261687A1 (en) * 2009-04-08 2010-10-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Substituted piperidines as ccr3 antagonists
WO2010126851A1 (en) * 2009-04-27 2010-11-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Cxcr3 receptor antagonists
WO2013027168A1 (en) * 2011-08-22 2013-02-28 Pfizer Inc. Novel heterocyclic compounds as bromodomain inhibitors

Family Cites Families (102)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5328935B2 (en) 1972-01-20 1978-08-17
JPS56104333A (en) 1980-01-23 1981-08-20 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Color photographic sensitive material
DE3445669A1 (en) 1984-12-14 1986-06-19 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh, 6800 Mannheim NEW PYRROLO-BENZIMIDAZOLES, METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS
JPS6232459A (en) 1985-08-05 1987-02-12 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Silver halide color photographic sensitive material
JPS6238463A (en) 1985-08-14 1987-02-19 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Image forming method for silver halide color photosensitive material
JPH067250B2 (en) 1985-10-18 1994-01-26 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material
JPS6292939A (en) 1985-10-19 1987-04-28 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Heat developable photosensitive material
JPH0756566B2 (en) 1985-11-06 1995-06-14 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material
JPS62129853A (en) 1985-11-30 1987-06-12 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Silver halide photographic sensitive material
JPS62153953A (en) 1985-12-27 1987-07-08 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Color photographic sensitive material
JPS62173466A (en) 1986-01-28 1987-07-30 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Silver halide color photographic sensitive material
JPS62222251A (en) 1986-02-17 1987-09-30 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Method for processing silver halide color photographic sensitive material
JPS62257158A (en) 1986-04-30 1987-11-09 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Silver halide color photographic sensitive material
DE3788600T2 (en) 1986-07-22 1994-04-28 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Process for treating silver halide color photographic material.
DE3803775A1 (en) 1988-02-09 1989-08-17 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh NEW SUBSTITUTED LACTAME, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, AND MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS
JPH02234158A (en) 1989-03-07 1990-09-17 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Color photosensitive material
JPH02264946A (en) 1989-04-05 1990-10-29 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Silver halide color photographic sensitive material
JPH02267548A (en) 1989-04-10 1990-11-01 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Image forming method
DE3925584A1 (en) 1989-08-02 1991-02-07 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh NEW N- (DIMETHYLOXOPHOSPHINYLMETHYL -) LACTAME, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS
DE4027592A1 (en) 1990-08-31 1992-03-05 Beiersdorf Ag NEW PYRROLOBENZIMIDAZOLE, IMIDAZOBENZOXAZINONE AND IMIDAZOCHINOLONE, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE AND THE COMPOUNDS CONTAINING PREPARATIONS
JPH04315148A (en) 1991-04-15 1992-11-06 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Silver halide color photographic sensitive material
GB9205702D0 (en) 1992-03-16 1992-04-29 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co A new use of a quinazoline derivative
DE69310098T2 (en) 1992-10-15 1997-07-31 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Processing method for silver halide color photographic material
AU701776B2 (en) 1994-05-27 1999-02-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Compounds for inhibiting osteoclast-mediated bone resorption
US5756502A (en) 1994-08-08 1998-05-26 Warner-Lambert Company Quinazolinone derivatives as cholyecystokinin (CCK) ligands
TW381092B (en) * 1995-07-07 2000-02-01 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd Novel benzimidazole derivatives for use in treating arteriosclerotic diseases
US5747235A (en) 1996-01-26 1998-05-05 Eastman Kodak Company Silver halide light sensitive emulsion layer having enhanced photographic sensitivity
US5780480A (en) 1996-02-28 1998-07-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Fibrinogen receptor antagonists
CA2246756A1 (en) 1996-02-28 1997-09-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Fibrinogen receptor antagonists
CA2276081A1 (en) 1996-12-30 1998-07-09 Lekhanh O. Tran Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase
UA71555C2 (en) 1997-10-06 2004-12-15 Zentaris Gmbh Methods for modulating function of serine/threonine protein kinases by 5-azaquinoline derivatives
WO1999031086A1 (en) 1997-12-12 1999-06-24 Smithkline Beecham Plc Quinolinepiperazine and quinolinepiperidine derivatives, their preparation and their use as combined 5-ht1a, 5-ht1b and 5-ht1d receptor antagonists
HU227711B1 (en) 1997-12-22 2011-12-28 Bayer Healthcare Llc Inhibition of raf kinase using symmetrical and unsymmetrical substituted diphenyl ureas and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
DE19839499A1 (en) 1998-08-29 2000-03-02 Merck Patent Gmbh 2-oxo-2H-quinoline derivatives
EP1255741A2 (en) 2000-02-01 2002-11-13 Cor Therapeutics, Inc. 2- 1H]-QUINOLONE AND 2- 1H]-QUINOXALONE INHIBITORS OF FACTOR Xa
JP2002341484A (en) 2001-03-12 2002-11-27 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Heat developable photosensitive material
JP2002296731A (en) 2001-03-30 2002-10-09 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Heat developable color image recording material
US20040157866A1 (en) * 2001-04-30 2004-08-12 Hisashi Takasugi Amide compounds
EP1387612A1 (en) 2001-05-15 2004-02-11 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Pyridinyl fused bicyclic amide as fungicides
JP2003321472A (en) 2002-02-26 2003-11-11 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Grk inhibitor
EP1388342A1 (en) 2002-08-07 2004-02-11 Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbH Acylated, heteroaryl-condensed cycloalkenylamines and their use as pharmaceuticals
US7825132B2 (en) 2002-08-23 2010-11-02 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. Inhibition of FGFR3 and treatment of multiple myeloma
US7470709B2 (en) 2002-08-23 2008-12-30 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. Benzimidazole quinolinones and uses thereof
US7563807B2 (en) 2002-09-17 2009-07-21 Merck & Co. Inc. Removal of aldehyde impurity by reactive polystyrene resini
EP1572212A2 (en) 2002-12-11 2005-09-14 7TM Pharma A/S Quinoline compounds for use in mch receptor related disorders
US20040142950A1 (en) 2003-01-17 2004-07-22 Bunker Amy Mae Amide and ester matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors
US7205318B2 (en) 2003-03-18 2007-04-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Lactam-containing cyclic diamines and derivatives as a factor Xa inhibitors
MXPA05012281A (en) 2003-05-14 2006-05-19 Torreypines Therapeutics Inc Compouds and uses thereof in modulating amyloid beta.
WO2004113330A1 (en) 2003-05-19 2004-12-29 Irm Llc Immunosuppressant compounds and compositions
JP4890255B2 (en) 2003-11-07 2012-03-07 ノバルティス バクシンズ アンド ダイアグノスティックス，インコーポレーテッド Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of quinolinone compounds with improved drug properties
WO2005087742A1 (en) 2004-03-08 2005-09-22 Exelixis, Inc. Metabolic kinase modulators and methods of use as pesticides
WO2005094805A1 (en) 2004-04-01 2005-10-13 Institute Of Medicinal Molecular Design. Inc. Imine derivative and amide derivative
EP1758899A1 (en) 2004-06-03 2007-03-07 Brandeis University Asymmetric michael and aldol addition using bifunctional cinchona-alkaloid-based catalysts
GB0416730D0 (en) 2004-07-27 2004-09-01 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
EP1655295A1 (en) * 2004-11-03 2006-05-10 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Anthranilamide pyridinureas as VEGF receptor kinase inhibitors
UY29198A1 (en) 2004-11-09 2006-05-31 Cancer Rec Tech Ltd SUBSTITUTED DERIVATIVES OF QUINAZOLINONA AND REPLACED DERIVATIVES OF QUINAZOLINA-2, 4-DIONA, COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM, PREPARATION PROCEDURES AND APPLICATIONS
US20060281763A1 (en) 2005-03-25 2006-12-14 Axon Jonathan R Carboxamide inhibitors of TGFbeta
GB0509227D0 (en) 2005-05-05 2005-06-15 Chroma Therapeutics Ltd Intracellular enzyme inhibitors
GB0509224D0 (en) 2005-05-05 2005-06-15 Chroma Therapeutics Ltd Inhibitors of intracellular enzymatic activity
WO2006130437A2 (en) 2005-05-27 2006-12-07 Brandeis University Asymmetric carbon-carbon-bond-forming reactions catalyzed by bifunctional cinchona alkaloids
WO2007035935A1 (en) 2005-09-23 2007-03-29 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. METHOD FOR 1H-IMIDAZO[4,5-c]PYRIDINES AND ANALOGS THEREOF
CA2640307A1 (en) 2006-02-16 2007-08-23 Syngenta Participations Ag Pesticides containing a bicyclic bisamide structure
GB0605689D0 (en) 2006-03-21 2006-05-03 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US7601716B2 (en) 2006-05-01 2009-10-13 Cephalon, Inc. Pyridopyrazines and derivatives thereof as ALK and c-Met inhibitors
US20090306103A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2009-12-10 Stephen Boyer Pyridonecarboxamide derivatives useful in treating hyper-proliferative and angiogenesis disorders
WO2008029152A2 (en) 2006-09-08 2008-03-13 Summit Corporation Plc Treatment of duchenne muscular dystrophy
ES2535212T3 (en) 2006-10-04 2015-05-06 Janssen Sciences Ireland Uc Carboxamido-4 - [(4-pyridyl) amino] -pyrimidines for the treatment of hepatitis C
US20080186971A1 (en) 2007-02-02 2008-08-07 Tarari, Inc. Systems and methods for processing access control lists (acls) in network switches using regular expression matching logic
EP2114898A2 (en) 2007-02-16 2009-11-11 Amgen Inc. Nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl ketones and their use as c-met inhibitors
EP2125816A2 (en) * 2007-03-07 2009-12-02 Alantos Pharmaceuticals Holding, Inc. Metalloprotease inhibitors containing a heterocyclic moiety
US8039505B2 (en) 2007-04-11 2011-10-18 University Of Utah Research Foundation Compounds for modulating T-cells
JP2008280341A (en) 2007-04-12 2008-11-20 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Hydrazide compound and its use in controlling harmful organism
US8975259B2 (en) 2007-04-27 2015-03-10 University Of Rochester Compositions and methods for inhibiting G protein signaling
EP2008658A1 (en) 2007-06-28 2008-12-31 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Synergistic combination of anthranilamide pyridinureas and benzamide derivatives
EP2222646B1 (en) 2007-09-17 2014-01-22 AbbVie Bahamas Ltd. Uracil or thymine derivative for treating hepatitis c
BRPI0915205A2 (en) 2008-06-11 2017-03-21 Dana Farber Cancer Inst Inc compounds and compositions useful for treating malaria
WO2010030967A1 (en) 2008-09-12 2010-03-18 Wyeth Llc 4-aryloxyquinolin-2(1h)-ones as mtor kinase and pi3 kinase inhibitors, for use as anti-cancer agents
US20100267752A1 (en) 2008-10-15 2010-10-21 Gilead Palo Alto, Inc. 3-HYDROQUINAZOLIN-4-ONE DERIVATIVES FOR USE AS STEAROYL CoA DESATURASE INHIBITORS
EP2385939A1 (en) 2008-12-23 2011-11-16 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Dihydropyridone amides as p2x7 modulators
EA201171098A1 (en) 2009-03-02 2012-04-30 Сертрис Фармасьютикалз, Инк. 8-SUBSTITUTE QUINOLINES AND RELATED ANALOGUES AS SIRTUIN MODULATORS
UA107360C2 (en) 2009-08-05 2014-12-25 Biogen Idec Inc Bicyclic aryl sphingosine 1-phosphate analogs
ES2652304T3 (en) * 2009-11-05 2018-02-01 Glaxosmithkline Llc Novel benzodiazepine compound
AU2011245441B2 (en) 2010-04-29 2014-12-18 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Activators of human pyruvate kinase
CN103068824B (en) 2010-05-17 2017-09-08 印蔻真治疗公司 It is used as new 3,5 2 substitution 3H imidazos [4,5 B] pyridine and 3,5 2 substitution 3H [1,2,3] triazol [4,5 B] pyridine compounds of protein kinase modulators
WO2011156632A2 (en) 2010-06-09 2011-12-15 Georgetown University Compositions and methods of treatment for tumors in the nervous system
US20130137865A1 (en) 2010-08-11 2013-05-30 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heteroaryl-pyrazole derivative
AR084070A1 (en) * 2010-12-02 2013-04-17 Constellation Pharmaceuticals Inc BROMODOMINIUM INHIBITORS AND USES OF THE SAME
EA026115B1 (en) 2010-12-17 2017-03-31 Ф. Хоффманн-Ля Рош Аг Substituted 6,6-fused nitrogenous heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
TW201309639A (en) 2011-02-17 2013-03-01 Lg Life Sciences Ltd Oxime derivatives as GPR119 agonists
WO2012125668A1 (en) 2011-03-17 2012-09-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. TrkA KINASE INHIBITORS, COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS THEREOF
GB201106743D0 (en) 2011-04-21 2011-06-01 Glaxosmithkline Llc Novel compounds
GB201106750D0 (en) 2011-04-21 2011-06-01 Glaxosmithkline Llc Novel compounds
JP5742439B2 (en) 2011-05-02 2015-07-01 信越化学工業株式会社 Fluorescent compound and fluorescent resin composition
US9278910B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2016-03-08 Receptos, Inc. GLP-1 receptor stabilizers and modulators
CN102887895B (en) 2011-07-22 2016-08-24 山东轩竹医药科技有限公司 Pyridopyrimidine class mTOR inhibitors
WO2013019682A1 (en) 2011-07-29 2013-02-07 Tempero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods
ES2699226T3 (en) * 2011-10-14 2019-02-08 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Substituted tetrahydroisoquinoline compounds as inhibitors of factor XIa
US9278089B2 (en) 2011-10-26 2016-03-08 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Method of treating HCV infection with a small molecule CHK2 inhibitor
MX366308B (en) 2012-04-25 2019-07-04 Raqualia Pharma Inc Amide derivatives as ttx-s blockers.
JPWO2014034719A1 (en) 2012-08-29 2016-08-08 興和株式会社 Quinoline derivative having TLR inhibitory action
US20160193206A1 (en) 2012-12-20 2016-07-07 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Bet-protein-inhibiting dihydropyridopyrazinones
US20150344444A1 (en) 2012-12-20 2015-12-03 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Bet-protein-inhibiting dihydroxyquinoxalinones

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100261687A1 (en) * 2009-04-08 2010-10-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Substituted piperidines as ccr3 antagonists
WO2010126851A1 (en) * 2009-04-27 2010-11-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Cxcr3 receptor antagonists
WO2013027168A1 (en) * 2011-08-22 2013-02-28 Pfizer Inc. Novel heterocyclic compounds as bromodomain inhibitors

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017530093A (en) * 2014-08-29 2017-10-12 ノバルティス ティーアゲズントハイト アーゲー New sulfonylaminobenzamide compounds as antiparasitic agents
AU2015308828B2 (en) * 2014-08-29 2018-03-29 Elanco Tiergesundheit Ag Novel sulfonylaminobenzamide compounds as anthelmintics
AU2018204015B2 (en) * 2014-08-29 2020-03-05 Elanco Tiergesundheit Ag Novel sulfonylaminobenzamide compounds as anthelmintics
US10047040B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2018-08-14 Elanco Tiergesundheit Ag Sulfonylaminobenzamide compounds as anthelmintics
US10464889B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2019-11-05 Elanco Tiergesundheit Ag Sulfonylaminobenzamide compounds as anthelmintics
US10696637B2 (en) 2015-07-17 2020-06-30 Fujifilm Corporation Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound
US20190077761A1 (en) 2015-07-17 2019-03-14 Fujifilm Corporation Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound
US10702518B2 (en) 2016-02-15 2020-07-07 CeMM—FORSCHUNGSZENTRUM FÜR MOLEKULARE MEDIZIN GmbH TAF1 inhibitors for the therapy of cancer
CN109153647A (en) * 2016-02-15 2019-01-04 分子医学研究中心责任有限公司 TAF1 inhibitor for treating cancer
JP2019508496A (en) * 2016-02-15 2019-03-28 チェム−フォルシュングスツェントルン フュル モレクラーレ メディツィン ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング TAF1 inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2017140728A1 (en) 2016-02-15 2017-08-24 Cemm - Forschungszentrum Für Molekulare Medizin Gmbh Taf1 inhibitors for the therapy of cancer
JP2019510782A (en) * 2016-04-07 2019-04-18 グラクソスミスクライン、インテレクチュアル、プロパティー、（ナンバー２）、リミテッドＧｌａｘｏｓｍｉｔｈｋｌｉｎｅ Ｉｎｔｅｌｌｅｃｔｕａｌ Ｐｒｏｐｅｒｔｙ （Ｎｏ．２） Ｌｉｍｉｔｅｄ Pyridyl Derivatives as Bromodomain Inhibitors
WO2018075908A1 (en) * 2016-10-21 2018-04-26 University Of Miami Materials and methods for treating ophthalmic inflammation
KR20190089033A (en) 2016-12-27 2019-07-29 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Antitumor agents and bromo domain inhibitors
CN110430878A (en) * 2016-12-27 2019-11-08 富士胶片株式会社 Antitumor agent and bromine structural domain inhibitor
RU2752163C2 (en) * 2016-12-27 2021-07-23 Фуджифилм Корпорэйшн Antitumor agent and bromodomain inhibitor
US10987349B2 (en) 2016-12-27 2021-04-27 Fujifilm Corporation Antitumor agent and bromodomain inhibitor
JPWO2018124180A1 (en) * 2016-12-27 2019-10-31 富士フイルム株式会社 Antitumor agents and bromodomain inhibitors
WO2018124180A1 (en) 2016-12-27 2018-07-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Antitumor agent and bromodomain inhibitor
AU2017385292B2 (en) * 2016-12-27 2020-05-14 Fujifilm Corporation Antitumor agent and bromodomain inhibitor
CN110300579A (en) * 2017-02-07 2019-10-01 詹森药业有限公司 Sulfamoyl aryl derivatives and its purposes for being used to treat liver fibrosis as drug
EP3579825A4 (en) * 2017-02-07 2020-12-30 Janssen Pharmaceutica NV Sulphamoylaryl derivatives and use thereof as medicaments for the treatment of liver fibrosis
JP2020506203A (en) * 2017-02-07 2020-02-27 ヤンセン ファーマシューティカ エヌ．ベー． Sulfamoylaryl derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals for the treatment of liver fibrosis
AU2018217664B2 (en) * 2017-02-07 2022-03-03 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Sulphamoylaryl derivatives and use thereof as medicaments for the treatment of liver fibrosis
US11639350B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2023-05-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Heteroaryldihydropyrimidine derivatives and methods of treating hepatitis B infections
WO2020028461A1 (en) * 2018-07-31 2020-02-06 The Trustees Of Princeton University Tetrahydroquinolino derivatives for the treatment of metastatic and chemoresistant cancers
US11053235B2 (en) 2018-08-09 2021-07-06 Janssen Sciences Ireland Unlimited Company Substituted 1,4-dihydropyrimidines for the treatment of HBV infection or HBV-induced diseases
CN113272293A (en) * 2018-11-02 2021-08-17 默沙东公司 2-amino-N-heteroaryl-nicotinamide as NAV1.8 inhibitors
WO2020092667A1 (en) * 2018-11-02 2020-05-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2-amino-n-heteroaryl-nicotinamides as nav1.8 inhibitors
US11377438B2 (en) 2018-11-02 2022-07-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Llc 2-amino-n-heteroaryl-nicotinamides as Nav1.8 inhibitors
WO2021123785A1 (en) * 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 Artios Pharma Limited Dna polymerase theta inhibitors
EP4093400A4 (en) * 2020-01-24 2024-03-13 Univ Princeton Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2022103899A1 (en) * 2020-11-10 2022-05-19 Foghorn Therapeutics Inc. Compounds and uses thereof
WO2022123039A1 (en) 2020-12-10 2022-06-16 Cancer Research Technology Limited Aldehyde dehydrogenase inhibitors and their therapeutic use
WO2022159445A1 (en) * 2021-01-19 2022-07-28 Metrea Biosciences, Inc. Compounds and methods of activating lipoprotein lipase
WO2022222890A1 (en) * 2021-04-19 2022-10-27 Shanghai Yao Yuan Biotechnology Co., Ltd. Benzothiazole and quinoline derivatives for use in treating kawasaki disease
WO2023274418A1 (en) * 2021-07-02 2023-01-05 南京明德新药研发有限公司 Proteolysis-targeting chimeric compound
WO2023205251A1 (en) 2022-04-19 2023-10-26 Nuevolution A/S Compounds active towards bromodomains
WO2023205475A1 (en) * 2022-04-21 2023-10-26 Nimbus Clotho, Inc. Ctps1 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023248193A1 (en) * 2022-06-24 2023-12-28 Zydus Lifesciences Limited Treatment for glomerular diseases

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2956871A1 (en) 2016-02-04
MA40551A (en) 2021-04-07
KR20230133395A (en) 2023-09-19
RU2743074C2 (en) 2021-02-15
NZ729136A (en) 2021-01-29
CA2956871C (en) 2021-05-18
CN106573915B (en) 2020-12-25
SG11201700776XA (en) 2017-02-27
CN106573915A (en) 2017-04-19
IL250320A0 (en) 2017-03-30
RU2017104510A (en) 2018-09-03
JP2017522346A (en) 2017-08-10
JP6759514B2 (en) 2020-09-23
SG10201900631TA (en) 2019-02-27
AU2015295405B2 (en) 2020-04-09
US20170349607A1 (en) 2017-12-07
CO2017001994A2 (en) 2017-05-19
US10752640B2 (en) 2020-08-25
EP3174868B1 (en) 2021-08-25
IL250320B (en) 2022-02-01
KR102633122B1 (en) 2024-02-05
ZA201700670B (en) 2020-07-29
KR20170038877A (en) 2017-04-07
BR112017002053A2 (en) 2018-01-30
AU2015295405A1 (en) 2017-03-09
EP3174868A1 (en) 2017-06-07
ES2896400T3 (en) 2022-02-24
RU2017104510A3 (en) 2019-02-11
DK3174868T3 (en) 2021-11-08
MY187540A (en) 2021-09-28
CL2017000240A1 (en) 2017-10-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10752640B2 (en) Compounds active towards bromodomains
AU2015205374B2 (en) Bicyclic heterocyclyl derivatives as IRAK4 inhibitors
JP6708661B2 (en) 1-Cyano-pyrrolidine compounds as USP30 inhibitors
CN108602776B (en) Heteroaryl compounds as IRAK inhibitors and uses thereof
CN109153643B (en) Substituted indole MCL-1 inhibitors
JP2017505337A (en) Indazole compounds as IRAK4 inhibitors
RU2425826C2 (en) COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS AS ITPKb INHIBITORS
CN105682661A (en) Certain chemical entities, compositions, and methods
KR20180041112A (en) Substituted heterocyclyl derivatives as CDK inhibitors
KR20130028732A (en) 4-aminopyrimidine derivatives and their as as adenosine a2a receptor antagonists
JP6559699B2 (en) Substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclic derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and their antitumor applications
WO2013100672A1 (en) 3,6-disubstituted indazole derivative having protein kinase inhibiting activity
TW201718542A (en) Pyrrolidine derivatives
WO2024028169A1 (en) Novel specifically substituted thiophenolic compounds
EP4141003A1 (en) Pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine derivative, preparation method therefor, and composition and use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15744908

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 250320

Country of ref document: IL

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017505176

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2956871

Country of ref document: CA

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 15501058

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: MX/A/2017/001512

Country of ref document: MX

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112017002053

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177005648

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2015744908

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: NC2017/0001994

Country of ref document: CO

Ref document number: 2015744908

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017104510

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015295405

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20150729

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112017002053

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20170131